Skip to main content

Full text of "The Official National Collegiate Athletic Association football guide. The official rules book and record book of college football"

See other formats


I  "89^1 


'tVv 


^ii^ 


^ 


>,    ^ 


^. 


H        -fri 


^^ '-; 


^^-^^ 


*A     C^ 


.0- 


*•  C.0:SSi-.  ', 


%: 


•\" 


r.  ..♦^ 


,^\" 


,XV    '^r 


^^ 


^■«      "-^^ 


V-    V 


^>  ^^ 


.^0^ 


■^o 

0^ 

•«. 

.^•^ 

^^. 

r 

..,v 

'J 

v^' 

v^^'' 

^A     V' 


■"oo^ 


x\^ 


,A   -t; 


'>-  V 


V      ^'- 


vO 


^,     ^^^/y^-^    %  ^ 


'O^'C, 


'^  .<^' 


.\'     * 


■.s^  '^.  -. 


.-^'  .-^^^:^' 


v\^ 


0^ 


^A  v^^^ 


x>^\ 


4>    s"' 


*0im>:: 


#    ^;^ 


■y'%. 


■  0  -^     "^^       . 


^.0€^ 


"•^''o>^ 


0^ 


^c,- 

#"^-. 


.  .   -^z.   ^ 


0    o    V 

a.  .0 


^^  >* 


'i:   ^■■ 


.i>- 


^  .v\^ 


5PAIiDIN(V5ATIiLE,TI(l]BRAR\ 


-XMFRICANSPORTi  PUBLISHING  CO. 

NEW  YORK 


Wa 


^^ 


CM 

£    Illustrated 

Catalogue 


Spring  and  Summer 

Spom 


SPALDING'S  ATHLETIC  GOODS 
ARE  STANDARD  OF  QUALITY 
AND  OFFICIALLY  RECOGNIZED 
AS  SUCH  BY  THE  LEADING 
GOVERNING  BODIES,  WHO  IN- 
VARIABLY ADOPT  SPALDING'S 
GOODS   AS   THE    BEST   MADE 


THE  SPALDING 
OFFICIAL 


Mailed 
free  to 

League  Base  Ball 

Intercollegiate  Foot  Ball 

Gaelic  Foot  Ball 

any  address 

Association  Foot  Ball 

fl.  6.  Spaiaing  %  Bros. 

Basket  Ball 
Indoor  Base  Ball 

new  Vork 

€bicadO 

Denver 

Polo  Ball 

Boxing  Gloves 

Athletic  Implements 

////     /^      ^  -y^  r  €  (7 

Foot  Ball  Rules 

as  recommended  to  the 

University  Athletic  Club 

by  the 

Rules    Committee 

consisting  of 


Paul  J.   Dashiell,  of  Johns  HopJdns    University;    Alexan-iet 
Moffai,   of  Princeton  ,  John   C.    Bell,   oj  the  Univer- 
sity  oj  Pennsylvania ;    L.    M.    Dennis,    of 
Cornell ;      Robert    D.     IVrenn,    of 
Harvard,    and    Walter 
.Camp,  of  Yale. 


Edited  by  Walter  Camp 

for  publication  liy  the 


American  Sports  Publishing  Company 

i6  and  iS  Park  Place 

New  York 


Copyright,  1899.  by 
4M8RION  Sports  Publishing  CompawV 


AN  INTRODUCTORY  CHAPTER  FOR 
BEGINNERS 


Those  who  are  taking  up  the  sport  for  the  first  time  should 
observe  certain  rules  which  will  enable  them  to  become  adept 
players  with  less  mistakes  than  perhaps  would  otherwise  fall  to 
their  lot. 

A  beginner  in  foot  ball  should  do  two  things :  He  should  read 
the  rules  and  he  should,  if  possible,  watch  the  practice.  If  the 
latter  be  impossible,  he  and  his  mates  must,  after  having  read 
the  rules,  start  in  and,  with  eleven  men  on  a  side,  play  accord- 
ing to  their  own  interpretation  of  these  rules.  When  differences 
of  opinion  arise  as  to  the  meaning  of  any  rule,  a  letter  addressed 
to  some  one  of  the  players  upon  prominent  teams  will  almost 
always  elicit  a  ready  and  satisfactory  answer. 

The  first  thing  to  be  done  in  starting  the  practice  is  to  provide 
the  accessories  of  the  game,  which  in  foot  bail  are  of  the  simplest 
kind.  The  field  should  be  marked  out  with  ordinary  lime  lines, 
enclosing  a  space  of  330  feet  long  and  160  feet  wide.  While  not 
absolutely  necessary,  it  is  customary  to  mark  the  field  also  with 
transverse  lines  every  five  yards,  for  the  benefit  of  the  referee 
in  determining  how  far  the  ball  is  advanced  at  every  down.  In 
the  middle  of  the  lines  forming  the  ends  of  the  field,  the  goal- 
posts are  erected,  and  should  be  eighteen  feet  six  inches  apart, 
with  cross-bar  ten  feet  from  the  ground.  The  posts  should  pro- 
ject several  feet  above  the  cross-bar.  The  ball  used  is  an  oval 
leather  cover  containing  a  rubber  inner,  which  is  inflated  by 
means  of  a  small  air  pump  or  the  lungs.  The  ball  used  by  the 
principal  teams  is  the  Intercollegiate  ]\Iatch,  No.  J,  adopted  by 
the  Intercollegiate  Association  and  made  by  A.  G.  Spalding  & 
Bros.  The  costumes  of  the  players  form  another  very  important 
feature  and  should  be  of  a  proper  and  serviceable  nature.     An 

5 


^^ 


ALEXANDER  MOFFAT 

Princeton, 
Member  Rules  Committee, 


Spalding's  official  foot  ball  guide.  7 

innovation  in  uniforms  was  introduced  a  few  years  ago  by  Har- 
vard in  the  shape  of  leather  suits.  They  were  expensive,  and 
while  not  on  that  account  liable  to  be  generally  adopted,  were 
particularly  light  and  good  for  a  rainy  day.  With  the  exception 
of  one  or  two  players,  who  will  be  mentioned  later,  the  ordinary 
player  should  wear  a  canvas  jacket.  This  can  be  home-made  or 
purchased  at  a  small  expense  from  any  athletic  outfitter.  It 
should  fit  closely,  but  not  too  tightly,  and  lace  up  in  front,  so  that 
it  may  be  drawn  quite  snugly.  Some  have  elastic  pieces  set  in 
at  the  sides,  back  or  arms,  but  these  additions  are  by  no  .means 
necessary.  Jerseys  with  leather  patches  on  elbows  and  shoulders 
are  also  worn.  The  trousers  should  be  of  some  stout  material, 
fustian,  for  example,  and  well  padded.  This  padding  can  be  done 
by  any  seamstress,  quiltmg  m  sott  material  over  knees  and 
thighs,  or  the  regular  athletic  outfitters  furnish  trousers  pro- 
vided with  the  padding.  Long  woolen  stockings  are  worn,  and 
not  infrequently  shin  guards,  by  men  playing  in  the  forward 
line.  The  most  important  feature  of  the  entire  uniform  is  the 
shoe.  This  may  be  the  ordinary  canvas  and  leather  base  ball 
shoe  with  leather  cross-pieces  nailed  across  the  sole  to  prevent 
slipping.  Such  is  the  most  inexpensive  form,  but  the  best  shoes 
are  made  entirely  of  leather,  of  moderately  stout  material,  fitting 
the  foot  firmly,  yet  comfortably,  lacing  well  up  on  the  ankle,  and 
the  soles  provided  with  a  small  leather  spike  which  can  be  re- 
newed when  worn  down.  Inside  this  shoe,  and  either  attached 
to  the  bottom  of  it  or  not,  as  preferred,  a  thin  leather  anklet 
laces  tightly  over  the  foot,  and  is  an  almost  sure  preventive  of 
sprained  ankles.  The  cap  may  be  of  almost  any  variety,  and 
except  in  the  cases  of  half-backs  and  back,  does  not  play  any  very 
important  part.  These  men  should,  however,  have  caps  with 
visors  to  protect  their  eyes  from  the  sun  when  catching  a  long 
kick. 

Underneath  the  canvas  jackets  any  woolen  underwear  may  be 
put  on,  most  players  wearing  knit  jerseys.  As  mentioned  above, 
there  are  two  or  three  players  who  can,  to  advantage,  go  without 
the  regulation  canvas  jacket  and  wear  a  jersey  in  its  place.  These 
are  the   quarter-back,   and  sometimes   the  centre-rush  or   snap- 


JOHN  C.  BELL, 

University  of  Pennsylvania, 
Member  Rules  Committee, 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  9 

back,  and  finally  the  full-back,  IT  he  be  a  kicking  full-back  only. 
that  is,  one  who  does  not  attempt  to  do  much  running. 

The  team  of  eleven  men  is  usually  divided  into  seven  rushers 
or  forwards,  who  stand  in  a  line  facing  their  seven  opponents ; 
a  quarter-back,  who  stands  just  behind  this  line;  two  half-backs, 
a  few  yards  behind  the  quarter-back;  and  finally,  a  full-back  or 
goal  tend,  who  stands  a  dozen  yards  or  so  behind  the  half-backs. 
This  gives  the  general  formation,  but  is,  of  course,  dependent 
upon  the  plays  to  be  executed. 

Before  commencing  practice,  a  man  should  be  chosen  to  act 
as  referee,  umpire  and  linesman,  for  in  practice  games  it  is 
hardly  necessary  to  have-  more  than  one  official.  The  two  sides 
then  toss  up,  and  the  one  winning  the  toss  has  choice  of  goal  or 
kick-off.  If  there  be  a  wind,  the  winner  will  naturally  and  wisely 
take  the  goal  from  which  that  wind  is  blowing  and  allow  his 
opponent  to  have  the  ball.  If  there  be  no  advantage  in  the  goals 
he  may  choose  the  kick-off,  and  his  opponents  in  that  case  take 
whichever  goal  they  like.  The  two  teams  then  line  up;  the 
holders  of  the  ball  placing  it  upon  the  exact  centre  of  the  field, 
and  the  opponents  being  obliged  to  stand  back  in  their  own  terri- 
tory at  least  ten  yards,  until  the  ball  has  been  touched  with  the 
foot.  Some  man  of  the  side  having  the  kick-off  must  then  kick 
the  ball  at  least  ten  yards  into  the  opponents'  territory.  Prefer- 
ably, therefore,  he  will  send  it  across  the  goal  line  or  else  as  far  a.-,  lie 
can,  and  still  have  his  forwards  reach  the  spot  in  season  to  prevent  too 
great  headway  being  acquired  by  the  opponents'  interference,  but  he 
will  not  kick  it  across  the  side  line.  The  opponents  then  catch  it  and 
return  it  by  a  kick,  or  they  run  with  it.  If  one  of  them  runs  with 
it  he  may  be  tackled  by  the  opponents.  As  soon  as  the  ball  is 
fairly  held,  that  is,  both  player  and  ball  brought  to  a  standstill, 
the  referee  blows  his  wliistle  and  the  runner  has  the  ball  "down." 
and  someone  upon  his  side,  usually  the  man  called  the  snap-back 
or  centre-rush,  must  place  the  ball  on  the  ground  at  that  spot  for 
"a  scrimmage,"  as  it  is  termed.  The  ball  is  then  put  in  play 
again  (while  the  men  of  each  team  keep  on  their  own  side  of  the 
ball,  under  the  penalty  of  a  foul  for  off-side  play)  by  the  snap- 


L.  M.  DENNIS, 

Cornell, 
Member  Rules  Comsnittee, 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  II 

back's  kicking  the  ball  or  snapping  it  back,  either  with  his  foot, 
or  more  commonly  with  his  hand,  to  a  player  of  his  own  side 
just  behind  him,  who  is  called  the  quarter-back.  The  ball  is  in 
play,  and  both  sides  may  press  forward  as  soon  as  the  ball  is  put 
in  motion  by  the  snap-back.  Naturally,  however,  as  the  quar- 
ter-back usually  passes  it  still  further  behind  him  to  a  half-back, 
or  back,  to  kick  or  run  with,  it  is  the  opposing  side  which  is  most 
anxious  to  push  forward,  while  the  side  having  the  ball  en- 
deavor by  all  lawful  means  to  retard  that  advance  until  their  run- 
ner or  kicker  has  had  time  to  execute  his  play.  It  is  this  an- 
tagonism of  desire  on  the  part  of  both  sides  that  has  given  rise 
to  the  special  legislation  regarding  the  use  of  the  hands,  body  and 
arms  of  the  contestants — and  beginners  must  carefully  note  the 
distinction.  As  soon  as  the  snap-back  has  sent  the  ball  behind 
him,  he  has  really  placed  all  the  men  in  his  own  line  off-side, 
that  is,  between  the  ball  and  the  opponent's  goal,  and  they,  there- 
fore, can,  theoretically,  occupy  only  the  position  in  which  they 
stand,  while  the  opponents  have  the  legal  right  to  run  past  them 
as  quickly  as  possible.  For  this  reason,  and  bearing  in  mind 
that  the  men  "on  side"  have  the  best  claim  to  right  of  way,  it 
has  been  enacted  that  the  side  having  possession  of  the  ball  may 
not  use  their  hands  or  arms,  but  only  their  bodies,  when  thus 
off-side,  to  obstruct  or  interrupt  their  adversaries,  while  the  side 
running  through  in  the  endeavor  to  stop  the  runner,  or  secure 
possession  of  the  ball,  may  use  their  hands  and  arms  to  make 
passage  for  themselves. 

The  game  thus  progresses  in  a  series  of  downs,  followed  by 
runs  or  kicks,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  only  limildtion  being  that 
of  a  rule  designed  to  prevent  one  side  continually  keeping  pos- 
jession  of  the  ball  without  any  material  advance  or  retreat,  which 
ivould  be  manifestly  unfair  to  the  opponents.  This  rule  pro- 
vides that  in  three  "downs"  or  attempts  to  advance  the  ball,  a 
side  not  having  made  five  yards  toward  the  opponents'  goal  or 
retreated  twenty  yards  toward  their  own  goal,  must  surrender 
possession  of  the  ball.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  it.  is  seldom  that  a 
team  actually  surrenders  the  ball  in  this  way,  because,  after  two 


ROBERT  D.   WRENN, 

Harvard, 

Mciiibo'  Kulcs  Coin/nittee. 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GHIDE.  I3 

attempts,  if  the  prospects  of  completing  the  five-yard  gain  appear 
small,  it  is  so  manifestly  politic  to  kick  the  ball  as  far  as  possible 
down  the  field,  that  such  a  method  is  more  likely  to  be  adopted 
than  to  make  a  last  attempt  by  a  run  and  give  the  enemy  pos- 
session almost  on  the  spot.  In  such  an  exigency,  if  a  kick  be 
made,  the  rules  provide  that  it  must  be  such  a  kick  as  to  give  the 
opponents  fair  and  equal  chance  to  gain  possession  of  the  ball 
and  must  go  beyond  the  line  of  scrimmage  unless  stopped  by  an 
opponent.  There  is  one  other  element  entering  into  this  progress 
of  the  game,  and  that  is  the  fair  catch.  This  can  be  made  from 
a  kick  by  the  opponents,  provided  the  catcher  takes  the  ball  on 
the  fly,  and,  no  other  of  his  own  side  touching  it,  plants  his. heel 
in  the  ground  at  the  spot  where  the  catch  is  made.  This  entitles 
him  to  a  free  kick;  that  is,  his  opponents  cannot  come  within 
ten  yards  of  his  mark,  made  by  heeling  the  catch,  while  he  and 
his  side  may  retire  such  distance  toward  his  own  goal  as  he  sees 
fit,  and  then  make  a  punt  or  a  drop,  or  give  the  ball  to  some  one 
of  his  own  side  to  place  the  ball  for  a  place  kick.  Here  again, 
as  at  kick-off,  when  taking  the  free  kick,  he  must  make  an  actual 
kick  of  at  least  ten  yards,  unless  the  ball  is  stopped  by  the  op- 
ponents. His  own  men  must  be  behind  the  ball  when  he  kicks 
it,  or  be  adjudged  off-side. 

Whenever  the  ball  goes  across  the  side  boundary  line  of  the 
field,  it  is  said  to  go  "into  touch,"  or  out  of  bounds,  and  it  must 
be  at  once  brought  back  to  the  point  wdiere  it  crossed  the  line, 
and  then  put  in  play  by  some  member  of  the  side  which  carried 
it  out,  or  first  secured  possession  of  it  after  it  went  out.  The 
methods  of  putting  it  in  play  are  as  follows :  To  touch  it  in  at 
right  angles  to  the  touch-line,  and  then  kick  it,  or  most  com- 
monly, walk  into  the  field  and  make  an  ordinary  scrimmage  of  it, 
the  same  as  after  a  down.  In  this  latter  case,  the  player  who 
intends  walking  in  with  it  must,  before  stepping  into  the  field, 
declare  how  many  paces  he  will  walk  in.  in  order  that  the  op- 
ponents may  know  where  the  ball  will  be  put  in  play.  He  must 
walk  in  at  least  five  and  not  more  than  fifteen  yards.  We  will 
suppose  that  the  ball  by  a  succession  of  these  plays,  runs,  kicks. 


WALTER    CAMP, 

Yale, 
Aletnber  Rules  Comtnittce, 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  1 5 

downs,  fair  catches,  etc.,  has  advanced  toward  one  or  the  other 
of  the  goals,  until  it  is  within  kicking  distance  of  the  goal  posts. 
The  question  will  now  arise  in  the  mind  of  the  captain  of  the 
attacking  side  as  to  whether  .his  hest  plan  of  operations  will  be 
to  try  a  drop  kick  at  the  goal,  or  to  continue  the  running  at- 
tempts, in  the  hope  of  carrying  the  ball  across  the  goal  line,  for 
this  latter  play  will  count  his  side  a  touch-down,  and  entitle  them 
to  a  try-at-goal.  On  the  other  hand,  upon  any  first  down  when 
inside  the  twenty-five-yara  line,  if  he  try  a  drop  kick  and  fail  to 
score,  the  ball  can  be  brought  out,  not  for  a  twenty-five  yard  line 
kick-out,  but  only  a  ten-yard  one ;  that  is,  his  side  can  line  up  at 
ten  yards,  so  that  the  defenders  of  the  goal  are  actually  forced  to 
kick  out  from  almost  within  their  own  goal.  In  deciding,  there- 
fore, whether  to  try  a  drop  kick  or  continue  the  running  at- 
tempts, he  should  reflect  upon  this  and  also  upon  the  value  of  the 
scores.  The  touch-down  itself  will  count  5  points,  even  if  he 
afterward  fail  to  convert  it  into  a  goal,  by  sending  the  ball  over 
the  bar  and  between  the  posts,  while,  if  he  succeed  in  converting 
it,  the  touch-down  and  goal  together  count  6  points.  A  drop 
kick,  if  successful,  counts  5  points,  but  is,  of  course,  even  if  at- 
tempted, by  no  means  sure  of  resulting  successfully.  He  must, 
therefore,  carefully  consider  all  the  issues  at  this  point,  and  it  is 
in  the  handling  of  those  problems  that  shows  his  quality  as  a  cap- 
tain. If  he  elects  to  continue  his  running  attempts,  and  eventu- 
ally carries  the  ball  across  the  line,  he  secures  a  touch-down  at 
the  spot  where  the  ball  is  finally  held,  after  being  carried  over, 
and  any  player  of  his  side  may  then  bring  it  out,  and  when  he 
reaches  a  suitable  distance,  place  the  ball  for  one  of  his  side  to 
kick,  the  opponents  meantime  standing  behind  their  goal  line.  In 
placing  the  ball  it  is  held  in  the  hands  of  the  placer,  close  to,  but 
not  touching  the  ground,  and  then  carefully  aimed  until  the  di- 
rection is  proper.  Then,  at  a  signal  from  the  kicker  that  it  is 
right,  it  is  placed  upon  the  ground,  still  steadied  by  the  hand  or 
finger  of  the  placer,  and  instantly  kicked  by  the  place  kicker. 
The  reason  for  this  keeping  it  off  the  ground  until  the  last  in- 
stant is  that  the  opponents  can  charge  forward  as  soon  as  the 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  I7 

ball  touches  the  ground,  and  hence  would  surely  stop  the  kic?: 
if  much  time  intervened.  If  the  ball  goes  over  the  goal,  it  scores 
as  above  indicated,  and  the  opponents  then  take  it  to  the  middle 
of  the  field  for  kick-off  again,  the  same  as  at  the  commencement 
of  the  match.  The  ball  is  also  taken  to  the  centre  of  the  field  if 
the  goal  be  missed  after  a  touchdown,  although  form.erly  the  op- 
ponents could  then  bring  it  out  only  to  the  twenty-five-yard  line. 

There  is  one  other  issue  to  be  considered  at  this  point,  and 
that  is,  if  the  ball  be  in  possession  of  the  defenders  of  the  goal, 
or  if  it  fall  into  their  hands  when  thus  close  to  their  own  goal. 
Of  course  they  will  naturally  endeavor,  by  running  or  kicking, 
to,  if  possible,  free  themselves  from  the  unpleasant  situation  that 
menaces  them.  Sometimes,  however,  this  becomes  impossible, 
and  there  is  a  provision  in  the  rules  which  gives  them  an  oppor- 
.tunity  of  relief,  at  a  sacrifice  it  is  true,  but  scoring  less  against 
them  than  if  their  opponents  should  regain  possession  of  the  ball 
and  make  a  touch-down  or  a  goal.  A  player  may  at  any  time 
kick,  pass  or  carry  the  ball  across  his  own  goal  line,  and  there 
touch  it  down  for  safety.  This,  while  it  scores  two  points  for  his 
opponents,  gives  his  side  the  privilege  of  bringing  the  ball  out 
to  the  twenty-five  yard  line,  except  as  noted  above,  and  then 
taking  a  kick-out,  performed  like  kick-off  or  any  other  free  kick, 
but  it  can  be  a  drop  kick,  a  place  kick  or  a  punt. 

This  succession  of  plays  continues  for  thirty-five  minutes  in  a 
regular  match.  Then  intervenes  a  ten-minute  intermission,  after 
which  the  side  which  did  not  have  the  kick-off  at  the  commence- 
ment of  the  match  has  possession  of  the  ball  for  the  kick-off  at 
the  second  thirty-five  minutes.  The  result  of  the  match  is  deter- 
mined by  the  number  of  points  scored  during  the  two  halves,  a 
goal  from  a  touch-down  yielding  6  points,  one  from  the  field — 
that  is,  without  the  aid  of  a  touch-down — 5  points ;  a  touch-down 
from  which  no  goal  is  kicked  giving  5  points,  and  a  safety  count- 
ing 2  points  for  the  opponents;  In  practice  it  is  usual  to  have  the 
two  periods  of  play  considerably  shorter  than  thirty-five  min- 
utes, generally  not  over  twenty  or  thirty. 

WALTER  CAMP. 


ALL-AMERICA  ELEVEN  FOR  1898 

(Caspar  Whitney,  in  Harper's  Weekly) 

Romeyn  (West  Point),  full-back 

Dibblee,  Captain  (Harvard),  and  McBride  (Yale)  half-backs. 

Daly  (Harvard")  quarter-back. 

Cunningham  (Michigan),  centre 

Hare  (Pennsylvania)  and  P>oal  (Harvard)    guards. 

Chamberlin  (Yale)  and  Hillebrand  (Princeton),  tackles. 

Palmer  (Princeton)  and  Hallowell  (Harvard),  ends. 

SUBSTITUTES. 
/«  the  line 
Overfield  (Pennsylvania),  Brown  (Yale),  Burden  (Harvard),  Haughton  (Harvard), 
Donald  (Harvard),  Folwell  (Pennsylvania),  Poe  (Princeton). 

Back  of  the  line. 
Reid  (Harvard),  Warren   (Harvard),  Kromer  (West  Point),  O'Dea  (Wisconsin) 


EXCEPT  for  some  general  improvement  in  punting,  the  foot  ball 
season  of  'q8  marked  no  development  deserving  commenda- 
tion. On  the  contrary,  the  average  quality  of  play  among  the 
larger  university  teams  of  the  East,  Harvard  not  included,  was  dis- 
tinctly lower  than  that  of  'g6 — I  was  in  Siam  and  Sumatra  hunting 
big  game  in  '97  and  therefore  saw  none  of  the  elevens  of  that  year. 
Among  the  smaller  college  teams  East  and  South  there  appears  to 
have  been  about  a  maintenance  of  the  level  of  play  of  two  years  ago. 
In  the  Middle  West,  generally  speaking,  there  has  been  a  perceptible 
advance,  although  two  of  the  larger  universities.  Chicago  and  Wis- 
consin, show  less  evidence  of  it  than  the  others.  Meanwhile  the 
standard  of  general  play  of  the  larger  university  teams.  East  and 
West,  is  slowly  and  surely  approaching  a  basis  from  which  compari- 
son is  not  only  possible    but  highly  creditable  to  the  West.     There  is 

19 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  21 

not    yet    equality — it  would   be    unreasonable    to    expect  it — but  the 
West  is  no  longer  the  unthinking  pupil  of  the  East. 

New  and  distinct  plays  are  developed,  and  defensive  as  well  as 
offensive  work  laid  out  on  original  lines.  Michigan's  line-up  on  the 
defensive  this  year,  though  somewhat  approaching  University  of 
Pennsylvania's  skilful  arrangement  of  her  back  field,  was  an  illustra- 
tion in  this  respect.  In  the  first  class,  the  Eastern  standard  is  yet 
quite  a  bit  higher  than  the  Western;  how  much  higher  it  is  impos- 
sible to  judge  accurately,  and  time  wasted  to  speculate.  Perhaps 
three  touchdowns  higher  would  be  a  conservative  guess.  It  should 
be  borne  in  mind  by  our  Western  reader  that  while  Chicago  was  at 
her  best  against  University  of  Pennsylvania,  the  latter  looked  forward 
to  the  meeting  with  Harvard  as  her  crucial  test  and  culminating  effort 
of  the  year.  At  the  same  time  it  must  be  acknowledged  that  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania's  play  against  Harvard  was  very  little,  if  any, 
stronger  than  against  Chicago.  But  carrying  out  the  comparison  is 
checked  again  by  the  fact  that  Harvard's  final  display  of  the  year — 
her  top  form,  in  other  words — at  New  Haven,  was,  on  the  offensive, 
a  good  twenty-five  per  cent,  stronger  than  it  had  been  at  Cambridge 
against  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

If  I  were  pinned  down  to  an  expression  of  opinion  on  the  compara- 
tive merits  of  Eastern  and  Western  play,  I  should  unhesitatingly 
declare  Michigan,  Chicago,  Wisconsin,  West  Point,  and  Cornell  in 
the  same  class,  with  very  little  indeed  to  choose  between  at  least  the 
leading  two  Westerners  and  the  teams  from  Ithaca  and  the  Military 
Academy.  Those  who  like  to  pursue  these  sectional  comparisons  to 
the  bitter  end  can,  without  much  difficulty,  discover  the  relative  posi- 
tions of  West  Point  and  Cornell  in  the  Eastern  ranking. 

Between  the  smaller  colleges  of  the  East  and  of  the  West  I  am 
inclined  to  think — although  figures  to  corroborate  my  belief  are  want- 
ing— that  if  we  leave  out  Wesleyan  and  Brown  and  Carlisle,  which 
occupy  a  rank  between  West  Point  etal.  and  Dartmouth,  which  is  the 
undisputed  leader  of  the  New  England  League,  the  advantage  will 
be  all  with  the  West.  The  Western  small  college  team,  as  a  rule, 
when  it  plays  foot  ball,  plays  with  comparatively  great  offensive 
strength,  and  a  defence  only  slightly  inferior  to  that  of  the  Eastern 
small  college  of  corresponding  size.      Moreover,   it  looks  as  though 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  23 

the  faculties  of  the  smaller  Middle-Western  colleges  showed  more 
concern  than  do  the  faculties  of  some  Eastern  small  colleges  for  the 
ethical  side  of  their  sport.  I  wish  to  be  understood  as  not  including 
western  Pennsylvania  and  western  Ohio  and  the  Missouri  Valley  sec- 
tion in  this  reference  to  comparative  ethics  in  the  Eastern  and  West- 
ern small  colleges. 

The  lesson  of  the  season  was  contained  in  the  triumph  of  the 
evenly  developed  team.  Never  before  has  so  striking  an  illustration 
been  given  of  the  fallacy,  in  present-day  foot  ball,  of  relying  upon 
unusual  strength  in  one  direction  to  make  amends  for  real  weakness 
in  another.  Not  before  has  such  incontrovertible  evidence  been  fur- 
nished to  prove  that,  in  the  modern  game,  a  strong  line  is  not  all- 
sufficient  to  success.  On  the  5th  of  November  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania had  a  line  about  as  strong,  defensively,  as  Harvard's,  and 
offensively  a  little  stronger,  yet  Harvard  scored  and  University  of 
Pennsylvania  did  not;  Yale's  line,  defensively  and  offensively,  was 
stronger  than  Princeton's,  yet  Princeton  scored  and  Yale  did  not. 
University  of  Pennsylvania  ran  the  ball  about  eighty  yards  more  than 
Harvard,  and  yet  lost;  Princeton  gained  during  the  game,  including 
Poe's  ninety-five-yard  run  on  a  fumble,  one  hundred  yards  less  than 
Yale  with  the  ball  in  hand,  yet  Princeton  won. 

It  means,  if  it  has  any  significance,  that  the  team  which  is  well 
rounded  out  has  material  advantages  in  match  play  over  one  unevenly 
developed,  and  yet  more  brilliant,  perhaps,  in  one  or  even  two  direc- 
tions. It  means,  furthermore,  that  after  many  tentative  efforts  the 
kicking  game  has  come  to  be  an  actuality.  Not  as  an  occasional 
resort  during  a  hotly  contested  match,  but  as  a  regularly  organized 
part  of  a  team's  play.  The  season  has  shown — emphasized  its  lesson 
in  this  respect,  indeed — that  the  kicking  game  does  not  begin  and 
end  with  merely  booting  the  ball  when  no  gain  can  be  made  by  the 
runners,  does  not,  in  fact,  mean  simply  lifting  the  ball  into  the  oppo- 
nents' territory,  or  at  least  away  from  your  goal-line,  but  it  means 
that  the  kicking  game  implies  punting,  supporting  the  backs'  work 
with  the  ends,  and  handling  the  kicks  of  the  opponents. 

Really  this  reads  like  the  A  B  C  of  foot  ball,  and  as  a  matter  of 
actual  fact,  so  it  is,  and  that  being  so,  did  any  one  ever  see  ele- 
mentary principles  more  ignored  than  they  were  this  year  by  Univer- 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  25 

sity  of  Pennsylvania  and — Yale?     Fancy  Yale  disregarding  the  rudi- 
ments !     Truly  a  change  has  come  to  New  Haven. 

Yale's  ends  proved  indifferent  support  to  even  the  mediocre  punting 
exhibited  by  the  Blue  at  Princeton  and  again  at  New  Haven,  but 
University  of  Pennsylvania  revealed  more  startling  evidence  of  ignor- 
ance by  permitting  opponents*  kicks  to  bounce  and  roll  along 
undisturbed  towards  her  goal-line.  Had  one  not  seen  it,  one  could 
hardly  believe  a  'varsity  team  capable  of  such  incompetency  in  this 
particular.  When  University  of  Pennsylvania  did  not  let  the  punted 
ball  bounce  and  roll,  she  muffed  it,  and  Yale  muffed  and  fumbled 
more  than  her  erring  companion  because  she  attempted  to  catch  more 
frequently. 

In  other  respects  Yale's  work  was  strong:  her  running  game  and 
her  determined  defence  alone  saved  her  from  demoralization  under 
Princeton's  continued  punting,  and  spared  her  even  a  worse  defeat, 
by  a  couple  of  touchdowns,  at  New  Haven,  But  a  great  part  of  the 
time  there  was  lacking  that  clean-cut,  sharp  team-work  that  has 
been  so  prominent  a  feature  of  Yale's  teams  in  recent  years.  Between 
Yale  and  University  of  Pennsylvania,  this  year,  it  is  difHcult  to 
choose.  One  had  first-class  and  the  other  had  indifferent  initial 
material  in  the  back  field.  Yale's  poor  work  was  due  largely  to  men 
being  laid  up  and  unwise  handling;  University  of  Pennsylvania's 
backs  muffed  and  let  the  punted  ball  bounce  and  roll,  probably  be- 
cause they  did  not  have  it  in  them  to  do  better.  The  back  fields  of 
both,  at  all  events,  neutralized  the  first-class  work  of  their  respective 
lines.  With  Yale's  back  field  in  sound  physical  condition  the  team 
would  be  strong  enough,  I  think,  to  defeat  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, but  on  the  showing  made  this  season,  the  two  are  very  evenly 
matched,  with  perhaps  the  odds  slightly  in  Yale's  favor. 

University  of  Pennsylvania  depended  throughout  the  year  almost 
entirely  on  the  guards-back  formation  or  system,  but  toward  the  end 
of  the  season — notably  in  the  Cornell  game — increased  the  variety  of 
plays.  It  is  probable  we  shall  see,  next  year,  even  a  greater  number 
started  from  this  formation,  to  the  increased  effective  playing  strength 
of  the  eleven.  Outland  did  his  best  work  of  the  year  in  some  of  the 
late  variations. 

Yale,  more  than  any  other   of  the   large  universities,  ran  line  men 


■^^^^'^ 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  2? 

from  their  positions,  and  held  to  a  n.ore  simple  formation.  Harvard 
and  University  of  Pennsylvania,  and  also  Princeton,  used  more  line 
men  in  interference  than  Yale,  the  first  two  more  cleverly  than 
Princeton.  Harvard  and  University  of  Pennsylvania  more  frequently 
dropped  forwards  behind  the  line  to  advance  the  ball  from  the  half- 
back's position.  At  the  same  time  the  play  of  Harvard  and  Yale  was 
much  more  open  than  that  of  University  of  Pennsylvania.  Princeton 
used  her  backs  almost  entirely  through  the  centre,  or  in  end  plays  by 
ends  and  halves,  or  in  mass-on-tackle  plays.  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania employed  the  quarter-back  kick — which,  on  the  season's  work, 
probably  lost  more  ground  than  it  gained — and  the  delayed  pass, 
which  was  executed  very  skilfully  on  occasions,  and  resulted  in  good 
gains. 

The  importance  of  the  kicking  game,  by  which  I  mean  all  that  the 
game  includes — punting,  handling  of  opponent's  kicks,  and  support 
by  the  ends — is  markedly  shown  by  the  disposition  of  Princeton  in 
the  season's  ranking  of  teams.  It  was  Princeton's  very  excellent 
showing  in  that  respect  which  gave  her  victory  over  Yale,  and  it  is 
because  of  development  in  that  department  of  the  game,  and  not  on 
account  of  the  Yale  victory,  that  I  rank  Princeton  next  to  Harvard 
this  year.  If  that  showing  could  be  ignored,  Princeton  would  be 
fourth  instead  of  second.  Both  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  Yale 
exhibited  much  strongei  offensive  play  than  Princeton,  and  University 
of  Pennsylvania  was  as  strong,  and  Yale  stronger,  also  on  the  defen- 
sive. As  a  matter  of  fact,  Princeton's  victory  was  quite  a  surprise, 
for  no  one  had  thought  it  possible  for  Yale  to  fumble  so  repeatedly, 
and  Princeton's  team  had  not  shown  a  running  game  that  warranted 
confidence  in  her  ability  to  win.  Her  interference  was  really  not 
first  class  ;  it  was  not  harmonious  in  itself,  nor  was  it  always  timely. 
There  was  not  the  life  or  dash  of  the  'g6  eleven,  and  this  year's  team 
fumbled  a  great  deal  more  than  the  one  of  two  years  ago.  Indeed, 
this  has  been  a  notable  year  in  respect  to  fumbling.  I  do  not  recol- 
lect another  like  it — when  two  of  the  leading  four  'varsity  teams 
threw  away  their  chances  by  unexampled  uneven  development,  and 
three  of  the  four  failed  to  equal  their  previous  standard  of  play. 

Only  one  team  in  the  country  played  high-class  foot  ball  this  year 
and  that  team  v»'as  Harvard.      Not   only  played  the   best   foot  ball  of 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  29 

'98,  but  displayed  a  quality  of  consistent,  accumulative  team-work 
such  as  no  eleven  has  ever  excelled,  and  which  only  a  couple  of  Yale's 
best  teams  have  approached.  It  was  unquestionably  the  most  per- 
fectly rounded-out  team  the  game  has  produced.  A  team  with  no 
apparent  weakness,  with  its  work  in  all  departments  equally  strong  ; 
relying  on  no  one  style  of  play  or  formation  or  system,  but  capable  of 
adapting  its  game  to  changing  conditions,  and  always  discerning, 
tireless  and  skilful.  I  have  never  seen  another  team  of  which  so 
much  could  be  said.  The  back  field  and.  the  line  worked  together 
without  a  hitch,  each  supporting  the  other,  to  the  making  of  a 
powerful  whole. 

And  one  of  the  good  features  of  Harvard's  season  was  the  steady, 
continuous  improvement  throughout  the  practice,  which  seemed 
timed  to  bring  the  team  to  top  form  on  the  day  of  the  Yale  game. 
The  eleven  that  played  Y'ale  could  scarcely  be  recognized  as  the  one 
which  had  experienced  so  much  difficulty  defeating  the  Indians.  The 
offence  against  University  of  Pennsylvania  was  a  mere  suggestion  of 
the  strength  it  developed  two  weeks  later  against  Yale. 

On  the  day  Harvard  played  Yale  she  was  much  stronger  than  at 
Cambridge  two  weeks  before,  and  outclassed  every  other  one  of  the 
four  'varsity  teams.  It  was  a  great  victory  for  Harvard,  and  the  least 
significant,  though  perhaps  most  satisfying,  result  to  the  average 
Harvard  man  was  witnessed  at  New  Haven.  The  most  important 
victory  was  in  Boston,  where  prejudice  in  system  and  conflict  in 
opinion  had  been  conquered  and  unified.  The  influences  that  have 
been  at  work  the  past  two  years,  looking  to  the  subordination  of 
individuals  into  one  intelligent  co-operating  body  working  for  the 
interest  of  the  university,  have  brought  about  handsome  results. 
There  is  a  new  spirit  at  Boston — and  it  breathes  Harvard.  The  day 
of  that  bumptious  creature  who  sees  not  and  cares  not  to  see  beyond 
his  own  exploitation  has  passed  from  Cambridge — probably  not  to 
return.  The  lesson  has  been  long  in  the  learning.  Credit  is  due  Mr. 
Forbes  for  harmonizing  the  various  elements  and  organizing  and 
directing  the  coaching,  and  clinging  to  it  steadfastly,  to  Dr.  Brooks, 
who  supported  Mr.  Forbes,  and  to  Lewis,  Waters  and  Dean,  who, 
among  others,  aided  in  the  coaching. 

Based  on  this  year's  showing  and  on  its  consistent  work  of  the  last 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  3I 

four  years,  I  put  West  Point  at  the  head  of  the  second  class,  which 
includes  also  Cornell,  Michigan,  Chicago  and  Wisconsin.  Perhaps 
Cornell  might  defeat  West  Point,  but  I  should  wish  to  see  it  before 
believing.  On  this  year's  work  alone  West  Point  deserves  precedence, 
and  her  best  game  was  against  Princeton.  There  is  so  little  to  choose 
between  any  of  them  that  an  all-round  contest  in  this  class,  which  is 
of  course  not  feasible,  would  produce  exceptionally  interesting  games. 
Wisconsin's  fate  in  such  a  contest  would  perhaps  not  be  so  uncertain, 
but  as  between  Michigan  and  Chicago,  or  West  Point  and  Cornell,  of 
either  one  of  the  Eastern  teams  and  one  or  the  other  of  the  West- 
erners, the  better  team  could  only  be  decided  by  actual  play.  It  is 
difficult  to  place  Annapolis  because  she  meets  so  few  of  others,  but  I 
should  say  she  belongs  at  the  foot  of  this  class.  None  of  these  teams, 
except  Michigan,  has  made  any  notable  advance  in  the  quality  of  its 
play  over  last  year.  Cornell  and  West  Point  were  particularly  good 
in  handling  kicks.  So  far  as  ethics  are  concerned,  Chicago  retro- 
graded ;  she  played  Herschberger  and  Cavanaugh,  a  flagrant  breach 
of  the  spirit  and  text  of  the  rules  to  which  Chicago  had  subscribed. 
I  shall  take  up  this  and  associate  matters  more  fully  later.  I  can  only 
say  now  that  the  confidence  sportsmen  reposed  in  the  Chicago  Uni- 
versity faculty,  and  especially  in  Stagg,  appears  to  have  been  mis- 
placed. 

Carlisle,  Wesleyan  and  Brown  are  three  that  should  meet  frequently 
on  the  foot  ball  field,  and  yet  that  play  one  another  but  rarely;  indeed, 
I  do  not  recall  if  Carlisle  and  Wesleyan  have  ever  met.  Wesleyan 
has  made  an  excellent  record  this  year,  as  her  scores  show,  and  so 
have  Carlisle  and  Brown,  although  the  last,  despite  the  showing 
against  Harvard  (with  Daly  and  Haughton  and  Dibblee  out),  has 
probably  not  so  strong  an  eleven  this  year  as  either  of  the  others. 

I  should  put  Oberlin  also  in  this  class,  and  at  the  same  time  expect 
to  hear  a  storm  of  criticism  sweeping  down  upon  me  from  Ohio.  I 
have  no  doubt  many  enthusiastic  friends  from  Oberlin  have  long 
since,  on  the  strength  of  the  showing  against  Cornell,  figured  that 
college  to  be  of  foot  ball  equality  with  Michigan,  Chicago  and  Wis- 
consin. Cornell's  games  against  Carlisle  and  against  Oberlin  were 
vastly  different  in  force  ;  against  Carlisle  she  was  fifty  per  cent,  the 
stronger.      The  fact  that   Carlisle  played  a  tie  game  with  University 


SPALDING  S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


33 


of  Cincinnati  after  Oberlin  had  beaten  her  6-0  is  no  more  convincing 
than  the  other  game  in  the  attempt  to  argue  Oberlin,  on  comparative 
scores,  into  a  place  alongside  of  Michigan.  "Oberlin  has  played  good 
foot  ball  and  made  an  excellent  record,  but  she  would  find  her  skill 
put  to  utmost  test  in  holding  a  place  in  the  class  I  place  her,  without 
aspiring  to  greater  difficulties  in  the  class  next  above. 

Dartmouth,  Illinois,  University  of  Cincinnati,  Minnesota,  and 
Pennsylvania  State  appear  to  be  pretty  much  of  a  class,  notwithstand- 
ing some  discrepancies  in  scores.  Cincinnati  beat  Dartmouth  17-12, 
and  Carlisle  defeated  Illinois  lo-o.  I  should  be  inclined  to  place 
Illinois  at  the  head  of  this  group  ;  her  showing  against  the  Indians 
was  unexpectedly  good.  Pennsylvania  State  made  an  excellent  record. 
Perhaps  the  surprise  of  the  smaller  college  foot  ball  season  was  the 
great  falling  off  in  Lafayette's  play.  But,  after  all,  it  was  only  getting 
back  to  the  healthful  normal  state.  During  the  athletic  fever  a  few 
years  back,  Lafayette  secured  several  men  of  exceptional  ability  who 
would  be  ineligible  in  these  days.  These  stars,  together  with  excel- 
lent coaching,  put  Lafayette,  for  one  year  and  part  of  another,  above 
her  natural  class  and  her  rival  Lehigh,  and  she  has  but  returned  to 
them  this  year. 

Amherst,  Williams,  Trinity,  displayed  their  usual  level  of  foot  ball, 
which  has  shown  no  advance  for  several  years. 

There  are  many  other  small  college  teams  that  should  be  classified, 
but  which  cannot  be  discussed,  because  there  is  no  way  of  getting  a 
line  on  their  play  through  their  nleeting  teams  whose  standard  of 
performance  is  established.  The  showing  of  a  siiigle  game  may  or 
may  not  be  significant  ;  it  depends  so  much  on  the  circumstances. 
^  This  is  especially  true  of  the  games  in  the  practice  season  which 
the  larger  elevens  play  with  the  smaller,  and  that  is  M'hy,  too,  so 
many  go  astray  in  figuring  out  a  'varsity  team's  strength  by  a  score  or 
series  of;  scores  it  may  have  made  in  the  early  weeks  of  its  practice 
season. 

The  larger  elevens  use  these  games  simply  as  practice — ^in  the  test- 
ing of  new  men,  new  formations,  new  plays;  it  is  a  trying-out  season, 
whose  results  give  the  desired  finish  for  the  important  games,  towards 
which  all  development,  all  training  is  tending.  What  happens  in  the 
mean  time  is  by  the  way.     No  one,   for  example,   imagines  Harvard 


O)^ 


-rH 


o;^ 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  35 

and  Brown  even  as  near  an  equality  as  the  score  of  their  game  (17-5) 
suggests. 

The  only  embarrassment  encountered  in  choosing  an  All-America 
eleven  this  year  is  in  the  superabundance  of  riches.  There  are  not  so 
many  stars  as  some  years  have  given  us,  but  there  is  such  a  number 
of  thoroughly  first-class  players  that  one  wishes  to  use  them  all  and 
cannot,  even  by  increasing  the  substitutes  to  eleven.  When  it  becomes 
necessary  to  put  such  a  man  as  Haughton  among  the  substitutes,  the 
quantity  of  high-class  material  may  be  appreciated.  There  is  really 
very  little  difference,  in  my  judgment,  in  the  strength  of  the  All- 
America  team  and  that  of  its  substitutes — what  a  game  the  two  would 
make!  There  has  not  been  a  year  when  as  much  could  be  said,  or 
when  the  teams  were^tso  evenly  balanced  and  generally  well  developed 
in  all  departments  of  the  game. 

I  wish  to  add — I  believe  I  do  so  every  year — that,  in  filling  posi- 
tions, regular  and  substitute,  on  this  All-America  team,  I  consider 
the  candidate's  all-round  skill  and  judgment  his  ethics,  and  his 
antecedents.  It  is  not  my  purpose  to  have  any  man  in  the  national 
eleven  whose  appearance  on  a  college  team  during  the  year  has  been 
in  violation  of  the  spirit  of  amateur  sport,  or  one  whose  play  has  been 
unsportsmanly.  Again — the  retirement  through  injury  of  a  player 
whose  standard  of  performance  has  been  established  will  not  lessen 
his  chances  to  make  the  All-America,  provided,  of  course,  his  ability 
entitles  him  to  consideration.     This,  it  seems  to  me,  is  only  fair. 

Thoroughly  good  material  back  of  the  line  was  more  abundant  in 
'98  than  in  any  previous  year  I  remember.  And  in  this  direction  the 
West  has  had  a  larger  representation  than  during  any  year  of  its  foot 
ball  history.  O'Dea's  (Wisconsin)  drop-goal  from  his  own  fifty-yard 
line,  Widman's  (Michigan)  brilliant  sixty-five-yard  run  through  half  a 
dozen  of  the  Chicago  team  for  a  touchdown,  Slaker's  (Chicago)  line- 
bucking  against  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  again  against 
Michigan,  Caley's  (Michigan)  work  in  the  Chicago  game,  were  all 
performances  to  suggest  the  quality  of  the  men  the  West  is  developing 
in  the  back  field.  And  there  were  others,  too — Johnston  (North- 
western), McLean  (Michigan),  Kennedy  (Chicago),  and  no  doubt  yet 
others  of  good  quality  of  whom  I  have  not  kept  track.  In  the  East 
the  general  quality  was  high,  but  in  so  many  individual  cases  marred 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GtJID£. 


37 


by  uneven  development.  Several  backs  of  exceptional  line-bucking 
ability  spoiled  their  work  by  wretched  fumbling.  Yale  had  in  Dud- 
ley, Durston,  Townsend,  Benjamin,  Corwin,  great  possibilities,  and 
yet  injuries  and  fumbling  very  materially  lessen  the  impression  they 
left  on  the  year.  At  least  three  of  these  men  should  make  names  for 
themselves  next  year  under  better  handling. 

Princeton  had  a  couple  of  serviceable  though  not  brilliant  backs  in 
Beardsley  and  Black,  and  Kafer  showed  possibi'lities  had  he  been 
given  longer  practice.  Wheeler  was  Princeton's  best  full-back, 
though  he  appeared  in  one-half  of  only  one  game.  University  of 
Pennsylvania's  only  dependable  ground-gaining  back  was  Outland, 
who  in  the  Cornell  game  did  some  of  the  prettiest  end  running  seen 
this  year.  Coombs  was  serviceable  on  occasion,  but,  barring  Outland, 
University  of  Pennsylvania's  back  field  was  mediocre. 

Harvard's  back  field  was  very  strong  individually  and  collectively, 
Daly,  Dibblee.  Warren  and  Raid  working  as  a  unit  ;  West  Point's 
back  field  was  perhaps  the  second  in  strength,  with  Kromer,  Waldron, 
Humphreys,  and  Romeyn — strong  both  in  running  and  in  kicking. 
Nor  must  we  forget  Richardson  of  Brown,  Cayou  and  Hudson  of  the 
Indians,  C.  Young  of  Cornell — who  played  only  in  the  University  of 
Pennsylvanra  game,  but  did  first-class  work  handling  kicks  and  punt- 
ing— and  Whiting  of  Cornell. 

It  is  pretty  hard  lines  on  Corwin  and  Dudley  and  Durston  that  the 
combination  of  desperately  hard  luck,  hurts  that  healed  slowly,  and 
uncertain  management  should  have  so  completely  shut  them  out  of 
prominence  in  the  season's  summary.  The  foot  ball  possibilities  of 
these  three  are  as  brilliant  as  those  of  any  half-backs  in  the  country. 

The  handling  of  the  Yale  team  this  year  was  entirely  in  keeping 
with  the  semi-professional  spirit  that  brought  the  men  together  for  a 
considerable  preliminary  training  season.  The  continuous  work 
knocked  the  men  to  pieces,  just  as  it  used  to  do  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania's, and  the  spirit  of  sport  for  its  own  sake  fell  before  the 
urgent  demands  of  a  management  that  cared  so  little  for  the  splendid 
traditions  of  Yale  as  to  lower  the  tone  of  her  sport  and  of  her  men  by 
paying  them  board  for  an  extra  training  season. 

The  spirit  of  the  preliminary  training  season  is  contemptible  ;  it  is 
an  attempt  to  get  the  better  of  your  opponent  by  taking  unusual  prac- 


SPALDING  S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE,  3q 

tice — l:)y  practising  in  vacation-time  for  contests  that  are  to  come  off 
during  term-time. 

It  is  not  the  mode  of  sportsmen.  That  Yale  fell  a  victim  this  year 
to  its  blandishments  is  indication  of  how  far  the  new  regime  at  New 
Haven  has  departed  from  the  old  and  commendable  and  sportsmanly 
traditions  of  Yale.  Let  us  hope  for  a  return  of  the  old  order  next 
year. 

Of  full-backs  eligible  to  the  All-America  team,  Romeyn  and  Reid 
unquestionably  excel  all  the  others  in  the  requirements  of  the  posi- 
tion, although  there  are  several  good  ones  West  in  O'Dea,  Caley  arid 
Slaker  ;  and  East,  great  possibilities,  I  should  say,  in  Outland.  Reid 
is  a  stronger  line-bucker  than  Romeyn,  and  it  is  said  he  is  also  a 
punter  of  distinct  ability  ;  but  because  of  the  West-Pointer's  unques- 
tioned strength  in  punting,  his  occasional  scoring  on  goals,  and  also 
his  strong  running  game,  I  consider  him  to  be  the  man  required. 

Neither  is  there  slightest  hesitancy  in  picking  Dibblee  for  the  cap- 
tain of  the  All-America  team  and  for  one  of  its  backs.  His  quality 
of  play  since  first  he  went  to  Harvard  has  been  always  of  high  class. 
He  is  one  of  the  strongest  men  carrying  a  ball  through  a  broken  field 
that  the  game  has  developed,  and,  as  a  caplain,  ends  his  foot  ball 
career  as  one  of  the  most  competent  and  painstaking  Harvard  ever 
had.  For  the  other  half-back  no  man,  in  my  judgment,  is  so  fitted  to 
stand  alongside  Dibblee  as  McBride.  This  is  my  deliberate  judgment 
in  the  face  of  a  majority  probably  disagreeing  with  me.  McBride's 
standard  of  play  is  established  too  firmly  to  permit  of  him  being  over- 
looked because  of  a  physical  hurt  that  would  have  1-id  most  men  off 
altogether.  And  a  man  who  can  play,  with  a  ruptured  knee  ligament, 
as  hard  and  as  well  as  did  McBride  is  the  man  I  want  en  my  national 
team  when  he  is  fit  and  well.  He  has  been  really  incapacitated  all 
season,  playing  when  he  should  have  been  on  the  side-lines,  and  his 
work,  therefore,  was  far  below  his  form,  A  short  rest  would  speedily 
put  him  in  shape.  His  great  strength  on  the  defensive,  his  fierce 
line-bucking,  and  his  punting  make  him  (despite  his  usual  position 
being  at  full),  next  to  Dibblee,  the  strongest  half-back  in  college 
foot  ball. 

There  are  several  strong  half-backs,  and  the  West  puts  forth  three 
candidates    for    honors  in  Widman   and    McLean   of    Michigan,  and 


Spalding's  official  foot  ball  guide,  41 

Henry  of  Chicago.  In  tke  East,  those  whose  work  was  most  notice- 
able were,  besides  the  men  already  named,  Warren  (Harvard)^ 
Waldron  and  Humphreys  (West  Point),  Richardson  (BrOwn),  Cayou 
and  Metoxen  (Caflisle),  Beardsley  (Princeton),  C.  Young  (Cornell). 
Of  these  Warren  is  quite  the  first,  with  Richardson  second,  and  the 
West  Point  pair  following;  Widman  comes  next.  Outland  of  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  whom  I  should  play  at  half  rather  than  full 
back,  is  a  stronger  and  more  certain  ground-gainer  than  any  of  these 
save  Warren,  and  there  is  not  much  to  choose  between  them  on  that 
score.  On  end-running  Outland  is  the  most  brilliant  of  the  lot.  I 
prefer  a  more  certain  man  on  handling  kicks,  and  therefore  choose 
Warren  as  substitute  back.  Reid  I  should  put  in  the  other  substitute 
half-back  place,  instead  of  at  full-back,  where  O'Dea  appears  to  be 
the  strongest  substitute  available.  Not  only  because  of  that  goal 
from  mid-field,  for  a  single  great  play  amounts  to  little  in  sizing  up  a 
candidate  for  national  honors,  else  might  Outland  have  a  place  for 
his  clever  running  against  Cornell,  and  Burnett  for  his  long  goal 
against  University  of  Pennsylvania — but  on  general  play  during  the 
season.  Kafer  (Princeton)  showed  possibilities  ;  with  proper  time 
for  practice,  he  would,  I  fancy,  be  one  of  Princeton's  best  backs  ;  he 
is  a  hard  player,  and  safe. 

There  can  be  no  question  of  Daly's  right  to  the  quarter-back  posi- 
tion on  the  All-America  eleven  ;  his  generalship,  tackling,  catching, 
running  back  kicks,  and  punting  raise  him  above  any  other  possible 
candidate.  Kromer  is  second  choice,  and  a  stronger  player  in  the 
position  is  rarely  seen;  he  passes  the  ball  quickly  and  safely^  handles 
kicks  well,  runs  strongly,  and  tackles  hard.  There  woUld  be  no  need 
of  alarm  were  he  to  replace  Daly  in  a  hypothetical  game  in  which  the 
All-America  team  was  engaged. 

De  Saulles  was  another  of  Yale's  unfortunates  whom  injury  kept 
from  playing  even  within  hailing  distance  of  his  established  form, 
but  even  at  the  best  this  clever  quarter  has  shown  he  must,  unless 
revealing  further  development,  have  taken  third  place  on  the  season's 
ranking.  Daly  quite  surpassed  him  in  punting,  catching,  and  in  the 
possibilities  of  his  position,  and  Kromer,  though  perhaps  not  so  clever 
in  handling  the  ball,  was  equally  so  in  running  in  on  punts,  more  so 
in  kicking,  and  a  stronger,  harder  runner  to  stop. 


r  « 

^■1 

m  ,^. 

1^1^        fc:      /           ; 

l^M,ri,  .j^j  # 

^■n 

H  :♦ 

«^;« 

^^:"i:i 

C^^,.        • 

r -''iftl    ■ 

O 

o 
>^ 

H 

w 
> 

Q   I' 

O  m 

C/2      M 


^  o 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  43 

Certainly  Ely,  the  plucky  chap,  deserves  high  credit  for  his  work, 
not  only  under  the  circumstances,  but  because  of  its  real  excellence. 
To  a  lesser  degree  he  had  the  Yale  tendency  to  fumble  ;  but  his 
handling  of  the  ball  was  very  good,  his  defensive  work  clever  and 
strong,  and  his  two  runs  with  the  ball  as  brilliant  as  any  seen  this 
year.  That  one  of  them  was  done  with  a  splintered  rib  indicates,  in 
a  measure,  the  spirit  and  nerve  of  this  young  man.  Had  Ely  been 
put  in  at  the  very  beginning  of  the  Princeton  game,  it  is  my  belief 
Yale  would  have  won.  A  great  deal  of  the  fumbling  was  due  to  the 
unsteadiness  which  De  Saulles's  poor  work,  incident  to  a  crippled 
condition,  imparted  to  the  team.  There  was  a  marked  improvement 
instantly  Ely  went  into  the  place.  But  the  mischief  had  already 
been  done. 

Duncan  for  Princeton  did  excellent  all-round  work  in  his  position, 
being  serviceable  rather  than  brilliant  ;  apparently  he  is  a  good  de- 
pendable quarter.  Hudson  of  the  Carlisle  team  is  a  thoroughly  good 
man,  additionally  valuable  because  of  his  kicking,  but  in  the  finer 
points  of  the  game,  and  especially  on  the  defensive,  he  is  somewhat 
behind  the  others.  There  were  no  other  quarters  East  or  West  up  to 
the  All-America  standard. 

Thus  with  the  line-bucking  and  kicking  of  McBride  and  Romeyn 
(the  one  a  left-foot  and  the  other  a  right-foot  kicker),  ^the  gains  of 
Dibblee  through  broken  fields,  the  generalship  and  running  back  of 
punted  balls  by  Daly,  and  the  well-known  aggressive  attack  and  de- 
termined defence  of  all  four,  I  feel  that  the  back  field  of  this  year's 
national  team  is  the  strongest,  from  an  all-round  point  of  view,  I 
have  yet  had  the  privilege  of  choosing. 

More  thoroughly  good  material,  better  drilled,  more  perfectly 
master  of  the  details  of  the  position,  was  in  evidence  at  centre  this 
season  than  is  usual.  Yet  the  year  ends  without  giving  us  any  one 
name  so  illustrious  as  to  class  with  those  great  centres  of  the  past — 
Corbin  (Yale)  and  Lewis  (Harvard).  There  was  not  a  weak  centre 
on  the  larger  '98  'varsity  teams,  and  but  little  to  choose  among  Cun- 
ningham (Michigan),  Overfield  (University  of  Pennsylvania),  Jaffray 
(Harvard),  while  only  slightly  below  these  were  Dorner  (Cornell), 
Burnett  (Harvard),  Cutten  (Yale),  and  Booth  (Princeton).  Had 
Jaffray  played  through  the  second  half  of  either  the   University  of 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  45 

Pennsylvania  or  the  Yale  games,  and  his  work  maintained  the  level 
of  the  first  half,  his  place  on  the  national  team  would  have  been 
secured. 

As  it  is,  his  play  has  been  somevi^hat  a  feature  of  the  season  ;  his 
activity,  immense  strength,  and  height  (6  ft.  4  in.)  make  him  one  of 
the  most  formidable  opponents  that  ever  lined  up.  The  fact  that 
Overfield,  so  outweighed  and  so  outmuscled  by  this  giant  vis-a-vis, 
yet  kept  his  point  of  the  line  from  becoming  a  "weak  spot,"  conveys 
some  idea  of  the  capabilities  of  Overfield  as  a  centre  rusher.  Over- 
field,  in  fact,  is  mor.e  learned  in  the  finesse  of  centre  play  than  any 
one  of  the  candidates,  and  at  all  times  is  an  active,  tireless  player. 

But  in  the  game  of  today,  other  things  being  fairly  equal,  weight 
of  centre  counts  heavily,  and  for  that  reason  centre  position  on  the 
All-America  team  goes  to  Cunningham,  who  knows  the  game  about 
as  well  as  Overfield,  and  is  heavier  and  stronger. 

Good  guards  have  been  plentiful  this  year,  and  one.  Hare  (Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania),  attained  the  right  to  be  ranked  with  Heflfel- 
finger  (Yale),  that  first  mighty  exponent  of  the  possibilities  of  a 
powerful,  ^ctive,  and  heady  guard.  And  neither  Heffelfinger  nor 
any  other  man  ever  gave  such  an  exhibition  of  physical  strength  and 
magnificent  line-bucking  as  did  Hare  in  the  Harvard  game.  He  was 
practically  the  only  man  that  could  make  any  impression  on  Harvard's 
great  defence,  and  time  after  time  he  was  sent  into  the  line  and  even 
around  the  ends.  Indeed,  Hare  seemed  always  to  be  the  man  with 
the  ball.  He  was  also  called  on  to  do  all  the  punting,  and  though  he 
did  it  poorly,  that  he  did  it  at  all  acceptably,  in  addition  to  line- 
bucking  and  interfering  and  end-running,  emphasizes  this  man's 
wonderful  endurance  and  all-round  ability.  I  heartily  congratulate 
University  of  Pennsylvania  on  having  a  player  so  skilled  and  a  sports- 
man so  keen  to  captain  the  team  of  '99. 

In  a  class  below  Hare  are  Boal  (Harvard),  Brown  (Yale),  Burden 
(Harvard),  McCracken  (University  of  Pennsylvania)  ;  and  in  another 
may  be  included  Marshall  (Yale),  B.  Pierce  (Carlisle),  Crov/dis 
(Princeton),  Reed  and  Lueder  (Cornell).  There  is  very  little  differ- 
ence one  way  or  the  other  among  the  first  three  of  this  class  ;  rarely 
do  we  see  four  as  splendid  specimens  as  Hare,  Brown,  Burden,  Boal, 
of  that  type  of  college   athlete   and   sportsman  whom  we  all  love  ; — , 


— , ^ 

1 

1 

'f^_ 

r 

si' 

•% 

■xkiwa 

i]g^ 

WB»     - 

■trr 

•■fo 

.'    :V    -il^ 

^'\J^ 

.v*i*£:-- 

«*  »!*     * 

i^^^^H 

Hi^K  ^^...^1 

mV-  A 

"4  &  \  "^  .^^^H 

m  ^B 

^fc  ^  y 

'^^fMjU^H 

w  ^P 

#»■■ 

%  \  1 

■^    ' 

.,. :,   f^ 

Wf  Ii^B 

'-A^ 

■^linM 

^ 

.,»•     - 

i^i 

m^. 

^%^ 

ill 

%JuM 

#    ■•■^] 

mm 

#» 

'^p&r^';i 

■i 

^   M. 

Sff 

^^^^^^r    '              ^i^^B 

SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL   GUIDE. 


47 


three  honored  and  beloved  names  of  the  same  type  stand  out  on  my 
paper  like  lamps  in  the  night  as  I  write— Frank  Hallowell,  Herbert 
Alvvard,  Marshall  Newell — all  three  sons  of  Harvard,  and  the  last 
two  gone  to  their  final  resting-place. 

Because  of  his  physical  strength,  his  gains  with  the  ball,  and  his 
play  in  his  position,  Boal,  I  think,  is  clearly  entitled  to  the  other 
guard  position  on  the  national  team,  and  Brown  and  Burden  appear 
to  be  equally  entitled  to  the  vacancies  on  the  substitute  team.  Reed 
has  done  better  work  than  his  college-mate  Lueder,  who  all  the 
season  appears  to  have  been  satisfied  with  his  own  game,  and  though 
doing  fairly  well  in  big  events,  nevertheless  fell  considerably  short 
of  his  capabilities. 

Filling  tackle  positions  has  given  a  severe  wrench  to  my  sentiments, 
which  persistently  demanded  that  Haughton  be  given  one  of  the 
places.  But  Chamberlin  and  Hillebrand  are  so  pre-eminent  that 
even  the  marvellously  well  directed  punting  of  Haughton  is  no  war- 
rant for  displacing  either  of  them.  Moreover,  the  All-America  team 
cannot  afford  to  bring  back  a  tackle  to  do  the  punting,  and  with 
Romeyn,  McBride  and  Daly  in  the  back  field,  the  '98  national  team 
seems  to  need  kicking  ability  least  of  all  things. 

Haughton  is  a  first-class  man  in  the  position  of  tackle,  though  not 
so  good  as  either  of  those  chosen  ;  but  in  running  with  the  ball 
Haughton  is  of  little  value,  while  both  Chamberlin  and  Hillebrand 
are  strong  ground-gainers. 

In  the  actual  playing  of  his  position  Haughton  is  no  better  than 
Donald  (Harvard)  or  Foy  (West  Point).  In  fact,  nothing  but  superior 
coaching  has  put  any  one  of  these  tackles,  in  my  opinion,  ahead  of 
Foy  this  year.  So  far  as  natural  ability  is  concerned,  the  West 
Pointer  has  no  superiors  playing  the  game  today.  Coaching  is  all  he 
needs  to  make  him  one  of  the  stars  of  American  foot  ball. 

And  speaking  of  West  Point  suggests  comment  on  the  skill  and 
patience  and  sportsmanship  which  Lieutenant  Palmer  Pierce,  U.  S.  A., 
revealed  in  the  fulfilment  of  the  somewhat  trying  and  intricate  func- 
tions that  obtain  in  the  management  of  the  Military  Academy  elevens. 
They  have  boards  and  red-tape  and  things  at  West  Point  which  no 
manager  elsewhere  has  to  encounter,  and  that  Mr.  Pierce  steered 
through   them   all  without    a   clash,  and  with   no  civilian  suspecting 


D    > 

H   "   3 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  49 

their    existence,    is    evidence    of    executive    and    diplomatic    ability. 

Carnett  (University  of  Pennsylvania)  stands  next  to  those  already 
named,  and  in  ground-gaining  perhaps  leads  them  all,  though  that 
happens  because  of  University  of  Pennsylvania's  vi^eak  back  field,  and 
the  consequent  more  frequent  employment  of  line  men  in  advancing 
th'e  ball.  Both  Foy  and  Chamberlin  are  stronger  ground-gainers  than 
Carnett,  and  all  are  stronger  on  the  defensive.  Sweetland  (Cornell), 
Geer  (Princeton),  Stillman  (Yale),  are  about  of  a  class  in  order  of 
merit  named.  I  am  satisfied  nov^^,  in  the  light  of  fuller  observation, 
that  my  earlier  comment  this  season  on  Svv^eetland  did  him  injustice  ; 
certainly  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  game,  which  is  Cornell's 
one  of  most  importance,  Sweetland's  work  shone  above  that  of  any 
other  individual  on  the  team.  He  seemed  always  to  be  with  the  ball, 
and  he  decidedly  outplayed  his  vis-a-vis  ;  what  team-work  Cornell 
revealed  Sweetland  fitted  to  his  place  harmoniously. 

There  were  no  guards  or  tackles  in  the  West  up  to  the  All-America 
class. 

The  best  end  of  the  year  was  unquestionably  Hallowell  (a  good  old 
name  for  Harvard),  who  approached  very  near  to  the  standard  of  that 
famous'  namesake  of  '94.  He  played  a  hard  heady  game  throughout 
the  se9,son  without  injury  and  without  serious  fault  ;  on  the  defensive 
he  went  into  the  play  with  rare  precision  and  tackled  unerringly  ;  on 
kicks  he  got  under  the  ball  with  speed  and  accuracy.  There  is  not 
much  to  influence  choice  among  Palmer  and  Poe  (Princeton),  Folwell 
(University  of  Pennsylvania),  and  Cochrane  (Harvard).  Palmer  is 
the  fastest,  and  in  the  style  of  game  shown  this  year  that  appears  to 
be  one  of  the  most  important  attributes  of  the  end.  He  and  Poe  are 
also  the  lightest,  and  in  the  manner  of  game  played  a  few  years'  ago, 
I  should  displace  them  in  favor  of  either  Folwell  or  Cochrane.  But 
the  ends  are  not  used,  as  formerly,  on  the  defensive,  and  weight 
counts  for  less  nowadays  than  speed  and  activity.  Folwell  was  very 
strong  on  the  defensive — perhaps  the  strongest  of  the  lot.  Poe  was 
lucky  in  having  the  opportunity,  and  active  enough  to  seize  upon  it, 
for  making,  on  a  fumble  in  the  Yale  game,  a  ninety-five  yard  run 
which  gave  Princeton  her  only  touchdown,  and  has  tended  to  a  popu- 
lar overestimate  of  Poe's  ability  as  an  end  rusher.  Cochrane's  work 
was  very  good,  indeed  ;  were  he  a  little  more  dependable  always,  he 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  51 

would  have  made  the  national  team  this  year.  When  at  his  best, 
none  is  better  save  Hallowell. 

Farley  (Harvard),  Hedges  (University  of  Pennsylvania),  Smith 
(West  Point),  Snow  and  Bennett  (Michigan),  are  five  other  ends  who 
have  shown  possibilities  of  high  class  ;  Farley  looks  like  an  especi- 
ally promising  end  ;  Snow  is  the  "  find  "  of  the  Middle  West. 

Meretricious  sporting  columns  of  several  members  of  the  "  yellow  " 
class  have  attempted  to  sensationalize  in  the  direction  of  foot  ball 
accidents  in  '98  ;  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  reports  that  come  to  me 
from  California  to  Maine,  and  from  Michigan  to  Mississippi  empha- 
size a  general  increase  in  playing  numbers  and  skill,  and  a  decrease 
in  accidents. 

Before  closing  my  review  of  the  Eastern  season  I  wish  to  single 
out  for  commendation  Brown's  adoption  this  year  of  the  graduate 
coaching  system  ;  it  is  one  that  has  done  much  for  others,  and  will 
do  a  great  deal  for  Brown.  Besides  it  is  after  all  the  only  manner  of 
developing  a  genuine  spirit  of  sport  for  its  own  sake. 


^ 


•oaBDtqo 

JO  "AlUfJ 

i 

:      : 

•jsjaijiuy 

C'»'-i 

^1 

-0      I      : 

«n 

in 

^1  i  : 

■^Sln^rJ 

?" 

-^ 

40-0 
Oct.  15 

18-0 
Oct.  22 

:       :     ^  i^       : 

31EJS  -uuaj 

4 

1^ 

•suiBiiIlAV 

^6      : 

12-0 
Nov.  5 

22-0 
Oct.  22 

17-6 
Oct.  15 

10-6 

Nov.12 

O". 

in^t 

2 

•I^jnOUIJiBQ 

5^0 

Z       : 

<=■'■;      :      : 
3|      :      ! 

in 

•uBAaisa^ 

5-0 

Oct.  1 

17-0 

Oct.  19 

27-8 
Oct.  8 

°5    :    i 

sj 

•ajjaXBjBq 

^1 

©i 

n  : 

;    1  i 

22-0 
5-11 
5-0 

Oct.  8 

•sjiodBuuv 

1 

GO 

3 

'.     to      ; 

•JUtO^I  J93^ 

28-0 
Oct.  15 

5-5 
Nov.  5 

10-0 
Oct.  29 

:^1 

2| 

•SUBipuj 

-8 

18-5 
Oct.  22 

35-5 
Nov.12 

in 

;  t-^      : 

:3|    j 

•UMOjg 

17-5 
Nov.12 

23-0 
Oct.  29 

22-6 
Oct.  19 

18  0 
Oct.  8 

:       :  oiH 

i      I 

■ipujoo 

:     z 

:       :  ""O       :       : 

0^17 
Nov.12 

0-12 
Nov.  5 

•UU3J 

JO  -Aiun 

in 

ii 

6-12 
Nov.25 

0-17 
Oct.  19 

5-35 
Nov.12 

0-18 
Oct.  8 

0-40 
Oct.  15 

0-40 
Oct.  1 

•pJBAJBH 

0-17 
Nov.19 

0-10 
Nov.  5 

0-28 
Oct.  15 

5-11 

Oct.  29 
5-17 

Nov.12 
0-21 

Oct.  8 

;     ^i    i 

•3IKA 

17-0 
Nov.19 

6-0 
Nov.12 

0-5 
Oct.  1 

5-18 
Oct.  22 

6-22 
Oct.  19 

is"    1 
;-5    : 

•UOJSOUUjJ 

:     Z 

Nov.5 

0-6 
Oct.  22 

Oct.  29 

0-30 

0-34 
Oct.  12 

0-21 
Oct.  1 

0-5 
Oct.  26 

t 

0 

c 

'3 
1 

1j 
d 

0 

9 

a 
'•      .2 
':      '3 

a 

C            i-H 
^           Ji 

Brown -^ 

Dartmonth ■ 

Annapolis \ 

h3 

1 

:     ^ 

'.        d 

to      a 

4J 

£ 
< 

Copyright,  1899,  by  Harper  &  Brothers. 

CASPAR    WHITNEY. 

ALL-WESTERN  ELEVEN  FOR   1898 

(Caspar  Whitney,  in  Harper's  Weekl\) 
^- 

O'Dea  (Wisconsin),  full  back. 

Caley  (Michigan)  and  Slaker  (Chicago),  half-backs. 

Kennedy  (Chicago)  quarter-back. 

Cunningham  (Michigan),  centre. 

Rogers  (Chicago)  and  Bunge  (Beloit),  guards. 

Steckle  (Michigan)  and  Bothne  (Northwestern),  tackles. 

Snow  (Michigan)  and  Bennett  (Michigan),  ends. 

SUBSTITUTES. 

In  the  line. 
McLain  (Illinois),  Webb  (Chicago),  Anderson  (Wisconsin). 

Back  o/  the  line. 
Ryan  (Northwestern),  McLean  (Michigan),  Widman  (Michigan). 

WESTERN    readers    will    remember    that    in    choosing    this 
eleven  the  same  standard  of  eligibility,  ethics,  sportsman- 
ship, etc.,  is  required  as  obtains  in  the  choice  of  the  All- 
America  team. 

The  1898  schedule  of  foot  ball  games  among  the  universities  of  the 
Middle  West  happened  to  be  so  arranged  that  those  with  mind  ever 
turning  to  "  championships  "  will  this  year  have  satisfying  evidence 
to  their  liking  By  winning  from  Chicago  on  Thanksgiving  day, 
Michigan's  unbeaten  eleven  earned  the  title  to  first  honors  in  that 
section,  though  the  score  (12-T1)  indicates  the  margin  for  speculation 
among  the  unprejudiced. 

Generally  speaking,  the  West  believed  the  odds  overwhelmingly 
favored  Chicajgo.  Chicago  had  crushed  Northwestern.  A  fortnight 
later  Northwestern  had  all  but  beaten  Michigan,  5-6.      Man  for  man, 

55 


^■1^'  ' 

.. -«|, 

«       ;ll 

Xl'^ 

"1^ 

r^:^! 

^H 

"^i'*.< 

^^^w 

m 

^K^,*^^*^  ^ 

^^^R 

Bb^iI 

b  ~ 
^ 

■^ 

^ 

Ir"^ 

H^ 

~% 

.'^mI^S 

IL4 

> 

G'^ 

^- 

w 

1                            ^^^ 

)■■■■■ 

^  ' 

r 

€:fll 

:%[- 

,^:%iJ 

^^PHr     '-- 

p/  5 


Z!  ■1' 

SSI 


SPALDING'S  OFFICIAL   FOOT   BALL   GUIDE.  57 

Chicago  was  more  experienced,  and,  save  at  the  ends,  had  shown  far 
better  form  than  Michigan.  And  then  there  M^as  the  heretofore  irre- 
sistible advantage  of  Ilerschberger.  Until  they  met  Chicago  the 
Michigan  team  of  '98  had  had  no  crucial  test.  It  was  a  pretty  green 
team,  all  things  considered,  and  the  question  was  how  it  would  hold 
together  on  defence.      Practically  half  were  Freshmen. 

Chicago,  on  the  other  hand,  had  gone  through  a  long  schedule, 
mostly  of  victories  by  big  scores,  and  had  the  prestige  and  experience 
acquired  by  her  11-23  game  against  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Michigan's  previous  games  had  shown  lack  of  team-work.  Chicago 
had  insensibly  eased  her  practice  in  the  last  week,  for  the  men, 
despite  themselves,  were  confident  of  victory.  But  all  that  does  not 
detract  from  Michigan's  showing,  or  alter  the  fact  that  the  eleven 
made  remarkable  improvemen't — in  a  word,  secured  team-play — in 
the  last  days  of  its  practice. 

If  the  first  ten  minutes  of  the  game  were  inauspicious  for  Michigan's 
green  team,  there  was  no  telling  by  how  much  she  would  lose. 
Chicago  realized  this,  and,  taking  the  ball  from  the  kick-off,  played 
her  fastest  game,  reaching  Michigan's  thirty-five-yard  mark  under 
five  minutes.  Here  Herschberger  failed  in  his  first  attempt  at  kicking 
a  goal  from  the  field. 

It  was  one  of  the  most  spectacular  contests,  in  many  respects,  the 
West  had  developed,  The  first  half  did  notj,^ring  out  the  best  foot 
ball  of  which  either  team  was  capable.  Fumbling  by  Chicago  more 
than  offset  the  start  she  had  secured  by  cleverly  executed  trick  plays, 
and  the  same  fumbles,  aided  by  Herschberger's  poor  punting  at 
critical  moments,  led  to  Michigan's  first  touchdown,  Herschberger 
tried  twice  for  fairly  easy  goals  from  the  field,  one  by  drop-kick  and 
the  other  by  placement-kick,  and  each  lime  he  failed.  Then  toward 
the  end  of  the  half,  on  his  most  difficult  try  fpr  a  goal,  he  scored  from 
the  forty-three-yard  line  in  masterly  style. 

Toward  the  middle  of  the  first  half  Chicago  was  forced  to  punt 
from  her  forty-yard  line.  Cavanaugh  passed  the  ball  several  feet 
over  Herschberger's  head,  and  the  full-back  had  but  an  instant  to  re- 
cover it  when  both  Michigan  ends  were  upon  him.  Herschberger 
made  a  mess  of  his  next  punt,  and  Michigan  took  the  ball  twenty 
yards  for  a  touchdown.     From   this  point  Michigan's  green  men  had 


S.  M.  WARD, 
Capt.  University  of  Montana. 
W.  J.  SMITH,  WM.  CONNELLY, 

Union  University  Schnectady,  N.Y.  Seton  Hall  College. 

R.  W.  RYMER,  A.  C.  JONES, 

Wesleyan.  Capt.  University  of  Georgia. 

VERN  HARRIS, 
Whitewater,  Wis. 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE,  59 

no  lack  of  self-contidence,  and  Chicago  saw  the  possibility  of  defeat. 
Herschberger's  handsome  goal  near  the  end  of  the  first  half  gave 
Chicago  new  confidence,  but  this  was  more  than  offset  by  Widman's 
sixty-five  yard  run  in  the  second  half  for  Michigan's  second  touch- 
down, and  for  which  Herschberger  and  Chicago's  left  end  must  be 
held  accountable.     Both  were  inexcusably  drawn  into  the  centre. 

Widman's  run  was  stirring.  He  wriggled  loose  from  two  tackles 
at  the  line,  and  outran  three  others  before  reaching  Chicago's  goal, 
with  two  Chicago  men  almost  on  him  and  another  left  under  his  feet 
five  yards  back.  Clever  work  by  the  Michigan  ends,  Snow  and  Cap- 
tain Bennett,  overcame  the  advantage  Chicago  had  in  Herschberger's 
punting.  Chicago's  ends  were  never  down  in  time,  and  McLean  ran 
the  ball  back  for  Michigan  a  good  distance  every  time. 

Chicago's  only  touchdown,  made  with  five  minutes  of  the  game  left, 
was  earned  by  the  only  lasting  display  the  team  made  of  its  best 
offensive  work.  In  fact,  Chicago's  exhibition  in  gathering  herself 
together  so  close  to  the  end  of  the  game,  and  hammering  through 
Michigan's  left  side  for  a  touchdown,  was,  in  a  way,  the  feature  of 
the  day.  Her  full-back,  Slaker,  carried  the  ball  in  four  out  of  five 
plays,  that  gained  twenty-seven  yards  in  all.  That  brace  left  her 
only  one  point  behind. 

The  game  was  played  on  a  dry  field,  in  perfect  weather,  and  before 
the  most  enthusiastic  and  best-informed  crowd  (10,000)  a  Western 
game  has  yet  attracted.  Not  in  the  Coliseum  this  time,  for  that  is 
gone,  thankfully,  but  on  Marshall  Field,  the  grounds  of  Chicago 
University.  The  Chicago-Wisconsin  game,  twelve  days  earlier,  drew 
an  equal  number  of  spectators. 

Apart  from  Michigan  and  Chicago,  Wisconsin  was  the  only  team  to 
show  a  record  worthy  of  consideration  among  the  leaders.  It  has 
only  its  0-6  defeat  by  Chicago,  whereas  it  wound  up  the  season 
brilliantly  by  beating  Northwestern,  47-0.  Wisconsin,  like  Michigan, 
was  obliged  to  work  up  new  material,  and  was  coming  on  rapidly  at 
the  close  of  the  season.  Her  captain,  Patrick  O'Dea,  was  put  forth 
as  a  rival  of  Herschberger  in  the  kicking  department,  and  it  is  prob- 
able he  can  take  the  Chicago  rnan  into  a  back  lot  and  beat  him  out 
at  the  punting  or  drop-kicking  game.  In  a  game,  however,  his 
superiority  over  the   back  upon  whom   Chicago  has  relied  so  com- 


JOSEPH  WENTWORTH, 
Captain  Dartmouth  College 
C.  A.  DODGE,  M.  G.  WATERBURY, 

Captain  Knox  College.  Captain  Kalamazoo  College. 

JOHN  WALTER  ESTERLINE, 
Athletic  Director  Purdue  University. 
H.  D.  BALLANTINE,  CLARENCE  M.  THORNE 

Captain  Amherst  College.  Captain  Northwestern  University, 

WILLIAM  L.  LOMAX, 
Captain  Northwestern  M.  A.,  Highland  Park,  111. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  6l 

pletely  is  not  so  noticeable.  Against  Northwestern,  when  O'Dea 
drop-kicked  a  goal,  with  sixty-two  yards  to  cover  and  the  ball  cleared 
the  bar  by  four  feet,  a  Northwestern  man  had  broken  through  and 
was  all  but  successful  in  blocking.  O'Dea  had  to  swing  far  to  one 
side  to  avoid  him.  No  one  suspected  more  than  a  punt  at  that  dis- 
tance. "  It  was  the  most  notable  drop-kick  goal  of  this  season  and  one 
of  the  most  remarkable  performances  of  its  kind  in  foot  ball  annals. 
In  1891  J.  E.  Duffy  made  the  first  score  Michigan  ever  had  secured 
from  Cornell  up  to  that  time  by  drop-kicking  a  goal  from  the  field 
just  at  the  centre  a  few  minutes  before  the  call  of  time.  This  took 
place  at  Detroit,  and  stood  as  the  record  feat  of  the  West  until 
O'Dea's  performance  this  year. 

Chicago  beat  Wisconsin,  6-0.  The  greatest  of  kicking  games  had 
been  expected  ;  but  the  field  was  very  soft,  and  neither  Herschberger 
nor  O'Dea  came  near  his  best  form.  The  only  touchdown  was  made 
early  in  the  first  half,  Chicago  playing  straight  foot  ball  through 
Wisconsin's  line.  Wisconsin's  lighter  team  was  the  more  heavily 
handicapped  by  the  wet  field,  but  its  defence  was  at  times  brilliant. 
A  fortnight  before  the  game  with  Chicago  there  had  been  serious  talk 
at  Madison  of  disbanding  the  team.  While  Chicago  was  playing 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  Wisconsin  was  having  difficulty  with 
Whitewater  Normal  School.  More  energy  was  being  put  into  the 
chase  for  evidence  against  Chicago  players  than  into  all  the  practice. 
Though  the  score  greatly  flatters  Wisconsin,  it  represents  a  remark- 
able brace  on  her  part,  and  she  took  defeat  far  more  handsomely  than 
did  Chicago  in  the  previous  year. 

Illinois  started  poorly,  due  to  arranging  several  hard  games  at  the 
beginning  against  veteran  teams,  such  as  that  of  the  College  of 
Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Chicago,  and  the  Notre  Dame  University, 
both  of  which  defeated  Illinois.  Later  the  green  material  at  Cham- 
paign began  to  round  to,  and  a  stubborn  defence  in  the  mud  at 
Detroit  enabled  Illinois  to  hold  Michigan  to  two  touchdowns,  and  to 
score  one  touchdown  on  a  fumble  and  fifty-yard  run.  Illinois  did  her 
best  playing  of  the  season,  perhaps,  when  she  held  the  Carlisle  In- 
dians down  to  one  touchdown  in  each  half  at  Chicago,  November  19. 
Neither  team  played  well  in  the  first  half,  but  Illinois  should  have 
done  all  the  scoring  but  for  a  case  of  stage-fright,  the  Indians  making 


^^T^ 


GEORGE   C.  BLADWORTH, 

H.  R.   I.,  Claverack,  N.  Y. 

O.  E.  ATWOOD, 

Capt.  Ottawa  (Kan.)  University. 

B.  S.  AIKEN, 

Capt.  Bordentown  (N.  J.)  Institute. 


J.  A.  FEEMAN, 

Columbus  North  High  School. 

ERNEST   C.  WHITE, 

Capt.  University  of  Buffalo. 

J.  W.  AMES, 

Montclair  (N.  J.)  Military  Academy. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  63 

their  first  touchdown  easily  on  a  blocked  kick.  Carlisle  did  her  only 
good  playing  of  the  day  during  the  latter  part  of  the  second  half,  and 
then  showed  line-bucking  somewhere  near  her  reputation.  The  team 
was  not  well  generalled,  had  poor  interference,  handled  punts  badly, 
and  in  general  revealed  nothing  with  which  to  win  out  but  brute 
strength  and  better  condition,  though  three  men  were  removed  from 
the  game. 

Northwestern  had  a  "fluky  "  team.  It  put  up  a  stubborn  defence 
against  Michigan,  and  was  aided  by  the  latter's  poor  generalship  and 
lack  of  team-work.  Its  collapse  came  at  Minneapolis,  before  the 
Minnesota  University  team,  which  had  been  playing  raggedly  all  the 
season.     The  next  week  Wisconsin  finished  it  up. 

Minnesota  and  Illinois  proved  to  be  closely  matched  on  Thanks- 
giving day,  when  the  one  point  gained  by  the  only  goal  kicked  on 
four  touchdowns  gave  Illinois  the  game,  ii-io.  Minnesota  seemed 
to  come  along  slowly  with  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  methods. 
The  injury  that  put  captain  and  quarter-back  Cole  out  of  it  early  in 
the  season  was  a  serious  handicap. 

Purdue  is  the  only  other  one  of  the  Middle-Western  universities 
that  is  represented  in  the  faculty  agreement  as  to  eligibility.  Purdue 
has  rather  dropped  out  of  it  the  past  season.  She  played  only  Chicago, 
being  beaten,  17-0,  the  week  after  Chicago  had  played  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  and  when  the  Chicago  team  was  admittedly  not  in  the 
best  of  shape. 

It  is  a  great  pleasure  to  be  able  to  comment  on  an  awakening  by 
the  faculty  at  Notre  Dame  to  some  sense  of  its  responsibility  in  the 
athletics  of  that  institution.  A  faculty  committee  has  been  appointed, 
and  the  beginning  of  a  more  healthful  spirit  seems  visible  in  the 
student  body. 

It  remains  to  be  seen  how  sincere  is  the  promise,  or  how  substantial 
the  resulting  evidence  of  conversion. 

Oberlin  became  noticeable  by  holding  down  Cornell  to  six  points, 
and  by  beating  Purdue,  lo-o.  Thanksgiving  day.  The  team  was 
coached  in  University  of  Pennsylvania  tactics,  and  used  the  Princeton 
close  formation  as  well  as  the  guards-back  system. 

Considering  its  students  (male)  number  less  than  500,  its  showing 
for  the  season  was  highly  creditable. 


R.  F.  WALLIN, 

Villa  Nova  College. 

HIMEBAUGH,  FRED  McELVAIN 

Capt.  Jamestown  (N.  Y.)  H.  S.  Capt  Ft.  Scott  (Kan.)  H.  S. 

S.  E.  SHULL, 

University  of  North  Carolina. 

TOM  LITTIG,  CARL  CHAMBERLAIN, 

Davenport  (la.)  H.  S.  Council  Bluffs  (la.)  H.  S. 

J._H.  McINTOSH. 

University  of  Georgia. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  5c 

In  the  section  where  Oberlin  is  located— the  Ohio,  that  is  so  thickly 
strewn  with  colleges — there  are  many  foot  ball  teams,  with  some  few 
of  merit — Western  Reserve  University  (or  Adelbert  College)  of  Cleve- 
land, and  Case  School  of  Applied  Science,  of  the  same  city,  Michi- 
gan beat  Adelbert  18-0,  and  Case  32-5,  while  Oberlin  beat  Adelbert 
ii-o,  and  Case  33-0.     Adelbert  in  turn  beat  Case  by  a  score  of  29-0. 

Carlisle.  I  hear,  is  next  year  to  lose  five  of  her  strongest  players  ; 
Hudson,  Rodgers  and  Cayou  have  entered  Dickinson  College,  and 
Bemus  Pierce  and  Metoxen  will  return  to  their  homes.  We  trust 
Carlisle  School  will  sustain  its  interest  in  foot  ball,  and  seek  to  de- 
velop the  game  more  generally  among  the  members  of  the  academy. 
It  is  not  well  to  place  all  reliance  on  stars. 

Indiana  University  defeated  De  Pauw,  a  former  team  of  prominence, 
by  32-0.    Earlier  in  the  season  De  Pauw  was  beaten  by  Illinois,  16-0. 

The  Rush  Medical  College  team  is  another  one  deserving  mention 
for  the  good  games  of  its  veteran  team  early  in  the  season.  r 

Knox  College,  of  Galesburg,  Illinois,  surprised  Beloit's  eleve-n  by 
beating  it,  iS-o,  on  Thanksgiving  day.  There  were  some  substitutes 
in  the  Beloit  line-up,  however,  and  they  were  not  in  as  good  shape 
after  the  22-0  beating  they  had  been  given  five  days  before  by  Michi- 
gan. But  that  does  not  detract  from  Knox's  good  work,  which  was 
so  excellent  that  had  full  time  obtained  Beloit  would  have  been  de- 
feated by  even  a  larger  score,  as  she  was  being  completely  outplayed. 

Foot  ball  has  had  considerable  attention  the  past  two  seasons  at 
Cincinnati,  due  to  the  fostering  of  the  game  by  the  University  of 
Cincinnati,  the  teams  of  which  were  coached  by  Fennell,  formerly  of 
Cornell.  The  progress  they  have  made  was  shown  by  beating  Dart- 
mouth, 17-12,  at  Cincinnati  on  Thanksgiving  day.  Oberlin  made  a 
score  of  5-0  on  Cincinnati  on  October  22,  in  a  game  over  which  there 
was  some  dispute.  On  Thanksgiving  day,  too,  Cincinnati  was  held 
to  ii-ii  by  Indiana  University,  another  eleven  that  became  promi- 
nent this  autumn. 

Chicago  has  been  greatly  stronger,  until  this  season,  back  of  the 
line  than  in  it.  Nowhere  has  faster  or  more  related  work  been  de- 
veloped among  the  backs.  For  two  years,  at  least,  Michigan  has 
worked  for  the  specific  end  of  meeting  Chicago's  game,  and  has  de- 
veloped more  rapidly  in  the  way  of  defensive  work  in  the  line  and  at 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  67 

the  ends.  This  year  her  line,  except  the  tackles,  outclassed  Chicago 
at  stopping  plays.  That  there  has  been  no  characteristic  method  of 
line  attack  developed  is  not  remarkable.  Stagg  stands  for  a  high  de- 
velopment of  the  mass-on-tackle  play,  though  he  used  it  not  much 
this  season.  In  this  work  Eastern  precedents  have  been  closely  fol- 
lowed, especially  at  Wisconsin.  Illinois  last  year  made  the  Princeton 
revolving  wedge  her  strong  card  of  offence.  Knipe  at  Iowa  is  the 
only  coach  who  has  taught  University  of  Pennsylvania's  guards-back 
play  in  any  thorough  fashion.  With  it  he  humbled  Northwestern  last 
year,  but  by  others  it  has  been  used  only  in  desultory  fashion.  Purdue 
had  a  predilection  for  tandem  plays,  having  had  Balliett  and  Church 
for  coaches,  but  the  preference  to  develop  a  fast  interference  for  the 
backs  without  bringing  any  men  out  of  the  line  seems  universal. 
Chicago  used  her  ends  on  offence  more  than  any  other  team.  On  the 
whole  there  was  less  use  of  trick  plays.  Wisconsin  alone  used  the 
quarter-back  kick  to  advantage. 

One  feature  of  the  season's  play  in  the  Middle  West  was  the  in- 
creased amount  of  kicking,  and  the  better  quality  of  performances  in 
that  line.  It  is  no  longer  uncommon  for  university  elevens  in  that 
section  to  employ  the  kicking  game  with  good  judgment.  Even  pre- 
paratory school  elevens  show  good  work  in  this  direction  nowadays. 
The  number  of  young  teams  that  have  -sprtiog  up  like  mushroom.s  in 
small  towns  and  big  cities,  more  especially  Chicago  and  Detroit,  is 
altogether  a  feature  of  the  past  two  years. 

Herschberger  has  been  so  prominent  a  figuje  in  the  kicking  depart- 
ment of  Western  foot  ball  the  past  three  seasons  that  his  feats  have 
naturally  bestirred  emulation.  He  himself  did  some  great  work  this 
year,  though  he  was  more  successful  earlier  than  toward  the  end  of 
the  season.  One  of  his  best  performances  was  15  out  of  21  points 
Chicago  scored  on  Beloit,  made  by  three  place-kick  goals.  His  drop- 
kick  goal  on  Michigan  was  even  a  better  performance,  however.  The 
first  score  of  the  season  on  Michigan  was  made  by  a  drop-kick  from 
the  forty-yard  line  that  Quarrie  of  the  Case  School  team  made  at  Ann 
Arbor.  In  the  game  which  Notre  Dame  won  from  Illinois  University 
the  second  week  of  the  season  the  only  score  at  all  was  a  place-kick 
goal  by  Notre  Dame. 

Graduate  coaching  has  come  also  to  be  a  feature  in  the  Middle 


CARL  E.  DORR, 
Capt.  Syracuse  University. 
C.  W.  SIDERBOTHAM,  WATSON, 

Capt.  Alma  (Mich.)  College.  Capt.  Baldwin  University. 

J.  J.  HOGAN, 
Capt.  Phillips  Exeter  Academy. 
G.  A.  TELLER,  W.  B.  SUTTON, 

Capt.  Hobart  Co, lege,  Geneva,  N.  Y.  Trinity  College, 

CHAS.E.  EARNUM, 
Capt.  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  Keokuk,  la. 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  69 

West,  but  there  is  far  from  being  at  any  of  the  universities  such 
bands  of  skilled  coachers  as  congregate  at  the  Eastern  institutions. 
Two  to  four  or  five  men  is  about  the  limit  during  an  entire  season. 
In  some  respects  this  is  a  drawback,  and  in  others  an  advantage.  It 
certainly  permits  of  uniformity  in  policy,  and  is  all  right  if  the 
coaches  are  able. 

The  Middle  Western  teams  do  not  entirely  rely  upon  the  East  for 
their  plays,  as  they  once  did.  A.  A.  Stagg  is  of  course  resourceful 
and  independent,  so  that  Chicago  University  has  not,  at  any  time 
since  he  was  engaged,  merely  copied  the  East,  The  same  is  true  to 
some  slight  extent  with  the  other  leading  teams  of  the  Middle  West. 

One  of  the  tricks  Stagg  sprung  in  the  Michigan-Chicago  game  this 
year  was  novel  and  successful.  It  was  a  "  fake  "  kick  followed  by  a 
double  pass.  The  kicker  drew  back  at  the  signal,  but  started  to  run 
when  he  got  the  ball,  as  in  the  old-fashioned  bluff  of  this  sort.  He 
was  no  sooner  under  headway  in  one  direction,  however,  with  the 
opponents,  ends  and  all,  steering  across  the  field  after  him,  than  one 
of  th§  other  backs  received  the  ball  from  a  pass  behind  him  and 
started  around  the  end  on  a  wide  run  in  the  opposite  dii^ection.  This 
trick  worked  for  thirty-two  yards  straight  off  in  the  game  with  Michi- 
gan. Later  Michigan's  ends  got  it  down,  but  it  was  Chicago's  most 
conspicWoils  ground-gainer,  for  all  that.  It  was  nearly  worked  once 
by  a  triple  pass,  three  men  being  downed  in  turn  before  the  play  was 
stopped.  All  this  raised  the  query  in  the  West,  if  Stagg  had  not  the 
idea  of  developing  plays  to  include  passing  the  ball  on  the  run,  some- 
what after  the  manner  of  English  Rugby  ? 

Comment  has  already  been  made  on  the  Middle  Western  individual 
players  in  choosing  the  All-America  and  All-Western  teams.  In  fact, 
barring  five — Herschberger,  Eurnett,  Holmes,  Clarke  and  Cavanaugh, 
who  were  ineligible  to  the  national  or  Western  team — there  are  none 
in  the  West  worthy  of  especial  mention  who  are  not  considered  in  the 
All-Western  eleven. 

O'Dea  has  no  rival  with  Herschberger  ineligible,  and  should  even 
have  a  place  in  the  back  field  were  the  clever  Chicago  punter  in  the 
field.  So  also  would  Caley,  a  powerful  running  back  and  the  strongest 
line-bucker  in  the  West  this  year,  and  the  strongest  the  West  has 
produced  since  Van  Doozer  of  Northwestern.     There  is  little  differ- 


EARLE  D.  SETMSER, 

Capt.   Reynolds  Business  College,  Amsterdam,  N.  Y. 

JOE  DEERING,  PHILIP  REGAN, 

Capt.  West  Superior  A.  C.  Capt.  Willets  Point  N.  Y. 

J.   LANE,  Jr.,  PERCY  A.  FARRY, 

Capt.  Hoosick  Falls,  N.  Y.  Crown  Point  (Ind.)  Athletics. 

TAYLOR, 
Capt.   Howard  Parks,  South  Hand,  Ind. 


SI'ALDING's    official    FOOr    HALL    GUIDE.  71 

ence  among  Slaker,  McLean  and  Widnian — McLean  i.s  the  best  of 
the  three  on  defensive  work.  Perry  (Northwestern)  is  a  full-back  of 
promise.  With  Clarke  out,  there  was  no  really  first-class  quarter- 
back; but  Kennedy  and  Wilmarth  were  quite  the  best  of  those  re- 
maining. 

So,  too,  in  ends;  Snow  and  Bennett  quite  outclassed  the  field. 
Hamill  at  one  time  seemed  a  likely  candidate,  being  fast  and  excel- 
lent on  offence,  but  he  developed  a  marvelous  unreliability,  though  it 
is  only  fair  to  say  that  a  lame  shoulder  lessened  some  of  his  keenness 
for  hard  tackling.  Anderson  (Wisconsin)  earned  a  right  to  second 
choice;  he  has  played  four  years,  and  maintained  an  excellent  uni- 
form standard  of  work.  Snow's  speed,  judgment  and  reliability  in 
the  Chicago  game  appear  to  have  made  him  the  star  end  of  the  West, 
though  Bennett  has  the  greater  experience  and  is  a  steady,  most  ser- 
viceable player. 

Cunningham  well  deserves  the  centre  place,  both  because  of  his 
work  in  the  position,  and  for  his  sportsmanship;  McLain  of  Illinois 
would  be  a  serviceable  substitute,  though  not  in  the  same  class  with 
Cunningham.  Little  of  Northwestern  and  Eggeman  of  Notre  Dame 
are  remaining,  of  about  even  merit  for  third  choice. 

There  were  no  really  first-class  guards,  though  Caley  would  make 
one  if  he  continued  in  that  position.  Bunge  is  a  promising  man. 
Beloit  played  him  at  tackle,  but  he  would  be  better  at  guard,  where 
his  weight  and  strength  and  speed  would  be  most  serviceable. 
Rogers  is  not  entitled  to  consideration,  and  is  withdrawn  from  the 
candidates  for  the  All-Western  eleven.  France  of  Michigan  is  a 
coming  guard. 

Eligible  tackles  are  scarce,  but  Steckle  is  entitled  to  first  choice  on 
the  year's  performance.  He  is  both  aggressive  and  an  excellent 
ground-gainer.     Of  the  remaining  available  ones,  Bothne  is  the  best. 

Making  up  an  All-Western  team  prompts  the  thought  that  although 
several  of  the  elevens  did  excellent  work — yet  the  number  of  first- 
class  eligible  candidates  for  the  composite  team — is  surprisingly 
small. 

The  Missouri  Valley  foot  ball  season  ended  in  the  triumph  of  Iowa 
over  Nebraska,  which  for  the  second  year  had  won  the  pennant  of 
the    Western    Intercollegiate    Foot    Ball   Association,    composed    of 


ROGER  B.  FARgUHAR,  JR., 

Captain  Swarthmore  College. 

R.  T.  DAVIS,  N.  H.  POPE, 

Phillips  Andover,  Mass.  Richmond  College,  Va. 

CHARLES  W.  HALL. 

Betts  Academy,  Stamford,  Conn. 

G.  B.  TRACY,  E.  G.  HAPGOOD, 

Captain  English  H.  S.,  Boston.  Brown  University 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL   FOOT   BALL   GUIDE.  73 

Kansas,  Missouri  and  Nebraska  State  universities.  After  defeating 
with  ease  (47-6),  the  raw  Missouri  team,  Nebraska  moved  on  Law- 
rence, Kansas,  where  the  great  battle  of  the  West  was  fought  with 
Kansas  University,  November  5.  A  fine  back  field  and  good  general- 
ship enabled  the  well-balanced  Nebraska  eleven  to  win  decisively, 
18-6,  against  the  superior  line  of  Kansas,  in  a  contest  that  was  par- 
ticularly exhausting  and  crippling  to  the  Nebraskans.  Hitherto  un- 
beaten, they  were  routed,  0-24.  two  days  later  by  the  University 
Medical  College  of  Kansas  City,  and  subsequently  beaten  in  turn  by 
Drake  University,  of  Des  Moines,  and  Iowa  Slate  University,  before 
their  very  busy  season  closed.  Even  Captain  Melford,  Nebraska's 
accurate  goal-kicker,  fell  off  in  form,  and  failed  to  the  Iowa  Thanks- 
giving day  at  Omaha  on  his  try-at-goal. 

Kansas  suffered  the  fewest  defeats,  losing  only  to  Nebraska;  Mis- 
souri lost  to  the  University  Medics,  to  Nebraska,  to  Washington 
University  (or  St.  Louis),  and  to  Kansas;  Iowa  lost  to  Chicago  Uni- 
versity 0-33,  to  Drake,  5-18,  and  was  tied  by  Grinnell  5-5.  Drake 
defeated  Grinnell,  18-12.  Both  Ames  and  Grinnell  beat  Minnesota, 
the  former,  6-0,  October  22,  and  the  latter,  16-6,  a  week  previous. 

The  standard  of  play  showed  no  advance.  All  the  elevens  revealed 
better  developed  systems  of  attack  than  resistance,  and  in  most  games, 
even  one-sided  ones,  both  teams  scored.  Nebraska,  under  the  coach- 
ing of  F.  H.  Yost  (Lafayette),  and  the  University  Medics,  after  the 
coming  of  coach  C.  S.  Morris,  the  ex-Yale  quarter,  played  clean,  hard 
foot  ball.  David  L.  Fultz,  Brown's  ex-captain,  did  much  with  Mis- 
souri's eleven  in  bringing  it  to  creditable  form  for  Thanksgiving, 
after  a  disheartening  season.  Behind  the  line  and  in  defensive  play 
Kansas  did  not  equal  former  elevens,  though  possessing  an  effective 
offence  and  exceptional  weight,  178  to  180  pounds  to  the  man.  But 
in  kicking  Kansas  showed  pronounced  superiority  over  previous 
teams,  through  the  clever  work  of  Captain  Moses,  who  defeated 
Ames  by  a  field  goal.  Pennsylvania  tactics  continued  at  Kansas 
University,  which  Dr.  Wylie  G.  Woodruff  had  in  hand  for  the  second 
season,  as  they  did  under  Dr.  Knipe  at  Iowa,  where  they  had  been 
installed  the  year  previous  by  Wagenhurst. 

The  game  was  played  generally  throughout  the  Missouri  Valley  by 
hundreds  of  minor  colleges,  academies,  high-schools,  athletic   clubs 


I.IKON  C.  ANDERSON,  TARR, 

Culver  (Ind.)  Military  Academy.  Captain  Iowa  State  College. 

T.  P.  HOWARD,  DUNLAP, 

Cai)tain  iMissoun  State  University.  Captain  Lenox  College,  Iowa. 

J.  T.  HEFLEY, 

University  of  Oklahoma. 

H.  L.  YOUTZ,  LEE  JOHNSTON, 

Simpson  Collese,  Iowa.  Purdue  University. 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


75 


and  "town"  teams.  Haskell  Indian  Institute,  of  Lawrence,  Kansas, 
put  a  light  eleven  in  the  field,  under  William  Walker's  coaching, 
that  played  the  game  persistently,  and  over  an  extensive  area,  travel- 
ling from  Indianapolis  to  Denver  on  its  tours.  They  lost  to  Kansas, 
0-30,  October  8,  and  5-12,  October  13;  to  Purdue.  0-5,  October  18, 
and  0-13,  October  22;  to  Indianapolis  Athletic  Club,  0-12,  October 
20;  to  University  Medical  College,  0-46,  October  31;  and  defeated 
Denver  Athletic  Club,  12-5,  November  5. 

Strict  amateur  rules  did  not  obtain,  but  none  protested,  nor  was  the 
amateur  status  improved  over  last  season.  The  University  Medical 
College,  though  constantly  receiving  seasoned  recruits  from  universi- 
ties, played  at  least  two  who  were  students  in  name  only  in  Lewis, 
half-back,  and  Ryus,  quarter.  In  Pendleton,  guard,  and  Captain 
Heller,  half,  the  Medics  again  had  two  men  who  have  coached  pro- 
fessionally. Hamill,  the  greatest  of  Missouri  Valley  forwards,  played 
his  fifth  year  at  guard  for  Kansas  University,  of  which  he  became  a 
member  in  1892,  Pie  also,  according  to  common  repute,  has  played 
professionally.  In  a  minor  match  Kansas  put  in  Walker,  an  alumnus 
and  professional  coach,  at  centre,  under  protest,  and  the  Athletic 
Association  of  the  University  discountenanced  the  act.  Coach  Fultz 
played  at  half  for  Missouri  in  the  ante-association  contests,  and 
Kramer,  who  has  played  on  various  minor  Eastern  teams,  went  into 
one  game  under  an  assumed  name  before  he  had  enrolled.  Pendleton, 
Heller,  Hamill  and  Fultz  showed  the  best  game  in  their  positions  in 
this  field.  At  Nebraska  University,  whose  greater  enrolment  gives 
an  advantage  over  all  contestants,  the  rules  of  amateur  sport  seemed 
more  closely  observed,  the  faculty  several  times  keeping  men  out  of 
important  games  for  failing  to  reach  the  required  scholarship  standard. 


N    W.  HOLLENBECK,  GEO.  W.  WOOD, 

Leloit  College,  Wis.  Captain  Cornell  College,  Iowa. 

r        •  ^r  •^-  ^n^^^^'    T  E.  H.  RAPALJE, 

Captain  Gnnnell  College,  Iowa.  Rutgers  University. 

T.  D.  GILLIAM. 

Hampden-Sidney  College,  Virginia. 

r     .   1.     ,  -^t]"^^^.^^' .,   •  .  J-  CLARK  HUBHARD. 

Capt.  Drake  Univ.,  Des  Moines,  la.  Captain  Indiana  University. 


REVIEW  OF  FOOT  BALL  SEASON,  1898 

(Walter  Cami',  in  Collier's  Weekly.) 


SOME  ten  years  ago,  in  a  weekly  publication  since  suspended, 
issued  in  New  York,  I  described  what  I  called,  for  lack  of 
better  title,  "The  Ail-American  Foot  Ball  Team."  As  it  was 
the  first  time  such  a  collection  of  star  players  had  been  grouped  upon 
paper,  it  is  worth  while  to  go  back  at  this  day  and  see  the  names  of 
the  men  who  in  December  of  1889  were  regarded  as  the  eleven  best 
men  in  their  positions.      The  list  reads  as  follows  : 

Ends — Stagg  and  Cumnock.  Tackles — Cowan  and  Gill.  Guards — 
Heffelfinger  and  Cranston.  Centre — George.  Quarter — Poe.  Halves 
— Lee  and  Channing.     Full-back — Ames. 

That  was  the  first  All-America  Team,  and  I  fancy  the  old-timers 
will  agree  with  me  in  the  belief  that  even  as  we  look  back  it  must  be 
said  that  that  team  would  take  an  awful  lot  of  beating.  Cumnock 
was  then  in  his  prime  and  not  weighted  with  the  woes  and  worries  of 
the  captaincy.  The  next  year  he  did  what  Dibblee  has  done  this 
season  and  what  no  man  before  him  had  been  able  to  accomplish, 
Stagg  was  also  at  the  height  of  his  career.  Cowan  and  Gill  need  no 
introduction,  for  they  are  still  looked  back  upon  and  mentioned  as 
ideal  tackles.  Heffelfinger's  reputation  abides  today.  Cranston  was 
placed  at  guard  to  give  George,  Princeton's  remarkable  centre,  the 
middle  position.  Poe's  fame  is  still  fresh.  Lee  confirmed  the  justice 
of  his  choice  by  making  the  scoring  run  the  following  year  against 
Yale.  Channing  was  in  that  day  as  difficult  to  stop  and  hold  as  this 
year  were  Daly  and  Dibblee.  And  finally  the  running  and  kicking 
of  "Snake"  Ames  will  last  in  memory  as  long  as  Princeton  has  a 
team.     A  decade  of  foot  ball  has  advanced  our  game  immensely,  but 

77 


Captain  Union  College. 

MORAY  L    EBY,    _  L.  C.  BABCOCK, 

Capt.  Iowa  Stat*  University  Captain  Shattuck  School,  Minn 

C.  KURD  STEWART, 

CmpuAn  Uofvfer»ity  of  Rochester. 

WALKER  F.  SANBORN,  D   F   KELLEY 

Captain  Burdett  College,  Boston.  Ursiiius  College.' 

OWEN, 

Captain  Rhode  Island  College. 


Spalding's  official  foot  ball  guide.  79 

the  individual  qualifications  of  that  team  would  appeal  most  tempt- 
ingly to  any  coach  of  today. 

Before  taking  up  a  similar  selection  of  the  stars  of  the  season  just 
ended,  it  is  but  just  to  pass  in  review  the  progress  and  development 
of  the  various  elevens  as  teams  and  representing  as  they  do  today 
more  than  ever  before  the  work  and  thought  of  men  especially 
equipped  to  produce  not  only  star  players  but  exceptional  unison  of 
performance. 

No  fair  measure  of  the  merits  of  the  individual  players  and  of  the 
teams  of  the  foot  ball  season  of  1898  can  be  reached  without  some 
reference  to  past  history  and  especially  to  the  history  of  last  season. 
When  these  teams  and  players  entered  upon  the  campaign  of  1898, 
each  had  behind  it  traditions  to  preserve  or  to  live  down.  The  win- 
ners of  the  previous  year  possessed  a  prestige  upon  which  they  could 
confidently  count  to  assist  them  materially  in  the  tight  places  of  this 
year's  matches.  The  teams  that  had  lost  in  1897,  on  the  other  hand, 
had  this  very  past  to  combat. 

There  was  preliminary  practice,  at  least  of  a  desultory  nature,  by 
almost. all  the  big  teams,  Princeton  possibly  excepted.  It  was,  how- 
ever, not  the  concerted  summer  practice,  amounting  to  the  taking  of 
entire  teams  to  watering-place  or  mountain  for  a  month's  junket,  a 
practice  which  time  and  a  good  deal  of  criticism  have  at  last  put  out 
of  the  programme  of  most  of  the  teams.  By  the  ist  of  October  there 
was  a  fair  knowledge  in  the  minds  of  coaches  as  to  where  they  were 
likely  to  stand  on  the  question  of  material,  with  the  exception  of  the 
possible  player  of  unusual  capability  who  might  develop  unexpectedly. 

The  chief  points  of  interest  for  the  Eastern  season's  work  lay  in  the 
contests  of  Harvard),  Princeton,  Pennsylvania,  Yale  and  Cornell. 
Yale  was  regarded  as  the  most  likely  of  all  the  teams,  owing  to  her 
phenomenal  finish  of  the  previous  season.  Pennsylvania  was,  how- 
ever, looked  upon  with  equal  favor,  while  in  the  minds  of  most  college 
men  Cornell  was  expected  to  finish  with  two  defeats.  Of  this  general 
summary  the  only  feature  that  proved  to  be  correct  was  that  of  Cor- 
nell's two  defeats. 

Although  the  general  upset  of  form  was  not  as  startling  as  that  of 
the  previous  year,  it  was  sufficiently  so  to  make  it  worth  while  con- 
sidering some  of  the  causes  which  were  operative  in  the  final  result. 


1>AV1S,  NOLL, 

Oberhu  College.  Captain  Marietta  College 

L.  R.  OTIS,  ^ 

Captain  Cushing  Academy. 
PACKARD, 
Captain  Kearney  (Neb.)  High  School. 
JOHN  V.  KING,  ^E.  W.  COBER 

Captain  Johnstown  (N.  Y.)  Y.  M.  C.  A.        Captain  Bucknell  University. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  8l 

Of  these  causes  the  principal  ones  may  be  divided  into  the  following  : 
Original  raw  material,  the  physical  perfecting  of  that  material,  and 
the  educating  of  it  in  a  foot  ball  sense. 

In  each  one  of  these  three  departments  Harvard  excelled.  There 
was  no  university  among  the  entire  number  that  could  at  any  time  in 
the  season,  from  the  first  day  to  the  last,  have  placed  in  the  field  so 
many. fairly  equipped  elevens.  There  was  hardly  a  position  at  any 
time  which  could  not  have  been  filled  at  Cambridge  with  any  one  of 
three  different  men,  and  this  fact  was  due  in  a  considerable  measure 
to  the  Harvard  system  and  the  general  work  of  the  year  1897.  In 
carrying  the  men  into  and  through  the  season  of  1898  Harvard  was 
equally  at  the  front  ;  there  were  times  when  some  of  her  good  men 
were  laid  up,  but  when  the  day  of  final  contest  came  her  men  were, 
for  the  most  part,  fit  and  eager  for  the  work.  Finally,  there  were 
almost  no  men  in  the  Harvard  team  who  were  not  improved  in  per- 
formance by  the  foot  ball  education  lavished  upon  them  during  the 
season.  It  is  only  fair  to  mention  names  in  this  connection.  Mr. 
Forbes,  who  had  had  charge  of  Harvard  foot  ball  interests  in  1897, 
continued  in  power  through  the  season  of  1898.  The  material  which 
he  had  brought  out  and  the  material  which  he  had  held  in  reserve 
made  up  the  selection  for  this  year.  The  general  management  of  the 
campaign  was  in  his  hands  and  he  made  it  a  thorough  success.  The 
physical  condition  of  the  team,  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Brooks 
and  with  the  practical  experience  of  McMasters,  was  equally  satis- 
factory. The  foot  ball  education  of  the  team  was  by  Mr.  Forbes 
placed  in  the  hands  of  such  expert  instructors  as  Mr.  Waters,  M:. 
Lewis,  Mr.  Dean,  Mr.  Wrenn,  and  others  whose  names  are  equally 
familiar  to  those  who  have  followed  Harvard  foot  ball  for  the  past 
half-dozen  years.  So  far,  then,  as  one  may  gather  from  the  public 
performance  of  the  Harvard  team,  there  is  hardly  a  flaw  to  be  found 
in  the  entire  record  of  management. 

In  taking  up  the  consideration  of  the  first  big  rival  that  Harvard 
had  to  meet — namely,  the  University  of  Pennsylvania — one  finds  that 
in  material  Pennsylvania  had  not  developed  as  satisfactory  a  body  of 
substitutes  as  had  Harvard.  There  were  times  when  Pennsylvania 
was  handicapped  on  this  account.  So  far  as  the  education  of  new 
men  to  take  the  places  of  old  and  hence  to  furnish  material  to  draw 


MANUAL  TRAINING  HIGH  SCHOOL  FOOT  BALL  TEAM, 

DENVER. 

Pierson     Davidson     _  Walker     McGraw 

Heartz     Lawrence  Shirman     Thayer     Frick  (Manager) 

Smith         Lemmon  (Capt.)     Lambert  Sturm 

Green  Stewart         Banes  Jessup 


EAST  DENVER  HIOH  bCHOOL  Jt-OUi   BALL  TEAM. 

Bell      Spann  Snyder     Upton  Van  Fleet  Clay  (Coach) 
Baughman  Cole  DeClaybrook     McCarthy  (Mgi 

Cotten  Van  Stone  Abbott  Wallace 

Bailey  Bausbach  McDonald 

Wigton  Cohen  Heister 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL   GUIDE.  go 

upon,  Pennsylvania  suffered,  As  to  the  physical  condition  of  the 
men  throughout  the  season,  Dr.  White  and  Murphy  kept  the  men,  all 
things  considered,  in  as  good  shape  as  was  possible  when  the  de- 
mands on  these  men  were  taken  into  consideration.  The  way  in 
which  they  played  through  the  frightful  weather  of  their  last  match 
with  Cornell  on  Thanksgiving  day  demonstrates  this.  As  to  their 
foot  ball  education,  the  question  is  a  peculiar  one.  Surely  no 
team  could  exhibit  a  greater  variety  of  tactics  than  that  one  edu- 
cated this  year  by  Mr.  Woodruff.  The  general  question  of  guards 
back  has  been  so  frequently  threshed  out  that,  like  many  cases  where 
so  much  comment  has  been  placed,  it  has  become  obscured  by  the 
very  amount  of  reference  to  it.  There  is  no  reason,  as  exhibited  by 
Pennsylvania  in  their  Cornell  game,  why  the  line  up  with  two  guards 
dropped  back  of  the  line  should  be  taken  to  indicate  an  inability  to 
perform  a  variety  of  moves  any  more  than  with  two  ends  back  or  two 
tackles  back,  or,  in  fact,  with  the  whole  seven  men  up  in  the  line. 
It  is  perhaps  easier  to  form  the  interference  and  to  form  it  with  the 
immediate  assistance  of  heavy  aggressive  men,  by  dropping  the  guards 
back.  What  has  generally  been  considered  the  guards  back  play  in 
most  of  the  commentaries  has  been  only  that  part  of  the  plays  directed 
from  this  formation  which  has  been  used  to  assail  the  opponents'  line 
from  tackle  to  tackle,  and  which  hence  has  had  the  appearance  of 
close  formation  plays.  The  greatest  development  of  what  has  come 
to  be  known  as  the  delayed  pass,  and  also  the  quarter-back  kick, 
must  be  attributed  to  Mr.  Woodruff  and  the  Pennsylvania  team.  In 
the  Cornell  game  some  very  pretty  variations  and  some  very  effective 
ones  were  introduced.  But  Pennsylvania  lost  her  Harvard  game,  and 
the  call  of  time  found  Harvard  within  a  foot  of  Pennsylvania's  line 
once  more,  hence  the  very  natural  conclusion  on  all  sides  that  Penn- 
sylvania's style  of  play  was  not  equal  to  Harvard's.  But  that  game 
was  lost  principally  through  the  lack  of  Pennsylvania's  back  field  to 
handle  punts  in  a  satisfactory  manner.  If  one  could  pick  a  flaw  in 
the  foot  ball  education  of  the  Pennsylvania  team,  as  shown  in  their 
public  performance,  it  was  in  this  matter  of  fumbling.  That  is  what 
tKe  Harvard  game  showed.  The  Cornell  game  showed  a  lack  of 
satisfactory  kicking  on  the  part  of  Pennsylvania.  This,  in  a  measure, 
may  be  attributed  to  the  injury  to  Hare  which  made  it  necessary  for 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL   FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  85 

Pennsylvania  to  make  up  with  her  running  game  what  Cornell  could 
accomplish  in  the  kicking  department. 

Princeton,  with  her  single  game— for  it  was  the  game  with  Yale 
that  naturally  meant  the  most  to  Princeton— not  only  stated  but  also 
planned  to  make   everything  subservient  to  team  play.     It  was  the 
expressed  sentiment  of  the  Princeton  management  to  have  no  stars  on 
the  team,  but  to  base  her  aspirations  for  victory  upon  the  develop- 
ment of  eleven  men,  or  rather  thirty  or  forty  men  out  of  which  an 
eleven   strong  in  team  play  could  be  selected.     To  put  Princeton  to 
the  same  test  as  that  already  described  for  Harvard  and  Pennsylvania, 
one  might  say  that  in   the  matter  of  material  the  bulk  of  the  men 
corresponded  with  Princeton's  plans;    that  is,    there  was   plenty  of 
material  of  fair  promise,  but  no  men  who  were  expected  to  become 
stars.     Princeton  was  well  equipped  in  the  way  of  substitutes,  and 
the  general  character  of  the  substitutes  was  nearly  up  to  that  of  the 

regular  men. 

The   physical  condition  of   the   men  was,    thanks   to  the   work  ot 
Walter  Christie,  such  that  they  could  be  counted  upon  at  almost  any 
time  through  the  season  to  put  up  a  game  as  strong  in  the  second  half 
as  in  the  first.     Finally,  the   education  of  the  team  in  foot  ball  lore 
was  intrusted  to  the  best  of  Princeton's  former  players,  and  the  final 
result  was  a  team  that  had  much  sympathy,  each  man  for  the  other, 
and  a  strong  determination  to  work  together  and  to  win.     But  it  was 
the  point  of  the   development  of  a  kicking  game  that  after  all  gave 
Princeton  her  final  victory.     Her  team  play  in  running  with  the  ball 
was  not  strong  enough  to  make  marked    gains  against  Yale.     Her 
kicking  game,  when  Wheeler  was  performing  the  kick,  was,  on  the 
other  hand,  strong  enough  to  neutralize  the  gains  which  Yale  made  in 
her  running;  hence  the  two  teams  might  have  played  to  a  standstill, 
the  one  superior  in  running  and  the  other  superior  in  kicking,  had  it 
not  been  for  the  unexpected.     It  was  the  irony  of  fate  that  a  most 
remarkable   individual  play  should  have  been  the  means  of  winning 
the  victory  for  Princeton  after  their  strong  work  in  developing  team 
play  rather  than  individual  perfection,  or  star  events. 

Yale  was  accredited  with  by  far  the  best  material  back  of  the  line 
of  any  of  the  teams.  It  was  generally  supposed  that  her  back  field 
possessed  so  many  men   of   good   calibre   that  that   part  of   the  team 


Si 


Ms 

^    i 

o  :s 

c  „ 


6S 


o  o 


^  a 


Spalding's  official  foot  ball  guide.  87 

could  be  relied  upon  in  any  emergency.  Perhaps  that  is  the  reason 
why  Yale's  kicking  game  was,  next  to  Pennsylvania's,  the  poorest  of 
any  of  the  universities.  Both  Pennsylvania  and  Yale  suffered  severely 
for  this  lack  of  perfection  in  a  most  important  branch  of  the  sport. 
The  material  for  Yale's  forward  line  was  Ijy  no  means  as  satisfactory 
as  that  for  the  positions  behind  the  line.  There  was  a  lack  of  big 
men  at  the  start,  and  for  a  time  Yale  went  into  her  games  with  a 
centre  weighing  one  hundred  and  eighty-five  pounds.  There  was 
A'ery  little  new  material  developed  until  the  season  was  well  along, 
and  the  line  suffered  accordingly.  The  physical  condition  of  the 
Yale  team  was  also  not  as  good  as  last  year.  There  were  more  acci- 
dents, or,  at  any  rate,  the  accidents  happened  to  the  best  men. 
Finally,  the  foot  ball  education  of  the  team,  owing  to  the  lack  of 
coaching,  throughout  two-thirds  of  the  season,  did  not  progress,  and 
the  kicking  branch,  even  at  the  very  end,  seemed  crude  and  un- 
formed. 

Cornell,  as  far  as  material  was  concerned,  although  missing  greatly 
the  early  assistance  that  some  of  the  old  players  might  have  added, 
certainly  deserves  the  credit  of  developing  a  fair  amount  of  men  of 
good  foot  ball  calibre.  This  material  was  kept,  by  constant  competi- 
tion, well  up  to  the  mark.  In  the  physical  development  of  the  team, 
Cornell  was  afflicted  somewhat  as  was  Yale;  that  is,  the  accidents 
that  occurred  seemed  to  fall  for  the  most  part  upon  the  best  men,  and 
the  loss  of  the  services  of  these  good  men  during  the  part  of  the 
season  when  they  were  most  needed  must  have  told  heavily  upon  the 
rest  of  the  team.  So  far  as  foot  ball  education  went,  Cornell  under 
Warner  and  Fennell  was  well  carried  forward,  and  had  it  not  been 
for  the  atrocious  weather,  conditions  under  which  her  final  match 
was  played  we  should  have  been  treated  to  a  much  more  satisfactory 
exhibition  of  play.  Even  as  it  was,  the  ability  of  Cornell  to  maintain 
a  kicking  game  was  the  point  upon  which  she  held'a  superiority  to 
Pennsylvania  that  enabled  her  to  offset  some  of  the  Philadelphian's 
better  work  in  the  distribution  and  carrying  out  of  plays  of  a  running 
nature. 

West  Point,  from  a  rather  mediocre  beginning,  came  along  strongly 
enough  to  tie  Princeton  toward  the  end  of  the  season  :  something  for 
which  Lieutenant  Pierce  deserves  great  credit.      It  would  require  the 


J 

rmito^^'m 

|. 

^mm 

1 1  MBpgyi  £ ' jo 

Wn^^^'    i 

(OB 

K#^^llll»-JM 

^^^1 

^ml^ 

^^^^p 

Qmi 

P^BSif  "^ 

'T^.'C  ^^ 

of  J 

Pi 

(^m 

^^ii^m 

dJW 

W^ 

% 

1^ 

^ 

■ 

oiiS 

C/J 

a> 

W 

«S| 

^ 

^ 

P^ 

'l^ 

O 

O 

O 

o 

± 

ffi 

;^ 

s««"^ 

u 

^^a^ 

n 

w    -o 

w 

(/) 

X 

H 

A 

< 

^  t; 

C/2 

< 

iJ   3   O 

O 
Q 

u 

o  «M 

< 

o 

^ 

h-i 

4J--S 

O 
u 

'0 

o 

o 

d 

SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  89 

test  of  a  game  to  settle  the  question  as  to  the  relative  superiority  of 
this  team  and  Cornell  at  the  end  of  the  season.  Of  the  other  teams 
the  Carlisle  Indians,  with  a  veteran  organization,  exhibited,  particu- 
larly in  their  game  with  ^Harvard,  a  consistent  progress  and  strong 
team  play.  Wesleyan  and  Brown  would  also  need  a  game  to  settle 
the  precedence.  Brown  performed  most  creditable  work,  and  in  her 
game  with  Dartmouth  reaped  the  reward  by  a  decisive  victory. 
Dartmouth  was  able  to  win  her  league  championship,  but  after  defeat 
at  the  hands  of  Brown,  had  a  most  disastrous  Western  trip.  Amherst 
turned  the  tables  on  Williams  unexpectedly  at  the  end,  owing  to 
steady  work  upon  one  line  of  play.  Lafayette  and  Lehigh  had  their 
annual  duel,  each  winning  a  game,  although  Lafayette  finished  the 
strongest.  The  University  of  North  Carolina,  after  an  interesting 
contest,  succeeded  in  defeating  Virginia.  New  York  State  foot  ball 
developetl  some  excellent  men,  notably  Cady  of  Colgate,  Smith  of 
Union,  Gordon  of  Buffalo,  and  Wilcox  of  Syracuse. 

Middle  West  foot  ball  gave  us  the  first  opportunity  for  a  long  time 
of  measuring  something  of  the  development  of  the  teams  in  that  sec- 
tion. The  trip  East  of  the  University  of  Chicago  to  try  conclusions 
with  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  was  something  which  the  ma- 
jority of  Eastern  spectators  needed  very  much  to  set  them  right  upon 
this  point.  I  doubt  very  much  (and  this  is  not  the  hysterical  result 
of  a  few  brilliant  plays,  but  my  mature  deliberation  after  watching 
the  play  of  Stagg's  team  very  carefully)  whether  any  team  in  the  East 
would  not  have  been  puzzled  and  put  upon  the  defensive  by  the  work 
of  these  men  in  the  first  half  of  the  game  they  played.  In  fact,  not 
even  Harvard,  and  certainly  not  Yale,  Princeton  or  Cornell,  could 
have  done  better  against  these  players  than  did  Pennsylvania,  and 
hence  any  Eastern  team  would  probably  have  finished  behind  at  the 
end  of  the  first  half.  I  do  not  know  that  the  second  half,  as  shown 
at  Philadelphia,  is  susceptible  of  any  logical  explanation.  The 
Westerners  could  not  maintain  the  advantage  they  had  gained,  but 
that  may  be  in  some  measure  attributed  to  the  fact  of  their  long 
journey  and  the  consequent  exhaustion.  But  one  must  accept  facts 
as  they  stand,  and  the  second  half  is  as  much  a  part  of  the  game  as 
the  first  half.  For  all  that,  I  shall  not  be  fully  at  ease  regarding  the 
merits  of  Eastern  and  Western  foot  ball  until  an  Eastern  team  meets 


be 

3  C 
o  rt 


5'^ 


o 

o 

o 

w 
X 
H 

o 

o 
w 

o 

u 

o 

^  (S 


SPALDING  S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  gj 

one  of  the  best  of  these  Middle  West  organizations  on  Western 
grounds.  The  kick  of  Herschberger  has  already  been  commented 
upon  in  these  columns.  The  general  play  of  the  Chicago  team,  out- 
side of  this  man's  marvelous  kicking  ability,  was  up  to  the  standard, 
as  we  measure  it,  of  our  Eastern  teams.  In  addition  to  this  the 
Chicago  team  had  a  variety  of  clever  plays  and  had  the  courage  of 
their  convictions  in  attempting  these  plays  and  making  them  operate. 
The  Michigan  team  defeated  Chicago  at  the  end  of  the  season,  in  a 
closely  contested  match,  so  that  we  must  give  other  Middle  West 
teams  credit  for  being  up  to  the  standard  of  the  one  they  sent  on  to 
us  for  trial. 

Western  foot  ball,  and  especially  the  foot  ball  of  that  section  we 
call  the  Middle  West,  has  reached  such  a  point  of  development  that 
it  must  be  considered  as  a  type  by  itself,  and  such  contests  as  that 
between  Chicago  and  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  enable  us  to 
make  certain  measurements  and  comparisons  which  show  the  great 
spread,  not  alone  of  the  popularity  of  the  sport,  but  of  its  science  as 
well.  The  Thanksgiving  day  game  between  Chicago  and  Michigan 
was  beyond  question  the  best  that  the  West  has  ever  seen,  and  the 
standard  was  high  enough  to  make  it  quite  on  a  par  with  the  Eastern 
match  of  that  same  day.  Michigan  won  by  a  score  of  12-11.  If 
there  be  one  factor  above  another  which  one  might  select  as  account- 
ing for  Michigan's  success,  it  would  be  their  excellent  condition. 
But  the  play  of  their  team,  under  the  coaching  of  Baird,  their  captain 
in  1894,  must  also  be  put  in  the  scale  with  the  work  of  Fitzpatrick  in 
conditioning  the  men.  The  team  did  not  get  together  thoroughly 
until  just  before  this  match.  Chicago,  whom  we  had  already  seen  in 
the  East,  played  a  game  of  which  any  team  might  be  proud.  It  may 
be  that  they  felt  a  little  over-confident,  owing  to  their  greater  ex- 
perience, and  basing  their  judgment  on  Michigan's  play  earlier  in  the 
season.  The  \vork  of  Michigan's  ends,  and  of  their  right  half-back, 
McLean,  in  running  back  punts,  went  far  toward  neutralizing  the 
advantage  Chicago  possessed  in  Herschberger's  kicking.  His  work 
was  not  quite  as  steady  as  it  had  been  in  the  play  of  Chicago  in  their 
Eastern  trip.  What  really  settled  the  game,  however,  was  Widman's 
long  run  of  some  sixty-five  yards,  when  he  broke  clear  from  the  line 
on  a  bucking  play,  shook  himself  loose,  and,  circling  for  the  side  of 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  93 

the  field,  outran  the  men  who  endeavored  to  cut  him  off.  Toward 
the  end  of  the  game  Chicago  came  again,  and  by  resistless  line-buck- 
ing, carried  the  ball  down  and  over  for  a  touchdown. 

But  it  is  not  Michigan  and  Chicago  alone  who  hold  places  of  recog- 
nition in  this  development  of  Western  foot  ball.  Wisconsin,  although 
beaten  this  year  by  Chicago  6-0,  has  a  past  record  that  is  most  envi- 
able, and  such  a  kicker  as  O'Dea  would  rank  above  the  first  class  of 
Eastern  punters.  Northwestern,  though  suffering  a  disastrous  defeat; 
at  the  hands  of  Wisconsin,  held  Michigan  to  a  score  of  6-5.  Minne- 
sota took  a  victory  from  Northwestern,  17-5,  and  Illinois  beat  Minne- 
sota ii-io.  Oberlin  defeated  Purdue  lo-o,  but  came  up  into  especial 
prominence  by  holding  Cornell  down  to  six  points. 

As  centres,  Cavanaugh  of  Chicago  and  Cunningham  of  Michigan 
outclass  the  rest  in  speed  and  skill.  The  play  of  the  former  has  been 
consistently  good,  no  matter  what  kind  of  an  opponent  he  was  obliged 
to  face.  Cunningham  toward  the  end  of  the  season  was  a  close 
match  for  him,  and  was  perhaps  the  more  active  in  work  not  usually 
accredited  to  the  occupant  of  that  position.  In  that  respect  Cunning- 
ham is  not  unlike  Overfield  of  Pennsylvania,  and  with  his  strength 
compares  very  favorably  with  him. 

Burnett  of  Chicago  is  the  most  prominent  of  the  guards,  although 
Caley  of  Michigan,  with  his  additional  ability  as  a  full-back,  is  a 
more  •' all-round  "  man.  France  of  Michigan  is  another  man  whose 
game  has  been  of  a  high  order. 

As  tackles,  Steckle  of  Michigan  is  as  good  a  defensive  player  as 
one  will  find  anywhere.  He  is  strong  and  aggressive,  and  never  at  a 
loss.  Holmes  of  Wisconsin,  with  Mortimer  of  Chicago,  would  come 
next  to  him,  and  the  former  would  make  a  good  match  for  Steckle. 
King  of  Illinois  deserves,  also,  to  be  mentioned  in  this  connection, 
as  his  form  was  good  and  his  work  valuable. 

On  the  ends.  Snow  of  Michigan  and  Anderson  of  Wisconsin  make 
a  remarkably  strong  pair.  The  former  is  as  good  an  end  as  the  West 
has  yet  produced,  and  his  work  in  the  Chicago  game  counted  particu- 
larly for  his  side.  Anderson,  while  perhaps  less  finished  than  Snow, 
is  a  very  hard  man  for  the  opposing  side  to  handle.  Bennett  of 
Michigan  would  press  these  men  closely,  especially  if  he  always  put 
up  the  game  displayed  in  his  Chicago  match. 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


95 


Of  quarters,  the  most  notable  is  Kennedy  of  Chicago.  His  work  in 
the  East  and  West  has  shown  conclusively  that  a  heavy  man  can  be 
taught  to  play  the  position,  and  that  once  taught  he  is  especially 
serviceable  against  opposing  line-bucking  and  close  formations  as 
well  as  a  considerable  assistance  in  offensive  play  by  his  own  side. 

Of  notable  half-backs,  Herschberger  of  Chicago  and  McLean  of 
Michigan  are  most  prominent,  although  the  latter's  mate,  Widman, 
would  run  him  very  close  for  the  place  and  deserves  especial  credit 
for  his  run  on  Thanksgiving  day. 

Of  full-backs,  as  usually  regarded,  O'Dea  of  Wisconsin  was  un- 
questionably the  best  in  kicking,  although  the  presence  of.  Hersch- 
berger as  a  half  would  allow  of  Slaker,  Perry  or  Caley. 

Trans-Mississippi  foot  ball  did  not  perhaps  develop  in  the  line  of 
increased  skill  and  stronger  teams,  but  there  has  certainly  been 
marked  progress  toward  something  far  more  valuable,  and  that  is  a 
better  mutual  understanding  among  contesting  teams.  When  an  old 
college  professor  told  the  writer  a  year  or  two  ago  that  his  only  objec- 
tion to  foot  ball  was  that  in  the  year  or  two  in  which  the  game  had 
been  played  between  institutions  of  learning  in  his  part  of  the  country, 
a  marked  feeling  of  enmity  between  these  universities  had  grown  up 
synchronously  with  the  development  of  the  sport,  he  hit  the  nail 
squarely  on  the  head,  and  if  such  had  proved  to  be  the  continued 
verdict,  then  foot  ball  as  an  intercollegiate  sport  must  eventually 
perish.  The  condition  of  affairs  that  has  marked  the  game  in  the 
Trans-Mississippi  university  organizations  was  of  this  nature,  but 
this  year  there  has  been  an  improvement,  and  if  all  the  teams  of  that 
section  join  with  the  efforts  of  those  who  by  their  power  in  the  press 
and  their  personal  influence  can  do  so  much  toward  promoting  har- 
mony, the  result  will  be  a  far  better  standard  of  sport  and  a  better 
standing  of  the  game  with  the  community  in  the  West,  and  the  re- 
spect and  sympathy  of  those  interested  in  the  game  throughout  the 
country. 

Benedict,  Hamill  and  Stringer  are  by  far  the  best  three  players  on 
the  four  teams  of  the  Trans-Mississippi.  Benedict  has  made  more 
long  runs  than  all  the  other  backs  together.  He  handles  punts  well 
and  runs  them  back  in  fine  style.  He  is  a  good  drop-kicker  and  a 
long  punter;  works  hard  every  minute,  and  is  in  every  play. 


REID   AND    DIBBLEE, 

Harvard. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  97 

Since  Pearse  and  Hayward  of  last  year's  Nebraska  team  enlisted, 
Hamill  has  been  in  a  class  by  himself  among  the  tackles.  He  is 
strong  on  defense,  opens  up  gaps  for  the  backs  most  effectively,  is 
fine  in  tackling  and  in  breaking  up  interference,  and  gains  well  when 
given  the  ball. 

Stringer  is  the  strongest  end  in  breaking  up  interference  and  getting 
the  man  with  ball  that  ever  played  in  the  We'st.  He  is  not  quite  so 
swift  in  following  under  punts  as  one  or  two  others,  but  he  seldom 
fails  to  be  upon  the  spot  when  the  ball  arrives,  and  he  never  misses 
his  man.  No  good  gains  have  been  made  around  his  end.  He  inter- 
feres well  and  is  a  very  hard  man  to  stop  when  he  carries  the  ball. 

Milford  has  easily  surpassed  the  other  centres  in  sure  passing,  in 
holding  his  man,  and  in  getting  into  all  the  plays.  He  kicked  forty 
out  of  forty-four  trials  at  goal. 

Turner  has  been  the  strongest  guard  in  holding  his  man,  in  opening 
holes,  in  checking  mass  plays  against  either  side  of  the  line,  and  in 
carrying  the  ball. 

Mosse  has  played  a  good,  strong,  all-round  game.  He  has  been 
called  upon — as  has  Hare  of  Pennsylvania — to  do  the  kicking  for  his 
team.  This  has  hindered  his  work  as  guard,  and  it  is  not  unlikely 
that  Hansen  has  played,  as  a  guard,  a  steadier,  surer,  more  satis- 
factory game. 

Kingsbury  ranks  next  to,  though  considerably  behind,  Hamill.  He 
rushes  his  men  in  the  line  as  play  starts,  and  so  does  a  good  deal  to 
break  up  interference  before  it  is  well  started.  He  also  carries  the 
ball  and  tackles  well. 

Avery  is  a  trifle  quicker  than  Stringer,  but  is  much  behind  him  in 
■^11  other  points  of  the  game.  He  tackles  well  and  is  good  in  breaking 
up  interference,  but  the  foot  ball  genius  or  instinct  is  much  less  de- 
veloped in  him.     Stringer,  with  opportunities,  would  be  a  great  end. 

Morton  of  Iowa  ranks  close  to  Hess  of  Kansas  as  half-back.  Both 
hit  the  line  hard  and  find  their  holes  well.  Hess,  however,  has  more 
experience  and  understands  the  points  of  the  game  better. 

The  league  has  this  year  no  quarter-back  of  the  first  class,  like 
Kennedy  of  last  year's  Kansas  team.  Owens  of  Kansas  has  gained 
more  with  the  ball  in  hand  than  Griffith.  The  latter  is  surer  in  pass- 
ing, is  especially  strong  in  tackling  and  breaking  up  interference,  and 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  gg 

has  shown  fine  generalship.  He  is  probably  worth  more  to  his  team 
than  the  former. 

No  one  can  rank  with  Irvin  this  year  in  his  section  as  a  plunging 
back.  He  is  not  always  "  on  edge,"  but  nothing  seen  this  year  has 
approached  his  plunges  through  the  line  in  the  last  ten  minutes  of  the 
Nebraska-Iowa  game.  He  is  a  sure  catcher  of  punts,  a  good,  though 
not  a  long,  distance-kicker,  and  a  very  hard  man  to  stop  without  good 
gain  when  running  the  ball  back. 

Pacific  Coast  foot  ball  is  beginning  to  reach  that  stage  of  develop- 
ment where  steady  hard  work  is  appreciated.  It  is  said  that  when 
Mr.  Butterworth  was  coaching  the  University  of  California  team  two 
or  three  years  ago  he  M^as  asked  by  a  member  of  that  team,  when  they 
were  all  at  the  table,  how  he  thought  the  California  team  would  com- 
pare with  an  Eastern  team.  "What  team?"  queried  Mr.  Butter- 
worth.  "  Oh,  say  West  Point,"  replied  his  questioner.  "About  40 
to  o,"  said  the  coach.  There  was  a  period  of  silence,  and  then  one 
of  the  more  adventurous  put  the  question  that  was  agitating  them 
all:  "But,  Mr.  Butterworth,  which  way?" — and  all  hung  upon  his 
answer.  "  Why,  they'd  beat  you  40  to  o."  After  that  he  was  seldom 
bored  with  requests  to  compare  the  Berkeley  team  with  those  in  the 
East. 

This  season,  however,  the  University  of  California,  for  the  first 
time  in  the  history  of  foot  ball  in  that  institution,  defeated  their  old 
rival,  Stanford,  incidentally  at  the  same  time  demonstrating  con- 
clusively the  value  of  long  consistent  work.  For  a  number  of  years 
there  has  been  a  feeling  at  Berkeley  that  there  was  a  mysterious 
something  in  the  way  of  star  players,  or  special  devices,  or  the  spirit 
and  dash  of  an  individual,  that  enabled  teams  to  win  foot  ball  cham- 
pionships. They  began  to  get  some  inkling  of  the  truth  toward  the 
end  of  last  year,  but  it  was  not  until  the  advent  of  Cochran — who,  by 
the  way,  went  out  in  the  spring,  and  went  over  the  situation — that 
they  realized  what  was  before  them.  He  showed  them  a  great  many 
things  which  it  was  necessary  that  they  should  learn.  At  first  they 
did  not  take  ail  he  said  for  granted,  and  there  came  near  being  a  rup- 
ture between  them;  but  ir  the  end  they  saw  the  truth  of  his  views 
and  the  justness  of  his  staad,  and  through  him  learned  how  some  of 
the  best  teams  of  the  East  are  willing  to  work  for  the  sake  of  victory. 


HALLOWELL, 

Harvard.' 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  lOl 

As  soon  as  possible  Cochran  got  his  team  into  order,  and  then  he  kept 
them  steadily  at  it  until  they  could  perform  their  duties  with  thei\- 
eyes  shut;  but,  best  of  all,  they  were  willing  to  work  together,  and 
anything  like  dependence  upon  a  star  for  victory  was  thoroughly 
knocked  out  of  their  heads. 

Down  at  Palo  Alto  they  found  themselves  for  the  first  time  put  in 
the  position  where  it  was  necessary  to  develop  a  new  line.  A  con- 
stant succession  of  players  had  in  the  past  been  carrying  on  and  hand- 
ing down  some  of  the  original  principles  that  had  made  Yale  a  wonder 
in  the  foot  ball  world,  and  it  was  not  until  this  year  that  Stanford  was 
free  from  the  traditions  of  Eastern  foot  ball  and  in  a  position  to  strike 
out  on  her  own  hook.  "Whatever  the  result  of  this  situation  might 
have  been  had  there  been  perfect  harmony  no  one  can  tell;  it  may  be 
that  the  Western  spirit,  which  is  certainly  a  strong  one,  would  have 
carried  them  through  with  credit,  but  there  was  no  harmony.  Their 
coach.  Cross,  was  unable  to  patch  up  the  factions,  and  tean»  work 
seemed  gradually  disappearing.  Differences  in  views  and  the  loss  of 
tradition  went  far  toward  making  matters  worse,  and  in  the  end  Stan- 
ford was  badly  defeated.  While  this  is  haid  on  the  wearers  of  the 
cardinal,  and  hard  on  their  coach,  the  real  result  of  the  season's  play 
cannot  be  without  a  salutary  effect  upon  the  game  of  the  Pacific 
Coast.  Just  as  in  the  East,  when  early  teams  depended  upon  the  re- 
markable playing  of  individuals,  and  team  work  was  hardly  more 
than  a  name,  it  took  severe  shocks  to  show  that  eleven  average  men, 
playing  upon  certain  well-defined  lines,  and  thoroughly  molded 
together,  by  the  efforts  of  a  coach,  into  a  harmonious  whole,  would 
simply  annihilate  any  team  of  stars,  so  on  the  Pacific  Coast  it  required 
such  a  lesson  as  this  to  demonstrate  the  value  of  hard  work  and  team 
play.  There  is  no  royal  road  to  victory  in  foot  ball  and  no  remark- 
able finish  brought  about  by  spirit  and  dash  on  the  eve  of  contest, 
and  in  that  contest,  that  can  make  up  for  the  plodding  work  of  de- 
velopment in  the  detail  of  position,  and  it  is  something  worth  notice 
that  this  season  of  1898  has  demonstrated  this  fact  to  teams  separated 
by  the  entire  width  of  the  continent.  Harvard  sent  the  lesson  home 
to  Yale  for  the  first  time  in  seven  years,  and  Berkeley  did  the  same  to 
Stanford. 


HILLEBRAND, 

Princeton  University, 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    HALL    GUIDE, 


1 03 


ALL-AMERICA  TEAM 


First  Eleven 
Palmer,  Princeton. 
Hillebrantl,  Princeton. 
Brown,  Yale. 
Overfield,  Pennsylvania. 
Hare,  Pennsylvania. 
Chamberlin,  Yale. 
Hallowell,  Harvard. 
Daly,  Harvard. 
Outland,  Pennsylvania. 
Dibblee,  Harvard. 
Herschberger,  Chicago. 


Second  Eleveti 
Poe,  Princeton. 
Steckle,  Michigan. 
McCracken,  Pennsylvania. 
Cunningham,  Michigan. 
Boal,  Harvard. 
Haughton,  Harvard. 
Cochrane,  Harvard. 
Kennedy,  Chicago. 
Richardson,  Brown. 
Warren,  Harvard. 
O'Dea,  Wisconsin. 


Third  Eleven 
Folwell,  Pennsylvania 
Sweelland,  Cornell. 
Randolph,  Pa.  State. 
Jaffray,  Harvard. 
Reed,  Cornell. 
Foy,  West  Point. 
Smith,  West  Point. 
Kromer,  West  Point. 
Raymond,  Wesleyan. 
Benedict,  Nebraska. 
Romeyn,  West  Point. 


ALL-AMERICA  TEAM  OF   J897 


First  Eleven    , 
Cochran,  Princeton. 
Chamberlin,  Yale. 
Hare,  Pennsylvania. 
Doucette,  Harvard. 
Brown,  Yale. 
Outland,  Pennsylvania 
Hall,  Yale. 
De  SauUes,  Yale. 
Dibblee,  Harvard. 
Kelly,  Princeton. 
Minds,  Pennsylvania. 


Second  Eleven 
Boyle,  Pennsylvania. 
Rodgers,  Yale. 
Chadwick,  Yale, 
Cadwalader,  Yale. 
Rinehart,  Lafayette. 
Scales,  West  Point. 
McKeever,  Cornell. 
Young,  Cornell. 
Nesbitt,  West  Point 
Fultz,  Brown. 
McBride,  Yale. 


Third  Eleven 
Moulton,  Harvard. 
Hillebrand,  Princeton. 
Bouve,  Harvard. 
Overfield,  Pennsylvania. 
McCracken,  Pennsylvania. 
Donald,  Harvard. 
Tracy,  Cornell. 
Baird,  Princeton. 
Bannard,  Princeton. 
Walbridge,  Lafayette. 
Wheeler,  Princeton. 


The  lesson  of  the  season  of  1898  to  players  and  coaches  was  the 
demonstration  of  the  value  of  the  kicking  department.  This,  in  a 
way,  is  opposed  to  what  had  become  such  a  predominant  factor; 
namely,  team  play,  as  evidenced  in  the  running  game  and  special 
formations.  The  kicking  branch,  given  an  ordinarily  good  line,  is  a 
question  of  individual  ability  in  the  kicker  and  ends.  Get  a  man  who 
can  punt  accurately  and  far,  and  two  ten-second  men  who  can  tackle 
when  the  ball  drop?,  and  the  combination  shows  for  itself  what  a 
feature  individual  ability  may  become.  And  since  so  much  has  been 
made  of  mass  plays  and  long-studied  interference,  since  the  accom- 
plishment of  getting  eight  men  into  the  push  at  the  same  moment 
has  been  regarded  as  such  a  feature  of  the  play,  it  is  good  for  the 
game  and  good  for  the  sport  to  have   it  shown  that  individual  skill 


PALMER, 
Princeton  University. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  IO5 

and  individual  speed  are  still  tremendous  factors  in  winning  games. 
Again,  it  is  individual  work  pure  and  simple  to  catch  punts.  And 
two  at  least  of  the  big  games  of  this  season  were  lost  through  a  woful 
lack  of  this  individual  ability.  Foot  ball  takes  on  at  once  fifty  peV 
cent,  more  interest,  especially  to  the  spectator,  now  that  he  knows 
the  possibilities  and  probabilities  of  his  seeing  the  ball  are  thus  in- 
creased. To  watch  the  struggling  mass  of  players  move  painfully 
two  or  three  yards  at  a  time,  while  it  becomes  exciting  to  the  partisan 
when  the  play  reaches  the  five-yard  line,  can  to  the  general  onlooker 
never  compare  in  point  of  interest  with  the  interchange  of  kicks,  the 
swoop  down  the  field  of  two  ends,  the  dodge  and  run  back  of  the  good 
catcher,  or  the  fatal  muff  and  scurry  to  secure  the  ball,  and  perhaps  r 
touchdown  and  victory,  involved  '"'A  the  punting  game. 

In  selecting  an  All-American  Team  last  year  and  this  year,  I  have 
endeavored  to  follow  out  consistently  what  would  be  the  course  of 
the  management  if  such  a  team  were  to  be  a  real  one,  destined  to 
meet  an  outside  rival,  and  equipped  as  well  as  are  our  big  teams  in 
point  of  material.  Every  big  university  has  for  its  team  not  eleven 
men,  but  a  first  eleven  and  a  second  eleven,  and  as  many  more  avail- 
able men  as  would  go  to  make  up  a  third  eleven.  Harvard  played 
something  like  sixteen  men  in  only  one  of  her  big  games,  and,  as 
noted  in  an  earlier  portion  of  this  review,  could  have  fully  equipped 
three  elevens.  We  should  hardly  do  less  in  our  selection  for  a 
national  team. 

Hallowell  has  all  the  family  foot  ball  characteristics. 
ENDS  He  possesses  a  keen  eye  for  the  ball,  good  speed,  and 

that  ability  to  break  interference  without  which  the 
modern  end  can  hardly  be  said  to  be  equipped  for  his  position.  In 
both  the  Pennsylvania  and  Yale  games  it  was  his  work  in  getting 
down  the  field,  together  with  that  of  his  comrade  end,  that  made 
Haughton's  kicking  so  wonderfully  effective.  Nor  was  Hallowell 
caught  by  trick  plays,  delayed  passes  or  end  runs;  and  this  is  the  true 
test  of  the  foot  ball  calibre  of  an  end  today.  To  be  fast,  to  break 
interference,  and  to  be  wise  about  the  time  of  going. in,  make  up  the 
requisites  of  an  end  rusher,  and  all  these  Hallowell  possessed  in  a 
marked  degree.  Hallowell  showed  his  speed  in  the  Pennsylvania 
game  and  his  judgment  as  to  going  in  in  both   that  match  and  the 


EDWARDS, 

Princeton  University. 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  I07 

later  one  at  New  Haven.  In  both  games,  and  during  the  entire 
season,  his  tackling  was  hard  and  clean.  Smith  of  West  Point  and 
Snow  of  Michigan  were  the  only  ones  who  could  pick  out  the  man 
with  the  ball  as  well.  Poe  took  greater  advantage  of  fumbles,  but 
was  not  as  able  in  meeting  interference,  especially  where  it  was  close, 
and  his  light  weight  handicapped  him. 

Palmer  was  one  of  the  most  effective  of  the  ends  of  the  season, 
owing  in  a  large  measure  to  his  speed.  He  is  probably  the  fastest 
end  on  the  field  today,  and  with  that  speed  he  combines  good  judg- 
ment and  strong,  clean  tackling.  The  man  who  gets  by  him  has  to 
take  big  chances  and  make  the  most  of  them.  While  not  a  showy 
player,  he  was  a  careful  one.  When  interference  or  a  long  or  double 
pass  tended  to  get  the  runner  out  beyond  him,  he  usually  managed  to 
keep  getting  out  with  the  play,  so  that,  although  a  slight  gain  might 
be  made,  he  prevented  that  fatal  circling  of  the  end  which  a  runner 
must  accomplish  in  order  to  net  a  large  gain.  It  was  due  to  his  speed 
that  De  Saulles  never  had  that  one  chance  for  a  run  back  for  which 
he  would  have  sacrificed  that  ankle. 

I'oe  of  Princeton  made  the  most  remarkable  single  run,  and  by  far 
the  most  telling  runs  of  the  year,  but  he  might  have  made  that  run 
from  any  other  position  than  that  of  end,  and  his  general  performance 
throughout  the  season,  while  of  the  highest  grade,  could  not  quite 
place  him  ahead  of  Palmer  and  Hallowell.  Yet  none  compared  with 
him  in  these  wonderful  dashes.  In  the  Annapolis  game  eighty  yards, 
in  the  Brown  game,  forty  yards,  and  in  the  Yale  game  ninety-five 
yards,  and  touchdowns  in  every  case,  ought  to  fill  this  young  man's 
cup  to  the  brim.  Folwell  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and 
Cochrane  of  Harvard  were  both  very  strong  men,  and  Cochrane  had 
an  additional  ability  to  kick;  but  the  fact  that  Cochrane  was  unaljle 
to  play  out  either  of  his  two  big  matches,  and  that  Folwell  was  unable 
in  the  Harvard  game  to  prevent  the  running  back  of  Hare's  kicks, 
prevents  them  from  being  set  up  with  Palmer  and  Hallowell.  Coch- 
rane of  Harvard  was  first-class,  had  an  ability  to  kick  and  was  a  dash- 
ing player,  but  he  failed  to  last  out  either  of  his  big  games.  Smith 
of  West  Point  and  Hedges  of  Pennsylvania  both  played  some  remark- 
able games,  and  the  former  had  exceptional  ability  in  reaching  the 
man  with  the  ball.     Snow  of  Michigan  was  one  of  the  best  ends  the 


McBRIDE, 

Yale  University. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  lOy 

West  has  developed  and  close  to  some  of  the  best  in  point  of  speed. 
Anderson  of  Wisconsin  is  also  an  end  deserving  of  mention,  and  so  is 
Stringer  of  Nebraska.  Chadwell  of  Williams  kept  up  his  good  work 
and  exhibited  the  results  of  experience.  Hubbell  of  Yale  was  at 
times  a  most  striking  example  of  good  end  play,  but  he  was  not  in 
condition.  Hamill  of  Chicago  was  another  man  of  ability,  but  at 
Philadelphia  was  unable  to  cover  Herschberger's  punts,  owing  to  slow 
starting.  Womble,  a  University  of  California  freshman,  did  capital 
work,  and  if  he  keeps  in  the  game  will  be  heard  from.  Parker  of 
Stanford  displayed  in  this  his  second  year  good  speed. 

Hillebrand,  while  he  did  not  allow  his  captaincy  to 
TACKLE  interfere  with  the  play  of  his  position,  undertook  at 
times  more  of  the  work  than  ought  to  fall  to  the  share 
of  the  tackle  on  a  well-balanced  team.  This  was  due  not  a  little  to 
the  make-up  of  the  Princeton  line,  where  the  chief  resisting  force  lay 
in  the  three  men  in  the  middle,  but  the  weight  of  these  three  men 
made  quick  shifting  of  their  positions  impossible.  Hence  Hillebrand 
had  plenty  to  do,  and  was  literally  all  over  the  field.  He  is  one  of 
the  exceptions  to  the  general  rule  of  men  who  undertake  such  a  prac- 
tice, for  he  was  safe  and  steady,  as  well  as  at  times  brilliant.  While 
the  work  he  had  to  do  gave  him  an  opportunity  of  showing  his  great 
ability  for  close  following  of  the  ball,  Hillebrand  has  never  since  'g6 
had  a  chance  to  show  to  the  full  his  ability,  and  what  it  would  be  on 
a  well-balanced  team.  In  that  year  he  was  young  and  green,  Init 
good,  and  with  the  added  experience  with  the  same  backing,  he 
would  have  shone  out  this  season  in  a  way  to  make  a  name  for  him- 
self among  the  star  tackles  of  the  past.  As  it  was,  he  has  made  sure 
of  a  place,  but  not  the  lasting  fame  of  a  Cowan  or  a  Church. 

Chamberlin,  the  other  captain  of  the  season  of  1898  to  stand  in  the 
tackle's  position,  while  perhaps  not  as  aggressive  as  in  '97,  was  well 
up  above  the  rank  of  the  ordinary  tackle  both  in  offense  and  defense. 
Added  to  that,  he  performed  some  kicking,  as  did  Haughton  of 
Harvard.  Between  the  two,  as  far  as  kicking  went,  there  was  no 
comparison.  Haughton  outclassed  him,  as  he  did  practically  all  the 
Eastern  kickers,  especially  in  the  point  of  accuracy.  But  in  the 
ordinary  work  of  the  tackler's  position,  taking  the  season  through, 
Chamberlin  performed   the   duties  of    the   place  with   more   uniform 


BROWN, 

Yale  University, 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAl,    KOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  Ill 

certainty  than  any  other  tackle  save  Hillebrand,  particularly  when  it 
is  considered  that  the  Yale  man  had  to  bolster  up  a  line  that  had 
several  seriously  weak  points.  Time  and  again  in  the  Princeton 
game  it  was  the  Yale  captain,  who,  performing  the  work  that  should 
have  been  accomplished  by  the  ends,  would  bring  down  the  man  who 
was  attempting  the  run  to  kick  back.  His  tackling  was  certain  as 
the  grip  of  a  steel  trap,  and  he  never  missed  his  man.  It  is  his  un- 
erring selection  of  the  moment  and  the  man  that  has  always  made 
Chamberlin  such  a  valuable  tackle,  and  this  year  he  repeated  his  own 
individual  good  work,  though  less  strongly  in  the  Harvard  than  in 
the  Princeton  game. 

Haughton  was  far  and  away  the  best  kicker  on  the  Eastern  gridiron 
this  fall.  He  had  distance,  height  and  accuracy,  and,  added  to  all 
these,  he  kicked  a  ball  which,  while  it  looked  to  the  spectators  to  be 
an  easy  one  to  handle,  proved  the  bane  of  every  man  who  during  the 
season  was  called  upon  to  ca'ch  it.  I  have  it  on  the  authority  of  Mr. 
Forbes  that  not  even  Daly  and  Dibblee,  after  a  season's  work  upon  it, 
could  make  sure  of  catching  the  punts  that  Haughton  drove.  This 
may  be  some  measure  of  consolation  to  the  men  on  the  Pennsylvania 
and  Yale  teams  who  had  this  work  to  do  in  the  big  games.  More- 
over, the  Haughton  of  1898  was  a  very  different  Haughton  from  the 
man  who  played  in  the  last  Yale  game  at  Cambridge.  He  was  active, 
confident  and  aggressive.  He  improved  steadily  as  the  play  went  on, 
and  his  exhibition  in  both  his  big  games  has  not  been  equaled  by  any 
kicker  for  many  years.  In  fact,  the  net  result  of  his  work  is  probably 
greater  by  actual  measurement  of  gains  than  that  of  any  kicker  in  any 
of  our  big  matches.  If  this  could  properly  be  regarded  as  work 
belonging  to  the  tackle  position  no  competitor  could  equal  him.  But 
it  is  not  a  prerequisite  of  a  tackle  that  he  should  be  a  punter.  In 
fact,  other  things  being  equal,  a  punting  half  or  full-back  is  better 
than  a  punting  tackle,  because  it  should  enable  an  eleven  to  get  off  a 
kick  against  opponents  when  less  prepared  for  that  particular  play. 
As  a  tackle  pure  and  simple,  Haughton  was  undeniably  good,  but  not 
as  shifty  or  experienced  as  cither  Chamberliii  or  Hillebrand.  As 
heavy  a  man  as  Hare  could  not  have  got  to  the  outside  of  either  of 
these  men. 

Steckle  of  Michigan  is  a  star  tackle,  and  while  he  has  not  perhaps 


ELY, 

Yale. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  Il3 

shown  the  fullness  of  general  development  exhibited  by  Ililiebrand 
and  Chamberlin,  it  has  been  because  the  general  opportunity  of 
acquiring  a  wide  experience  has  not  been  offered  to  him.  Foy  of 
West  Point  is  well  up.  Sweetland  of  Cornell  followed  the  ball  most 
closely,  and  with  Donald  gained  a  touchdown  thereby  in  a  big  game. 
Carnett  and  B.  Pierce,  in  the  East,  were  especially  strong  in  some  of 
their  matches,  the  former  against  Chicago  and  the  latter  in  the  Yale 
game;  and  Holmes  of  Wisconsin  is  as  good  a  man  as  the  West  has 
produced  outside  of  Steckle.  Hapgood  of  Brown  did  some  strong 
playing  also.  Cady  of  Colgate  is  a  first-class  man,  as  Sweetland  dis- 
covered when  they  met.  Pringle  of  Berkeley  had  cleverness,  and 
made  the  most  of  it  for  his  team,  enabling  his  backs  to  take  many 
yards  outside  Stanford's  tackle. 

Hare,  in  spite  of  all  the  work  that  was  thrown  on 
GUARDS  his  shoulders  in  the  way  of  punting,  running  and  de- 
fense, was  undoubtedly  the  guard  of  the  season.  He 
was  pretty  well  hammered  to  pieces  before  the  end,  but  for  all  that 
his  injuries  were  hardly  apparent  in  his  play,  save  when  he  had  to 
perform  his  kicking.  He  is  a  natural  player,  has  unlimited  spirit  and 
dash,  and  is  for  a  guard  exceptionally  fast.  He  can  make  ground 
widi  the  ball,  he  can  aid  in  the  interference,  he  can  tackle,  and  he 
can  block.  In  addition  to  all  these,  he  is  a  fair  punter  when  in  con- 
dition, but  liable  to  kick  too  low  for  his  ends.  But  kicking  has  not 
been  regarded,  and  may  not  fairly  be  regarded,  in  a  guard's  province. 
For  two  years  this  man  has  demonstrated  that  he  can  perform  all  the 
duties  of  the  guard's  position  as  well,  and  in  several  respects  better 
than  any  man  he  has  faced,  and,  in  fact,  better  than  any  man  occupy- 
ing the  place  on  any  team.  That  he  has  been  able,  in  addition  to 
this,  to  help  out  a  lamentable  weakness  in  the  kicking  department  of 
his  team  does  not  detract  from  his  record. 

Brown  made  his  mark  last  season,  and  this  year  was  equally  steady 
and  reliable.  So  far  as  the  proper  duties  of  the  position  are  con- 
cerned, there  was  no  man  who  could  perform  them  better.  He  was 
not  tried  at  running  with  the  ball,  nor  at  kicking,  but  in  defensive 
work,  and  in  opening  holes  in  the  opposing  line,  under  legal  restric- 
tions, he  was  at  the  top  of  his  class.  Like  Chamberlin,  his  captain, 
he  had  to  help  out  men  on  either  side  of  him,  and  the  task  was  a 


T.  TRUXTON  HARE, 

Captain  University  of  Pennsylvania. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  H5 

large  one,  but  his  play  in  the  Princeton  game  alone  would  have  in- 
sured him  the  place  even  without  the  other  good  work  that  he  per- 
formed throughout  the  season.  He  is  a  student  of  the  game,  and 
before  he  came  to  college  developed  a  strong  school  team.  He  knows 
why  his  position  requires  certain  qualities  and  what  to  do  under  the 
most  trying  circumstances.  He  is  fully  competent  to  cope  with  the 
urtexpected,  and  is  what  may  be  termed  a  thoroughly  experienced  and 
extraordinarily  well-equipped  guard.  In  the  Harvard  game  he  was 
put  in  the  position  of  having  to  do  a  share  of  the  work  of  men  on 
each  side  of  him.  I  doubt  very  much  if  any  guard  of  this  season, 
save  possibly  Hare,  would  have  been  able  to  stand  it  out  with  any- 
thing like  the  success  that  Brown  exhibited  upon  that  occasion.  He 
might  have  been  content  with  showing  off  simply  as  a  guard,  but 
Brown  is  not  that  kind  of  a  player,  and,  seeing  the  need,  he  supplied 
it  to  the  best  of  his  ability. 

McCracken,  had  he  been  in  first-rate  condition  through  the  season, 
would  have  crowded  Brown  very  closely,  although  he  could  not  equal 
his  team  mate.  Hare.  Boal  of  Harvard  and  Reed  of  Cornell  are  like- 
wise close  to  the  leaders,  and  played  consistent  foot  ball  throughout 
the  season.  Wheeler  of  Brown,  Burnett  of  Chicago  and  Townsend 
of  Wesleyan  also  deserve  special  mention  for  reliability  in  the 
straight  work  of  the  position.  Burden  of  Harvard  was  good  in  de- 
fensive play  and  strong  on  his  feet.  Randolph  of  Pennsylaania  State 
was  the  strongest  of  his  team,  and  that  team  was  a  good  one.  Had 
he  been  on  some  of  the  crack  teams  he  would  have  made  a  good  bid 
for  a  place  with  the  best.  Caley  of  Michigan  was,  like  Hare,  a  guard 
with  a  double  duty,  for  he  played  full-back  upon  occasion,  and  did  it 
well.  There  was  another  man  who  exhibited  the  interchangeability 
of  guard  and  full-back.  Greisberg  of  California,  full-back  in  '97, 
was  moved  up  to  guard  this  year,  and  made  one  of  the  best  line  men 
on  the  Coast.  Mosse  of  Kansas  is  another  guard  with  kicking  ability, 
although  Turner  of  Nebraska  was  rather  the  stronger  on  the  regular 
position. 

Overfield  seemed  to  be,   barring  Hare,  almost  the 
CENTRES  ,  ,       T^  ,         .  , 

only  man  on  the  Pennsylvania  team  who  throughout 

the  season   kept  up    a  consistent,   steady  advance.     It  is  even  more 

creditable  to  Overfield  that  he  was  able  to  perform  such  excellent 


OVERFIELD, 

University  of  Pennsylvania. 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL   FOOT   BALL   GUIDE.  1 17 

centre  work  from  the  fact  that  physically  he  is  not  heavy  enough 
to  be  on  an  equality  with  the  men  he  is  likely  to  face.  It  was 
necessary,  therefore,  for  him  to  make  up  with  skill  what  he  lacked  in 
pounds.  This  he  did,  playing  a  hard,  vigorous  and  thoroughly  scien- 
tific centre  throughout  the  season.  And,  with  the  exception  of  the 
last  few  minutes  of  the  Cornell  game,  lasting  through  his  games  in 
spite  of  the  handicap.  He  is  one  of  the  speediest  centres  we  have 
ever  had,  and,  under  usual  conditions,  accurate  and  always  careful. 
Flanked  by  two  big  guards,  who  can  with  their  weight  help  him  out; 
he  plays  an  ideal  game.  His  tackling  is  first-class  and  his  getting 
down  the  field  under  kicks  remarkable,  when  one  considers  his  posi- 
tion and  the  way  in  which  most  centres  stand  still  after  snapping  the 
ball  and  let  the  rest  of  the  line  men  do  the  running.  My  own  feeling 
has  always  been  that  men  of  the  type  of  Overfield  and  Lewis,  the  old 
Harvard  centre,  might  be  fully  as  effective  if  played  at  tackle.  How- 
ever, although  Harvard  hammered  Boal  and  Reid  straight  into  Over- 
field  when  he  was  being  practically  held  down  in  close  quarters  by 
big  Jaffray,  the  gains  were  so  modest  that,  after  battering  out  some 
twenty  yards  or  so,  they  changed.  That  showed  Overfield's  calibre, 
and  he  has  always  demonstrated  his  exceptional  activity. 

Cunningham  of  Michigan  deserves  mention  in  this  connection,  and 
the  game  he  put  up  against  Cavanaugh  showed  that  he  is  to  be  classed 
among  the  good  ones  of  this  year.  He  is  strong  and  active,  never  lets 
up,  and  keeps  his  man  on  the  go  from  the  very  start.  Cavanaugh  of 
Chicago  gave  Overfield  plenty  of  work,  and  while  perhaps  not  as 
quick  on  his  feet,  certainly  exhibited  a  remarkable  ability  in  checking 
plays  in  his  vicinity,  and,  added  to  this,  got  the  ball  back  with  the 
greatest  accuracy  of  any  centre  of  the  year,  save  possibly  Jaffray. 
The  latter,  during  the  two  half  times  that  he  played  in  big  matches 
— namely,  the  Pennsylvania  and  Yale  games — exhibited  form  of  the 
highest  class,  and  had  he  played  out  both  games,  displaying  the  same 
ability,  would  have  displaced  Overfield.  There  is  no  line  man  today 
who  could  so  exasperatingly  occupy  space  and  prevent  the  opposing 
centre  and  one  guard  oftentimes  from  getting  into  the  play  as  could 
this  tall  and  strong  product  of  Cambridge.  Burnett,  Jaffray's  under- 
study, was  quick  and  strong,  but  we  shall  have  a  chance  to  see  him 
develop  further,  and  Daly  did   not   seem   to   handle   his    snapping  as 


FOLWELL, 
University  of  Pennsylvania. 


SPALDINO'S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  lHj 

easily  as  he  did  Jaffray's.  ]jooth  of  Princeton  was  a  safe  player,  and 
Yale  could  find  no  way  through  the  middle  of  Princeton's  line,  for 
with  Edwards  and  Crowdis  the  trio  was  absolutely  impregnable, 

Daly  has  earned   the   right  to  be  classed  as  one  of 

QUARTERS  ,       ,  ,       ,  *=*  ,        ,      ,,         tt      , 

the  best  quarters  who  has  ever  passed  a  ball,  lie  has 
all  the  requisites  that  go  to  make  up  the  man  for  such  a  position. 
He  is  steady,  he  drives  his  men  well,  he  tosses  an  easy  ball  to 
handle,  and  he  thinks  of  every  play.  Besides  this,  his  tackling — 
note  two  particular  instances,  that  of  McCracken  in  the  Penn- 
sylvania game  and  that  of  Ely  in  the  Yale  game — is  certain  and 
deadly.  Finally,  he  can  handle  the  ball  when  it  is  kicked  by  the 
opponents,  can  run  it  in  or  can  punt  it  a  long,  hard  drive  down  the 
field  when  it  is  necessary  to  return  it.  All  in  all,  the  man  who  would 
try  to  improve  upon  Daly  as  a  quarter-back  would  either  not  know 
Daly  or  else  be  ignorant  of  the  requirements  of  the  place. 

In  quarter-backs,  after  Daly  of  Harvard,  Kennedy  of  Chicago  an^l 
Kromer  of  West  Point  deserve  the  place.  Both  were  steady  men,  Ken- 
nedy the  stronger  on  plays  in  offense  and  defense  where  weight  was  re- 
quired, but  Kromer  offsetting  this  by  his  added  ability  to  kick.  Hudson 
of  the  Carlisle  team  continued  his  exceptional  work  as  an  accurate 
drop-kicker,  and  one  that  could  be  relied  upon  in  actual  contests. 

Young  of  Cornell  and  Ely  of  Yale  both  exhibited  under  trying  cir- 
cumstances the  qualities  and  the  skill  that  might  have  earned  them 
the  place  under  different  conditions,  but  both  these  men  had  too 
much  to  do  in  the  way  of  work  outside  their  positions  on  account  of 
the  weaknesses  of  their  own  team,  and  thus  marred  their  showing  in 
a  measure.  Smith  of  Union  was  a  man  who  on  a  larger  team  would 
have  made  his  mark.  Owens  of  Kansas  and  Griflith  of  Iowa  both  did 
clever  work,  the  former  being  especially  strong  in  advancing  the  ball. 
Further  West,  Murphy  of  Stanford,  though  with  a  game  leg,  did 
some  hard  playing  upon  a  defeated  team.  His  run,  when  he  caught 
his  own  high  punt  and  redeemed  his  poor  kick  by  carrying  the  ball 
some  eighty  yards,  was  enough  to  entitle  him  to  mention. 

Dibblee  is  one  of  those  men  who  are  naturally  foot 

HALF-BACKS     ,     „      ,  ^,  ,.  i      -i  i  ^  i      , 

ball  players.  Of  medium  build,  compact  and  strong 
he  has  within  him  that  spirit  which  seems  to  be  more  than  matter, 
and   which  acts  as  a  steel  spring  within  him  when  he  starts  on  a  run. 


A.  E.  WHITING, 

Captain  Cornell  University  Foot  Ball  Team. 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL   FOOT   BALL   GUIDE.  121 

He  is  fast,  a  good  dodger,  and  seldom  fumbles.  He  is  a  good 
catcher  and  a  fair  interferer,  that  part  of  his  play  being  especially 
good  in  assisting  a  single  runner  in  a  broken-up  field.  Mated 
with  Daly,  the  two  men  make  the  safest  as  well  as  the  most 
certain  combination  of  players  behind  the  line  that  any  team  has  had 
in  a  long  time.  He  has  improved  in  following  interference,  and  is 
able  to  make  use  of  it  in  scrimmage  plays,  while  his  natural  dodging 
and  shifting  for  himself  when  once  well  started  or  in  a  broken  field 
make  him  doubly  dangerous  to  his  opponents. 

Outland  showed  himself  one  of  the  best  general  runners  that  ever 
stood  behind  a  line.  By  this  I  particularly  mean  that  he  could  either 
buck  the  line  or  go  out  around  the  end.  Besides  that,  he  was  cool 
when  once  under  headway,  and  had  the  weight  and  strength  to  throw 
off  a  man  when  necessary.  In  two  important  games  by  exceptional 
runs  he  turned  the  tables  in  Pennsylvania's  favor  when  they  were 
behind.  And,  after  all,  that  is  what  we  must  judge  by — not  what  a 
player  might  do,  but  what  he  did  do,  and  in  this  Outland  stands  forth 
without  challenge  as  next  to  and  very  close  to  Dibblee. 

Herschberger  was  played  by  Chicago  as  a  half-back,  but  it  has 
come  to  be  the  fact  that  the  three  men  behind  the  line  are  practically 
interchangeable,  and  a  half-back  must  be  regarded  in  the  same  light 
as  a  full-back.  Warren  of  Harvard,  after  Dibblee  and  Outland,  sup- 
posing that  Herschberger  on  account  of  his  kicking  is  classed  as  a 
full-back,  would  be  called  a  close  second,  although  Richardson  of 
Brown,  Raymond  of  Wesleyan,  Benedict  of  Nebraska,  McLean  and 
Widman  of  Michigan,  and,  when  in  shape,  Reiter  of  Princeton  all 
push  him  closely.  Whiting  of  Cornell,  had  it  not  been  for  his  injury, 
which  for  a  time  incapacitated  him,  and  which  certainly  detracted 
very  materially  from  his  ability  in  the  latter  half  of  the  season,  would 
have  pushed  Outland  hard,  and  would  have  been  ranked  very  close  to 
Dibblee.  Croelius  of  Dartmouth  put  up  a  strong  game.  Durston  of 
Yale  as  a  line-bucker  pure  and  simple  was  the  strongest  of  the  entire 
lot,  but  his  more  natural  position  was  that  of  tackle,  and  he  has  not 
the  speed  for  circling  runs,  which  must  be  regarded  as  part  of  the 
equipment  of  a  half-back  today.  Waldron  of  West  Point  is  likewise 
a  strong  line-plunger,  and  Dudley  of  Yale,  upon  the  one  or  two  occa- 
sions when  he  was  in  condition,  showed   some  of  his   old-time  form. 


WM.    McKEEVER, 
Captain  Cornell  University  Foot  Ball  Team,  1897. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  I23 

Townshend  of  Yale  was  light,  but  very  promising  until  he  hurt  his 
knee.  Gordon  of  Buffalo,  Wilcox  of  vSyracuse  and  Folger  of  Ilobart 
are  all  men  who  would  be  noticed  if  they  had  powerful  line  men  in 
front  of  them.  Both  the  captains  of  the  Pacihc  Coast  teams  were 
good  half-backs,  Fisher  at  Stanford  a  sturdy  line-bucker,  but  Hall  at 
Berkeley  the  better  ground-gainer. 

Herschberger  of  Chicago,  in  his  performance  against 
FULL-BACKS  Pennsylvania,  exhibited  the  best  all-around  kicking  of 
the  season,  punting,  place-kicking  and  drop-kicking 
with  equal  accuracy  and  facility.  Barring  O'Dea  of  Wisconsin,  he  is 
the  longest  kicker,  so  far  as  public  form  is  concerned,  of  the  year. 
To  say  that  O'Dea  can  outdistance  him  is  a  statement  that  will  make 
those  in  the  East  open  their  eyes,  but  it  is  nevertheless  a  fact.  But 
in  running  and  other  points  of  a  position  behind  the  line,  Hersch- 
berger is  conceded  to  be  the  better  man;  in  fact,  it  ought  to  be 
enough  praise  for  one  man  to  be  able  to  outpunt  such  a  kicker  as 
Herschberger.  The  tackling  of  the  latter  in  the  Pennsylvania  match 
was  not  quice  up  to  the  standard,  but  the  work  he  had  to  do,  coming 
as  it  did  principally  in  the  second  half,  and  when  his  line  was  letting 
men  come  through  more  than  they  should,  was  sufficiently  trying  to 
stand  as  a  fair  measure  of  excuse.  With  Palmer  and  Hallowell  to 
cover  his  kicks  and  prevent  running  back,  he  could  let  out  another 
link,  and  the  team  that  had  to  meet  his  kicking  game  would  needs 
make  the  most  of  themselves  to  equal  the  gains.  With  the  demon- 
stration given  the  kicking  game  this  season  all  players  will  realize 
what  it  means  to  a  team  to  have  a  kicker  who  can  be  relied  upon  to 
send  the  ball  high  enough  for  his  ends,  and  yet  cover  over  fifty-five 
yards  with  accuracy  and  consistency.  This,  with  the  ends  named, 
would  mean  the  certain  encroachment  of  ten  to  fifteen  yards  on  every 
interchange  with  the  forty  on- forty-five  yard  punter,  and,  other  things 
being  equal,  the  final  victory.  Or,  to  turn  it  another  way,  Plersch- 
berger  has  demonstrated  in  actual  contest  with  first-class  teams, 
notably  in  the  match  with  Pennsylvania,  and  under  trying  conditions, 
that  it  is  not  safe  to  give  him  a  kick  from  a  fair  catch  anywhere  from 
forty-five  to  fifty-five  yards  of  the  opponent's  goal.  Owing  to  his 
superiority  in  punting,  it  must  devolve  upon  the  opponents  to  kick 
out,  and  there  are  very  few  backs  who  can  send  the  ball  beyond  the 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


125 


middle  of  the  field,  and  certainly  not  if  kicking  against  tlie  wind. 
Of  the  men  who  occupied  the  position  of  full-back,  O'Dea,  with  his 
tremendous  punting  power,  would  be  a  factor  on  any  team.  Reid  of 
Harvard,  Romeyn  of  West  Point  and  Wheeler  of  Princeton  showed 
the  most  general  and  even  consistency  of  work.  But  Kaughton  did 
most  Chf  Reid's  kicking  and  Wheeler  was  not  in  shape  to  play  until 
nearly  the  end  of  Princeton's  season.  McBride,  erratic  in  his  punts, 
was  an  exceptional  man  on  interference  and  defensive  play.  Slaker 
of  Chicago,  Bray  of  Lafayette,  Irvin  of  Nebraska,  Cure  of  Pennsyl- 
vania State  and  Perry  of  Northwestern,  all  showed  good  qualities. 


ALL- AMERICA  TEAMS  FROM   t889  TO   J  898 


1889 
Cumnock,  Harvard. 
Cowan,  Princeton. 
Cranston,  Harvard. 
George,  Princeton. 
Heffelfinger,  Yale. 
Gill,  Yale. 
Stagg,  Yale. 
Poe,  Princeton. 
Lee,  Harvard. 
Channing,  Princeton. 
Ames,  Princeton. 


Hallowell,  Harvard. 
Newell,  Harvard. 
Riggs,  Princeton. 
Cranston,  Harvard. 
Heffelfinger,  Yale. 
Rhodes,  Yale. 
Warren,  Princeton. 
Dean,  Harvard. 
Corbett,  Harvard. 
McClung,  Yale. 
Homans,  Princeton. 


1891 
Hinkey,  Yale. 
Winter,  Yale. 
Heffelfinger,  Yale. 
Adams,  Pennsylvani 
Riggs,  Princeton. 
Newell,  Harvard. 
Hartwell,  Yale. 
King,  Princeton. 
Lake,  Harvard. 
McClung,  Yale. 
Homans,  Princeton. 


Hinkey,  Yale. 
Wallis,  Yale. 
Waters,  Harvard. 
Lewis,  Harvard. 
Wheeler,  Princeton. 
Newell,  Harvard. 
Hallowell,  Harvard. 
McCormick,  Yale. 
Brewer,  Harvard. 
King,  Princeton. 
Thayer,  Pennsylvania. 


STARBUCK, 
Cornell. 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    HALL    GUIDE. 


127 


1893 
Hinkey,  Yale. 
Lea,  Princeton. 
Wheeler,  Princeton. 
Lewis,  Harvard. 
Hickok,  Yale. 
Newell,  Harvard. 
Trenchard,  Princeton. 
King,  Princeton. 
Brewer,  Harvard. 
Morse,  Princeton. 
Butterworth,  Yale. 


1894 
Hinkey,  Yale. 
Waters,  Harvard. 
Wheeler,  Princeton. 
Stillnian,  Yale. 
Hickok,  Yale. 
Lea,  Princeton. 
Gelbert,  Pennsylvania. 
Adee,  Yale. 
Knipe,  Pennsylvania. 
Brooke,  Pennsylvania. 
Butterworth,  Yale. 


1895 
Cabot,  }Iarvard, 
Lea,  Princeton. 
Wharton,  Pennsylvania. 
Bull,  Pennsylvania. 
Riggs,  Princeton. 
Murphy,  Yale. 
Gelbert,  Pennsylvania. 
Wyckoff,  Cornell. 
Thorne,  Yale. 
Brewer,  Harvard. 
Brooke,  Pennsylvania. 


Cabot,  Harvard. 
Church,  Princeton. 
Wharton,  Pennsylvania. 
Gailey,  Princeton. 
Woodruff,  Pennsylvania. 
Murphy,  Yale. 
Gelbert,  Pennsylvania. 
Fincke,  Yale. 
Wrightington,  Harvard. 
Kelly,  Princeton. 
Baird,  Princeton. 


1897 
Cochran,  Princeton. 
Chamberlin,  Yale. 
Hare,  Pennsylvania. 
Doucette,  Harvard. 
Brown,  Yale. 
Outland,  Pennsylvar 
Hall,  Yale. 
De  Saulles,  Yale. 
Dibblee,  Harvard. 
Kelly,  Princeton. 
Minds,  Pennsylvania 


1898 
Palmer,  Princeton. 
Hillebrand,  Princeton. 
Brown,  Yale. 
Overfield,  Pennsylvania. 
Hare,  Penusylvania. 
Cliamberlin,  Yale. 
Hallowell,  Harvard 
Daly,  Harvard. 
Dibblee,  Harvard. 
Outland,  Pennsylvania. 
Herschberger,  Chicago. 


C.  B.  HERSCHBERGER 

University  of  Chicago. 


SPECIAL  MATCHES  AND  THEIR 
RESULTS 


HARVARD— YALE 

The  Harvard-Yale  game  of  1898  was  remarkable  especially  for  the 
wretched  conditions  prevailing,  which,  however,  improved  toward 
the  end  of  the  game,  and  for  the  exceptional  play  of  the  Harvard 
team.  It  had  been  raining  all  morning  and  the  Harvard  freshmen 
had  defeated  the  Yale  freshmen  by  a  close  score  the  last  few  minutes 
of  the  game  in  a  perfect  downpour.  The  weather  did  not  prevent 
the  crowd  from  attending  the  afternoon  game,  however,  which  began 
with  the  rain  lessening,  but  the  field  quite  wet.  The  soil,  however, 
was  quite  sandy,  and  it  did  not  seem  to  be  slippery  or  interfere  with 
the  players  materially.  Harvard,  for  the  first  time  since  1890,  tri- 
umphed over  their  old  rivals,  winning  by  a  score  of  17  to  o. 

At  no  time  during  the  game  was  Harvard's  goal  seriously  menaced, 
save,  perhaps,  towards  the  very  end  when  Yale  forced  the  ball  near 
enough  for  her  captain,  Chamberlin,  to  try  a  drop-kick  at  goal.  The 
trial  was  a  failure,  however,  and  time  was  called  shortly  after. 

PRINCETON- YALE 

The  Princeton-Yale  game  was  played  at  Princeton  on  a  beautiful 
day,  and  while  the  attendance  was  less  than  half  of  that  which  wit- 
nessed the  game  in  New  York,  it  was  a  very  representative  assembly. 

The  game  was  remarkable  for  the  amount  of  fumbling  shown 
especially  by  the  Yale  side,  the  only  score  being  the  result  of  a  fum- 
ble by  Yale  when  within  a  short  distance  of  Princeton's  goal.  Poe, 
the  Princeton  end,  seized  the  ball,  and  running  the  length  of  the 
field  for  the  only  touchdown  of  the  game.  The  touchdown  was 
directly   between   the   posts,    and   was   easily   converted  into   a  goal. 

129 


\V.   S.   KENiNKDY, 

Captain  University'  of  Chicago,  1898. 


SPALDINr.  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    CUJIDK, 


I3i 


Although  Yale  carried  the  ball  at  times  as  much  as  60  yards  without 
losing  it,  disastrous  fumblings  took  away  their  advantage  at  most  in- 
opportune moments  for  them,  and  they  left  the  ground  defeated. 

HARVARD— PENNSYLVANIA 

The  Harvard-Pennsylvania  game  was  played  at  Cambridge  on 
November  5,  under  satisfactory  weather  conditions,  although  the  day 
was  not  a  bright  one.  The  general  supposition  before  the  game  was 
that  the  match  would  be  a  very  close  one,  with  the  odds  perhaps  in 
favor  of  Pennsylvania,  on  account  of  their  former  prestige  and  the 
strength  of  the  centre  of  the  line.  Harvard,  however,  led  from  the 
very  start.  Pennsylvania's  back  fumbled  a  kick  off  and  then  en- 
deavored to  get  a  return,  but  a  Harvard  rusher  came  down  the  field, 
finally  falling  on  the  ball  behind  Pennsylvania's  goal.  The  only  other 
score  of  the  game  was  made  by  a  place-kick  from  a  fair  catch  in  the 
second  half.  During  the  latter  part  of  the  game  Harvard  showed 
herself  too  strong  for  Pennsylvania,  forcing  them  down,  especially 
owing  to  the  excellent  kicking  of  Haughton  and  the  inferior  handling 
of  punts  by  the  Pennsylvania  backs.  At  the  very  last  moment  Har- 
vard had  the  ball  within  a  few  feet  of  Pennsylvania's  goal  line,  and 
the  call  of  time  was  the  only  thing  that  prevented  further  score  by 
the  Cambridge  men. 

PENNSYLVANIA-CORNELL 

The  most  remarkable  game  of  the  year  was  played  on  November  24, 
in  Philadelphia,  in  a  blinding  snow  storm  mingled  with  rain,  with 
the  atmosphere  so  low  that  both  players  and  spectators  went  through 
a  period  of  severe  physical  suffering.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  ex- 
posure was  so  great  that  in  the  second  half  of  the  match  some  of  the 
players  had  almost  to  be  driven  on  to  the  field.  Pennsylvania  profited 
very  much  by  change  of  clothing  at  intermission,  and  came  out  in  dry 
suits.  For  a  time  it  looked  as  if  Cornell  would  certainly  win  the 
match.  The  handling  of  kicks  by  Young,  and  his  punting,  was  far 
better  than  that  of  the  Pennsylvania  backs,  and  Hare,  who  attempted 
to  do  the  kicking  for  Pennsylvania,  was  so  lame  that  it  seemed  cruelty 
to  ask  him  to  do  the  work.  Toward  the  latter  part  of  the  second  half 
Pennsylvania  seemed  to  exhibit  the  better  condition,  and  by  a  series 


PHOTO     BY     RENTSCHLER. 


A.   G.   STECKLE. 

University  of  Michigan. 


Spalding's  official  foot  ball  gl'ihe.  133 

of  desperate  rushes  succeeded  in  winning  the  game  by  a  score  of  12 
to  6.  Foot  ball  has  been  played  on  colder  days,  and  when  the  ground 
was  frozen,  but  never  in  the  entire  course  of  its  history  in  this 
country  has  it  been  played  under  such  trying  conditions  as  beset  the 
players  on  that  day. 

PRINCETON-CORNELL 

Princeton  met  Cornell  on  October  22,  and  in  a  game  which  was 
rather  crude  on  both  sides.  Princeton  finally  won  by  the  steady  line 
bucking  of  her  halves,  aided  by  the  fast  work  of  her  ends.  The  score 
was  6  to  o.  and  although  Cornell  exhibited  at  times  considerable 
brilliancy,  her  general  play  was  not  strong  enough  to  make  her  a 
match  for  Princeton. 

YALE— WEST  POINT 

West  Point  played  Yale  on  October  29.  The  play  was  rather  un- 
steady on  both  sides,  and  West  Point  put  up  a  stronger  game  than 
the  final  score  would  indicate.  Yale  was  at  times  weak  in  handling 
the  ball,  but  finally  won  by  a  score  of  10  to  o. 

PRINCETON- WEST  POINT 

Princeton  played  West  Point  on  November  5,  and  the  game  was  a 
most  exciting  one.  The  West  Point  team  held  together  and  went  in 
with  more  abandon  perhaps  than  in  the  earlier  games  of  the  season. 
The  final  score  was  West  Point,  5;  Princeton,  5;  the  former  kicking  a 
goal  from  the  field. 

HARVARD-WEST  POINT 

Harvard  played  West  Point  on  October  15.  early  in  the  season,  but 
even  at  that  time  Harvard  gave  indication  of  far  greater  strength 
than  in  previous  years.  Her  play  did  not  indicate  her  full  power  ex- 
cept in  the  score,  for  her  interference,  while  strong,  was  irregular, 
but  the  steadir^ess  and  unyieldingness  of  her  rush  line  made  it  impos- 
sible for  West  Point  to  get  through  and  break  up  the  interference, 
and  hence  Harvard  progressed  steadily,  and  in  the  end  won  by  a 
score  of  28  to  o.  The  former  games  of  West  Point  and  Harvard  in 
the  early  part  of  the  season,  at  dates  similar  to  this,  had  been  much 
closer. 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


ii 


PENNSYLVANIA-CHICAGO 

This  was  a  most  interesting  comparison  of  Eastern  and  Middle 
Western  foot  ball.  Chicago  was  the  more  versatile  and  tricky  and 
possessed  in  Herschberger  by  far  the  most  able  kicker  seen  in  the 
last   two    years,  but    Pennsylvania   won    out    through    better  staying 

qualities. 

STANFORD-UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

The  University  of  California  overwhelmingly  defeated  Stanfora, 
thus  reversing  the  order  that  has  been  for  several  seasons  established. 

STANFORD   UNIVERSITY  vs.  UNIVERSITY  OF   CALIFORNIA. 

14 1891 , jr 

10 1892 10 

6 1893 6 

6 1894 0 

6 1895 6 

20 1896 0 

28 1897 0 

0 1898 2S 

NEW  ENGLAND  ASSOCIATION 

The  Championship  of  1898  was  won  by  Dartmouth.  The  Dart- 
mouth — Williams  game  was  the  most  interesting  of  the  year,  and  re- 
suited  in  a  score  of  10  to  6  in  favor  of  Dartmouth.  Heavy  rushing 
characterized  the  victory  of  the  New  Hampshire  men. 

BROWN-DARTMOUTH 

The  long  discussed  match  between  Brown  and  Dartmouth  was 
played  on  November  21,  and  although  Dartmouth  had  no  difficulty  in 
winning  the  championship  in  her  association,  she  was  unable  to  cope 
with  Brown  and  was  defeated  by  a  score  of  12  to  o. 

MICHIGAN-CHICAGO 

The  University  of  Michigan  and  Chicago  University  played  an  ex- 
ceedingly exciting  match  on  Thanksgiving  day,  and  Michigan  suc- 
ceeded in  defeating  Chicago  by  a  margin  of  one  point,  the  score 
being  12  to  11. 


C.  W.  DONOHOE, 

Greensburg  (Pa.)  A.  A. 

R.  EENEDICT,  C.  E.  WILLIAMS, 

Lniversity  of  Nebraska.  Capt.  University  of  Nebraska. 

A.  M.  WADSWORTH, 

Capf.  Englewood  (III.)  High  School. 

J.  A.   KNIGHT,  '      T.  F.  MANNS, 

Capt.  Gem  City  (Quincy  111.)  D.  C.       Capt.  North  Dakota  Agricultural  Col. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  I37 

NORTH  CAROLINA- VIRGINIA 

On  November  24.  the  University  of  North  Carolina  defeated  the 
University  of  Virginia  by  a  score  of  6  to  2  in  a  hard  fought  game. 

KNICKERBOCKER  A.  C— ORANGE  A.  C 

The  Knickerbocker  Athletic  Club  and  the  Orange  Athletic  Club 
played  a  match  on  Election  day  on  Orange  Oval,  neither  side  being 
able  to  score.  On  November  19,  the  same  teams  met  again  on  Orange 
Oval  and  the  Knickerbocker  Club  won  by  a  score  of  12  to  o. 

KNICKERBOCKER  A.  C— CHICAGO  A.  C. 

The  Chicago  Athletic  Club  and  the  Knickerbocker  Athletic  Club 
played  on  Berkeley  Oval  on  November  3,  the  Knickerbockers  win- 
ning by  a  score  of  ii  to  10. 

LAFAYETTE-LEHIGH 

Lafayette  defeated  Lehigh  in  the  final  match  of  November  24,  by  a 
score  of  ll  to  5. 

HARVARD  FRESHMEN-PENNSYLVANIA  FRESHMEN 

The  Harvard  Freshmen  defeated  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Freshmen  on  November  5,  by  a  score  of  33  to  5. 

HARVARD  FRESHMEN— YALE  FRESHMEN 

The  Harvard  Freshmen  defeated  the  Yale  Freshmen  on  November 
19,  by  a  score  of  6  to  o. 

ANDOVER— EXETER 

Exeter  and  Andover  played  their  final  match  on  November  12. 
Neither  side  was  able  to  score,  and  the  result  was  a  tie. 

NEW  YORK  INTERSCHOLASTIC 

The  Championship  of  the  New  York  Interscholastic  Athletic  Asso- 
ciation was  won  by  Trinity  School. 

LONG  ISLAND  SCHOOL  LEAGUE 

The  Championship  of  the  Long  Island  Athletic  League  was  won  b^ 
qt.  po-"«:  Garden  City  School. 


THE  ART  OF  KICKING  FOOT  BALL 

By  Patrick  J.  O'Dea,  University  of  Wisconsin. 

IT  is  only  Avithin  the  last  few  years 
that  the  art  of  kicking  the  foot 
ball  has  become  such  an  im- 
portant factor  in  American  foot  ball. 
It  has  been  demonstrated  lately,  both 
in  the  East  and  West,  what  an  ad- 
vantage a  team  possesses  in  having  a 
good  kicker.  The  aim  of  every  team 
must  now  be  the  development  of  a 
kicker  in  order  to  keep  pace  with  the 
kicking  game  which  is  now  an  estab- 
lished fact. 

Many  people  have  a  mistaken  idea 
that  a  great  amount  of  strength  is  re- 
quired to  kick  successfully.    This  is  not  so;  anyone  who  will  take  the 
trouble  to  practice  carefully  can  become  quite  proficient. 

Two  points  to  be  carefully  studied  are  the  position  of  the  hands 
and  feet.  In  kicking  a  punt  the  ball  is  held  just  in  front  of  the 
kicker  as  low  down  as  possible  with  the  lace  portion  on  top.  The 
ends  should  point  to  and  from  the  kicker.  The  end  nearest  the  kicker 
should  be  slightly  higher  tlian  the  end  furthest  away.  The  ball 
should  be  held  with  the  hands  on  each  side  about  centre.  The  kicker 
should  stand  with  the  right  foot  about  a  foot  in  advance  of  the  left 
foot  if  he  is  a  right  foot  kicker,  if  he  uses  the  left  foot  in  kicking,  the 
positions  will  be  reversed.  When  ready  to  kick  the  kicker  takes  one 
step  forward  with  the  left  foot,  then  allows  the  ball  to  drop  naturally 
from  the  hands  (do  not  throw  it).  The  right  foot  is  then  brought 
forward  with  a  swing  from  its  position,  so  that  the  ball  will  be  struck 

139 


Spalding's  official  foot  ball  guide.  141 

by  the  x.^step.  This  will  effect  a  straight  punt.  The  beginner  should 
get  this  down  well  before  trying  to  get  a  twist  on  his  kicks.  It  is  ad- 
visable when  kicking  to  get  some  object  to  kick  towards,  this  will  aid 
him  considerably  in  obtaining  control  of  the  ball. 

In  trying  for  a  curve  the  ball  should  be  dropped  slightly  on  the  left 
of  the  instep  if  a  curve  to  the  right  is  desired,  and  vice-versa  for  a 
curve  to  the  left.  (For  a  left-footed  person  the  reverse  will  be  the 
case.) 

In  kicking  a  punt  from  behind  the  line  care  must  be  taken  not  to 
out-kick  the  ends.  To  avoid  this,  distance  must  be  sacrificed  for 
height.  The  kicker  must  practice  with  the  ends  running  down  the 
field,  so  that  his  ends  will  be  alongside  their  opponent  when  he  is 
attempting  to  catch  the  ball. 

It  may  be  urged  by  many  that  the  step  forward  brings  the  kicker 
one  yard  nearer  the  line;  that  is  so,  but  he  must  allow  for  that  by 
getting  further  back  to  receive  the  ball.  The  object  of  the  step  for- 
ward is  to  get  a  full  swing  at  the  ball,  thereby  getting  the  full  weight 
of  the  body  into  the  kick. 

In  a  drop-kick  the  position  of  the  feet  is  the  same  as  for  a  punt. 
The  ball,  however,  is  held  differently.  It  is  held  with  one  end  point- 
ing to  the  ground  and  the  other  to  the  kicker's  head.  The  laced  por- 
tion is  on  the  side  opposite  the  kicker.  The  ball  is  held  on  the  upper 
portion  between  the  centre  and  top  end,  with  a  hand  on  either  side, 
the  top  end  being  inclined  slightly  towards  the  body. 

The  kicker  takes  a  step  forward  with  the  left  foot  and  allows  the 
ball  to  drop  from  his  hands,  striking  it  with  the  toe  of  his  kicking 
foot  immediately  it  touches  the  ground;  great  care  must  be  exercised 
so  as  to  avoid  throwing  the  ball  to  the  ground,  it  must  be  let  fall 
naturally,  otherwise  it  will  come  away  from  the  ground  so  quickly 
that  it  will  be  kicked  with  the*instep  instead  of  the  toe,  which  will 
take  considerable  distance  from  the  kick. 

In  receiving  the  ball  from  the  centre  rush,  the  kicker  should  stand 
from  10  to  12  yards  back  of  the  line.  This  will  give  him  ample  time 
to  turn  the  ball  into  its  proper  position,  which  can  be  done  while  the 
kicker  is  taking  a  step  forward.  The  ball  should  be  passed  from  tke 
centre  about  the  height  of  the  kicker's  waist.  Never  let  the  pass  be 
so  low  that  the  kicker  has  to  stoop  or  step  forward  to  receive  it.     A 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  I43 

low  pass  is  fatal.  The  kicker  must  stoop  to  receive  it  and  has  then 
to  straighten  up  before  he  can  kick  successfully,  and  is  therefore  in 
danger  of  having  his  kick  blocked.  If,  however,  a  low  pass  does 
occur,  as  it  will,  it  is  a  wiser  plan  for  the  kicker  to  take  a  step  to  the 
side  instead  of  forward  and  kick  the  ball  sideways  over  the  line  in- 
stead of  from  facing  the  line.  It  is  well  to  practice  kicking  from  a 
position,  receiving  the  ball  in  the  correct  position,  then  turn  one's 
side  to  the  line  and  kick  across  the  line.  This  will  save  many  kicks 
from  being  blocked.  In  practice,  never  continue  kicking  after  one's 
leg  becomes  tired. 


e^ 


RECORDS  OF  TEAMS 


Amlierst,  0;  Yale,  34. 

2;  Harvard,  53. 
0;  Wesleyan,  33. 
12;  Trinity,  0. 


AMHERST. 

Amherst,    0;  Wesleyan,  28. 


Technology,  6. 
Dartmouth,  G4c 
Williams,  G. 


ANNAPOLIS. 


Annapolis,  11;  Bucknell,  0. 
0;  Princeton,  30. 
"  16;  Pennsylvania  State,  11. 

"  18;  Lafayette,  0. 


Annapolis,  52;  Columhian,  5. 
"  G;  Lehigh,  G. 

"  6;  Virginia,  0. 

"  2i;  Virginia  Institute,  5. 


ALABAMA  POLYTECHNIC  INSTITUTE. 
Nov.     5— A.  P.  I.,  29  ;  Ga.  S.  of  T.,  4.       I     *  Nov.  24— A.  P   I.,  18  ;  Univ.  of  Ga.,  0. 
Nov.   14-A.  P.  I.,0;  U.  of  N.  C.,24.  ------ 


Forfeited.     Real  score  18  to  17. 


Brown,  19;  Holy  Cross,  0. 
"       2G;  Tufts,  6. 

0;  Pennsylvania,  18. 
"       41;  Colby,  0. 

6;  Yale,  22. 


Beloit,  21;  Whitewater  Normal,  0. 
"       12;  Whitewater  Normal,  0. 
*'       11;  Northwestern,  17. 
♦'        0;  Chicago,  21. 


BROWN. 

I    Brown,    0;  Princeton,  23. 
"        IG;  Newtowne,  5. 
"         G;  Harvard,  17. 
"       12;  Dartmouth,  0. 

BELOIT. 

Beloit,    0;  Wisconsin,  17. 
"      18;  Rush  Medical,  0. 
"        0;  Dixon,  0. 
•'        0;  Michigan,  22. 


BIRMINGHAM  A.  C. 
Msr.    3— B.  A.  C,  18;  Nashville,  7.  |    Mar.  17-B.  A.  C,  G;  Nashville,  8. 


Mar.  10- 


12;  Chattanooga,  14. 


13;  Chattanooga,  7. 


BORDENTOWN  MILITARY   INSTITUTE. 


Oct.  15— B.  M.  I.,  23;  Rutgers   Prep.,  0. 
Oct.  22—        "        11;  St.  Luke's,  0. 
Oct.  29—         "  5;  Peddie  Inst.  5. 


Nov.    5— B.  M.  I.,  12;  Ronda,  5. 
Nov.  19—        "  0;  St.  Luke's,  0. 


BUCKNELL. 


Sept.  24— Bucknell,  6;  Wyoming,  0. 
0;  Bradford,  0. 
0;  Navies,  11. 
6;  U.  of  Md.,0. 
34;  Swarthmore,  18. 
0;  Lehigh,  0. 


Oct. 

1— 

Oct. 

8— 

Oct. 

15— 

Oct. 

22— 

Oct. 

29— 

Nov.    5— Bucknell,  0;  State,  16. 
Nov.    8—        "  G;  M.  A.  C,  5. 

Nov.  12—        "        11;  F.  &  M.,  11. 
Nov.  19—        "  0;  Lafayette,  6. 

Nov.  24—        "  5;  Buffalo,  36. 


145 


146 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT   BALL    GUIDE. 


BUTTE  BUSINESS  COLLEGE. 
Sept.  10— Butte  B.  C,  G;   Butte,  6.  I    Nov.  24— Butte  B.  C,  5;  Helena,  0. 

Oct.    i.»9—  "  5;  Anaconda,  20.      j 


CARLISLE  INDIANS. 


le,  43;  Bloomsburg,  0. 
48;  Susquehanna,  0. 

(S;  Cornell,  23. 
17;  Williams,  6. 

5;  Yale,  18. 


Carlisle,  5;  Harvard,  11. 
"  46;  Dickinson,  0. 
"         5;  Pennsylvania,  35. 

11;  Illinois,  0. 
"        40;  Harrisburg,  0. 


CASE  SCHOOL. 
Oct.  15— Case,  16;  Kenyon,  0.  I     Nov.    .5-Casc,  23;  Ohio  State,  5, 

Oct.  10-     "        6;  Michigan,  22.  Nov.  12—     "        0;  Oberlin,  33. 

Oct.  22—     "        0;  Syracuse,  10.  |     Nov.  24—    "        0;  W,  R.  U.,  29. 


CENTRALS,   DAYTON,  OHIO. 


Centrals,    6;  Troy  High  School,  0. 
"         11;  Miami  University. 
"         21;  Miami  Military  Inst.,  0. 


Centrals,  28;  Troy  High  School,  0. 
"         43;  Miami  Military  Inst., 


CENTRAL  HIGH  SCHOOL. 


Oct.    5— C.  H.  S.,  26;  Bolton  A.  C,  0. 
Oct.  15  -         "  6;  Baldwin  Univ.,  16. 

Oct.  22—         "         11;  Bedford  A.  C,  0. 
Oct.  2<)—        "         17;  West  H.  S.,0. 


Nov.    ij- C.  H.  S.,  0;  Hudson  Ac,  22. 
Nov.  12—         "       18;  Painesville,  0. 
Nov.  19—         "         0;  University  S.,  12. 


CHATTANOOGA  A.  C. 
Feb.  24— C.  A.  A.,  6;  Nashville,  12.  I     Mar.  24— C.  A.  A.,  7;  Birmingham,  13. 

Mar.  10—         "        14;   Birmingham,  12.       |     Apr.    8—         "        10;  Nashville,  12. 


Oct.    1— C.  A 
Oct.    8- 
Oct.  10— 
Oct.  22— 
Oct.  29— 


CHICAGO  ATHLETIC  ASSOCIATION. 


A.,  10;  Manual  T.,  0. 
79;  St.  Charles,  0. 
11;  Com'l  A.  C,  10. 
0;  Harvard,  3S. 
8;  Newtowne,  0. 


Nov.    2— C.  A.  A.,  10;  K.  A.  C,  11. 

Nov.    .5—         "  0;  Yale,  10. 

Nov.  12—         "  5;  All  Star,  5. 

Nov.  24 —         "         18;  Dartmouth,  5. 


CLINTON  LIBERAL  INSTITUTE. 


Oct.    6— C.  L.  I.,  0;  Canajoharie,  0. 
Oct.  15—       "         0;  Utica  Free  Ac,  16. 
Oct.  19—       "         6;  Canajoharie,  0. 
Oct.  22 —       "         5;  Canajoharie,  0. 


Oct.   24— C.  L.  I.,  28;  Fairfield  M.  A., 0. 
Nov.    5—       "         17;  Ilion  High  S.,0. 
Nov.  12—       •'         53;  Fairfield  M.  A.,  0. 
Nov.  16—       "  6;  Utica  Free  Ac,  6. 


CLEMSON  COLLEGE. 
8  ;  Univ.  of  Ga.,  20.  |     Nov.   17-C.  C,  24  ;  S.  C.  College,  0. 


Oct.      8— C.  C 

( )ct.    20— C.  C,  55  ;  Bingham  School,  0. 


Nov.   24— C.  C. 


Ga.  S.  of  T.,0. 


COMMERCIAL  A.  C,  SOUTH  BEND,  IND. 

Nov.  8— C.  A.  C,  23;  Indianapolis,  5, 
Nov.  15—  "  24;  White  Pigeon,  0. 
Nov.  24—        "  0;  Phy.  &  Surg.,0. 


Oct.    1-C.  A.  C,  15;  Detroit  A.  C,  0. 
Oct.    6—         "         .55;  Bennett  Col.,  6. 
Oct.  10—         "         15;  Chicago  A.  A.,  11 
Oct.  29—        "  0;  Indianapolis,  0. 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL   GUIDE. 


147 


COMPANY  "C,"  SIXTEENTH  REGIMENT,  N.  G.  PENNA. 


Sept.  25 — Co. 
Oct.  1— 
Oct.  8- 
Oct.  L5- 
Oct.  22- 
Oct.   29- 


'  34;  Kane,  0. 
0;  Hucknell  CoL,  0. 

24;  Thiel  College,  0. 
0;  PittsbVA.C.,2:i 
0;  U  of  Buffalo,  2:1 

66;  Lockport,  0. 


Nov.    Tv-Co.  "  C,"  44;  Kancaslei ,  0. 
Nov      8 —         "  28;  Jamestown,  0. 

Nov.  12—        "  0;  U.  of  Buffalo,  28 

Nov.  17—        "  24;  Erie  A.  C,  0. 

Nov.  24—        "  22;  Elmira  A.  C.,0. 


Cornell,  28;  Syracuse,  0. 
"       29;  Colgate,  5. 
"       41;  Hamilton,  0. 
"       47;  Trinity,  0. 
"       30;  Syracuse,  0. 
"       23;  Indians,  (i. 


CORNELL. 

Cornel 


,27;  Buffalo,  0. 

0;  Princeton,  6. 

0;  Oberlin,  0. 
12;  Williams,  0. 
47;  Lafayette,  0. 

6;  Pennsylvania,  12. 


CORNELL  COLLEGE  (IOWA). 
Cornell,  0;  I.  S.  N.  S.,  40.  I     Cornell,  6;  Western  College,  0. 

"         6;  Upper  Iowa  University,  12.  "'         8;  Coe  College,  0. 

"       12;  Western  College,  16.  |  "        5;  Dixon  Normal,  23. 

CROWN  POINT  ATHLETIC  ASSOCIATION. 


Oct.    1— C.  P.  A.,  22;  Englewood  A.,  0. 
Oct.  15—         "        26;  Plymouth,  0. 
Oct.  22 —         "         16;  Rensselaer,  6. 
Oct.  29—         "         16;  So.  End  Ath.,  0. 


Nov.    5— C.  P.  A.,  34;  N.  U.  D.  C.,5. 
Nov.  12—        "        36;  Indiana  N.  S.,0. 
Nov.  19—        "        26;  C.  P.  H.  S.,  0. 
Nov.  25—        "         18;  Cornell  A.  C,  5. 


CVLVER  MILITARY  ACADEMY. 


C.  M.  A.,  12;  Lewis  Institute,  11. 
43;  Wabash  College,  0. 
11;  Hyde  Park  H.  S.,0. 


C.  M.  A.,  28;  Plymouth  A.  C,  0. 
35;   Ft.  Wayne  H.  S.,0. 
"  5;  DePauw  Univ.,  5. 

0,  P.  &  S.  (Chicago),  5. 

GUSHING  ACADEMY. 

Gushing,  22;  Worcester  High,  0.  .    Gushing,  50;  Leominister  High,0. 

43;  Murdock  School,  0.  j  "  6;  Vermont  Head,  5. 

•'        38;  Murdock  School,  5.  "  0;  Vermont  Head,  0. 

0;  St.  Mark's  School,  16.  j  "         42;  Holy  Cross  Scrub,  0. 


DARTMOUTH. 


Dartmouth,  23;  Exeter,  5. 

"  0;  Harvard,  21. 

'  35;  Bowdoin,  6. 

"  45;  Univ.  of  Vermont,  6. 

5;  Wesleyan,  23. 


Dartmouth,  61;  Amherst,  5. 
10;  Williams,  6. 
"  0;  Brown,  12. 

5;  Chicago  A.  A.,  18. 
"  12;  Univ.  of  Cincinnati,  I'l 


DAVENPORT  (lA.),  HIGH   SCHOOL. 


Oct.    S-D.  H.  S.,  6;  Moline  H.  S.,  0. 
Oct.  15—        "        32;  Cieneseo  H.  S.,  0. 
Oct.  22—        "        17;  Iowa  City  H.  S.,  6. 
Nov.  5—        "      106;  Muscatine  H. S.,0. 


Nov.  12— D.  H.  S.,  0;  Cedar  Rapids,  0. 
Nov.  19—  "  66;  Muscatine  H. S.,0 
Nov.  24—        "        12;  Grinnell  H.  S.,  0 


DENISON  UNIVERSITY. 
Oct.    1— Denison,  5;  Newark,  0.  I     Oct.   29— Denison,  0;  Kenyon,  48. 

Oct.    8—         "         0;  Muskingum,  6.  I    Nov.    5—        "        0;  Otterbein,  16. 

Oct.  15—         "        0;  Ohio  State,  34. 


148 


Spalding's  official  foot  ball  guide. 


DRAKE  UNIVERSITY. 
Oct.    '^— Drake,  10;  Grinnell,  12.  I    Oct.    29— Drake,  16;  Iowa  State  Col. ,  17. 


Oct. 
Oct. 


Duqut 


E.  H. 


IS:  State  Univ.  Iowa,  5. 
34;  Monmouth  Col.,  0. 


Nov.  12- 
Nov.  24— 


0;  Nebraska  S.  U.,  5. 
18;  Grinnell,  16. 


DUQUESNE  COUNTRY  AND  ATHLETIC  CLUB. 


.-,46;  Maryland  A.  C,  0. 

45;  Knickerbocker  A. C,  0. 

16;  Pittsburg  College,  0. 

IS;  State  College,  5. 

68;  Braddock,  0. 

6S;  Geneva  College,  0. 

34;  Pittsburg  A.  C,  0. 


Duquesne,    0;  Greensburgh  A.  C,  0. 
17;  Latrobe  A.  C,  0. 
"  11;  Wash'ton  &  Jefferson,  0. 

27;  Pittsburg  A.  C,  0. 

(  All  Stars  from  Western 


17; 


'/  Pennsylvania,  0. 


EAST  DES  MOINES  HIGH  SCHOOL. 


0;  Drake  first  team,  0. 
25;  Highland  Park  College,  0. 
17;  Redfield,  6. 

0;  Des  Moines  College,  0. 
16;  Drake  second  team,  0. 
12;  Des  Moines  College,  0. 


E.  H.  S.,  38;  Highland  Park,  0. 
6;  Ames,  21. 
"         24;  Fiftieth  Iowa,  15 
6;W.  H.  S.,0. 
28;  Red  Oak,  6. 


ELMIRA  ACADEMY. 


Elmira  Academy,  18;  I.  H.  S.,  5. 
6;  Waverly,  0. 
17;  Starkey,  0. 
32;  E.  H.,0. 


Elmira  Academy,  16;  Tonawanda,  11. 
19;  Waverly,  0. 

"  6;  Syracuse,  8. 


FORT  SCOTT. 


Ft.  Scott,   6;  Univ.  Medical  College,  5. 
•'         17;  Ottawa  University,  6. 
"         32;   Kansas  Normal  College,  0. 
"  0;  Ottawa  University,  22. 


Ft.  Scott,  6;  K.  C.  Mo.  H.  S.,  5. 

40:  Warrensburg  S.  N.,  0. 
"         36;  Arkansas  State,  6. 
"         28;  Kansas  Normal  College,  0. 


FRANKLIN  AND    MARSHALL. 


Sept.  27-F.  &  M.,0;  U.  of  Pa.,  41. 
Oct.     1-        "        5;  P.R.R.Y.M.C.A.,0. 
Oct.     8—       "         0;  Princeton,  58. 
Oct    15—       "       26;  Gettysburg,  0. 
Oct.  25 —       "         6;  Susquehanna  U.,  0, 


Oct.    29— F.  &  M.,  0;  Dickinson,  22. 
Nov.    5 —         "        6;  Swarthmore,  11. 
Nov.  12—        "       11;  Bucknell,  11. 
Nov.  16—         "       10;  Ursinus,  10. 
Nov.  24—         "       11;  Haverford,  0. 


GEM  CITY  BUSINESS  COLLEGE. 


Oct.    8-G.C.B.C.,  10;  Quincy  H.  S.,  6. 
Oct.  15 —  "  34;  LaGrange,  0. 

Oct.  22—  •'  52;  Hannibal,  0. 

Oct.  29—  "  17;  Hannibal,  0. 


Nov.  5- 
Nov.  12- 
Nov.  24- 


-G.C.B.C.,33;  LaGrange,  0. 
23;  Kirksville,  11. 
"  6;  Kirksville,  0. 


GEORGETOWN. 


Georgetown,  5;  Swarthmore,  12. 
12,  Gallaudet,  0. 
40;  Col    Phy.  &  Sur.,  0. 
"  11;  Univ.  of  Virginia,  0. 

36;  Bah.  Med.  College,  0 


Georgetown,  26;  Orientals,  0. 
"  23;  Orients,  0. 

8;  Little  Rocks,  2. 
17;  Western  H.  S.,0. 
"  27;  Gonzaga  Col.  Res.,  0. 

47;  TprentQ  Ath .  Club,  0 


Georgetown,  12;  Villanova,  0. 
"  0;  Virginia,  12. 

12;  V.  M.  I.,  5. 
5;  Gallaudet,  17. 
"  12;  Columbian  Univ.,  5. 

GEORGETOWN  PREPARATORY. 

Georgetown,  22;  Westminsters,  0. 

30;  Central  H.  S.  Res.,  6o 
37;  Torento  Ath.  Club,  0. 
"  36;  Duponts,  0. 

"  22;  Lafayette,  0. 

"  45;  Kenesaws,  2. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


149 


GRINNKLL. 
Oct.    1— Grinnell,  1^;  W.Des  Moines,  0.     I     Oct.    22— Grinnell,  17;  Monmouth,  0. 
Oct.    8—        "         12;  Drake  Univ.,  10.  Nov.  12—        "  5;  S.  U.  of  la.,  5. 

Oct.  15—         "         IG;  Univ.  of  Minn.,  G.     |    Nov.  25—        "         IG;  Drake  Univ.,  18. 


Hamilton,  0;  Cornell,  41. 
"  G;  Colgate,  G. 

24;  Hobart,  0. 
17;  Utica  Free  Academy,  0. 


HAMILTON. 

Hamilton,  47;   Univ.  of  Rochester,  0, 
17;  Union,  10. 
"  5;  Trinity,  18. 

"  5;  Colijaie,  0. 


HAMPDEN-.SIDNKY. 
H.-S.,  IS;  Randolph-Macon  College,  0.       I     H.-S.,  42;  Roanoke  College,  5. 
"  G;   Richmond  College,  G.  1 


HARVARD. 


Oct. 

1-H 

irvard 

,  n 

Williams,  0. 

Oct.   22-Harvard 

,  39;  Chicago,  0. 

Oct. 

5— 

28; 

Kowdoin,  6. 

Oct.    2'J— 

" 

11;  Indians,  5. 

Oct. 

8— 

21; 

Dartmouth,  0. 

Nov.    5-- 

" 

10;  Perinsvlvania,  0. 

Oct. 

12— 

53; 

Amherst,  2. 

Nov.  12- 

" 

17;  I'.rown,  G. 

Oct. 

15— 

28; 

West  Point,  0. 

Nuv.  19— 

" 

17;  Yale,  0. 

Oct. 

19— 

22' 

Nevvtowne,  0. 

HOLY  CROSS 
Holy  Cross,  23;  Amherst  Aggies,  0. 
0;  Brown,  19.  ^ 
G;  Gardner  A.  C  ,  0. 
0;  Wesleyan,  12. 
"  4G;  Worcester  Poly.,  G. 


Holy  Cross,  0;  Andover,  6. 
12;  Tufts,  0. 
"  0;  P.oston  College,  0. 

"  17;  Univ.  of  Vermont,  5 

0;  Boston  College,  II. 


HOWARD  PARK 

Sept.  24— Howard,  G;  White  Pigeon,  0. 
Oct.     2—         "       31;  Mishawaka,  0. 
Oct.   23—         "       28;  Sheffield  A.  C.,0 
Oct.    30—         "       14;  Do>>  Jgiac,  0. 


Nov.    6 — Howard,  11;  Wishawaka,  0. 

Nov.  13—         '•         11;  Highland,  U. 

Nov.  20—        "        29;  Co.  F,  157th  R.,0. 

Nov.  24—        "         11;  Howe  M.  A.,  5. 


HUDSON    RIVER  INSTITUTE. 

Oct.    1— H.  R.  I.,  41;  Chatham  H.S.,0.     j    Oct.    29- H.  R.  I.,  62;  Kingston  F.C.,0. 

Oct.    8—         "         11;  St.  Stephen's,  5.  Nov.     8—         "         35;  Chatham  H.S.,  0. 


Oct.  i: 


IG;  Chatham  H.  S.,  0.         Nov.  12- 


R.  M.  A.,0. 


IOWA  STATE  COLLEGE. 

I.  S.  C,  11;  Univ.  of  Nebraska,  23.  I     I.  S.  C,    G;  Univ.  of  Minn.,  0. 

10;  Rush  Medical,  0.  '•        17;  Drake  Univ.,  IG. 

"          G;  Univ.  of  Kansas,  11.  | 

JAMESTOWN  (N.  Y.),  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

J.  H.  S.,  71;  Fredonia  Normal,  0.  I     J.  H.  S.  ,59;  Bradford  H.  S.,  0. 

23;  Thiel  Colletje,  0.  "        44,  Sugar  Grove  Seminary,  0. 

32;  Allegheny  College,  0.  "        34;  Alfred  University,  0. 

37;  Titusville  H.  S.,\).  |             "        22;  Co.  "E,"G5th  N.  Y.  V.  I.,0 

50;  Buffalo  H.  S.,  0.  I 


Johnstown,  G9;  Canajoharie,  0. 
7;  Belmont  A.  C,  0. 
28;  Continental  A.  C,  0. 
"  IG;  Union  College,  2d,  0. 


JOHNSTOWN  Y.  M.  C.  A 
Johnstown 


,  2;  Amsterdam,  0. 
0;  Amsterdam,  0. 
10;  Natlaaal,  A.  C.,0. 


I50 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


KALAMAZOO   COLLEGE. 


Oct.    34— Kalamazoo,  17;  Olivet,  0, 
Nov.    5—  "  11;  Albion,  0. 

Nov.  12—  "  23;  Albion,  0. 


Nov.  19— Kalamazoo,  24;  Olivet,  5. 
Nov.  28—  "  17;  Mich.Agri.,0, 


KENYON  COLLEGE. 
Oct.    8— Kenyon,  0;  Michigan,  29.  |     Nov.  12— Kenyon,  29;  Ohio  State,  G. 


Oct.  15- 
Oct.  29- 


0;  Case,  IG. 
48;  Denison,  0. 


Nov.  19— 
Nov.  24- 


6;  W.  R.  U.,  11. 
24;  Wittenberg,  0. 


KISKIMENETAS  SPRINGS  (PA.)  SCHOOL. 
Kiski,    G;  Eklersridge,  0.  I     Kiski,  11;  Pittsburg  H.  S.,  G. 

(J;  Greensburg  H.  S.,  5.  |         "  0;  Pittsburg  H.  S.,  11. 

17;  GreensburgH.  S.,0.  I        "       11;  Shady  Side,  10. 

0;  Shady  Side,  11.  |        "         0;  Apollo,  17. 


KNICKERBOCKER  A.  C. 


Oct. 

1- 

Oct. 

8 

Oct. 

15- 

Oct. 

22- 

Oct. 

29- 

Sept 

24 

Oct. 

1- 

Oct. 

7- 

Oct. 

15- 

Oct. 

18- 

— K.  A 


C,  40;  Rutherford,  0. 
5G;  Seton  Hall,  0. 
0;    Duquesne,  45.      , 
27;  Riverside,  0. 
51;   Fordham  Col.,  0. 


Nov.    2— K.  A.  C,  11;  Chicago,  10. 
Nov.    5—         "         21;  Newark  A.  C,  7 
Nov.    8—         "  0;  Orange  A    C,  0. 

Nov.  19—        "         12;  Orange  A.  C,  0. 


KNOX  COLLEGE. 


-Knox,  0;  Chicago   22. 

"      0;  Univ.  of  Iowa,  0. 
'^      G;  Eureka,  0. 
"    10;  Monmouth,  5. 
"    11;  Streator,  0. 


Oct.  29- 
Nov.  5- 
Nov.  12- 
Nov.  24- 


-Knox,    5;  Monmouth,  0. 
"       18;  Eureka,  0. 

-  "      32;  Bradley,  0. 

-  "      18;  Belolt,  0. 


Lafayette,  0;  Wash,  and  Jefferson,  16. 
"  0;   [Pennsylvania  State,  5. 

0;  Princeton,  34. 
"  0;  Pennsylvania,  40. 

"  G;  Dickinson,  12. 


LAFAYETTE. 

Lafayette,  0;  Annapolis,  18. 
0;  Lehigh,  23. 
0;  Cornell,  .59. 
6;  Bucknell,  0. 
"        11;  Lehigh,  5. 


LANCASTER,  N.  Y. 


Lancaster,  G;  MaslinP'k  High  School,  6. 
"  5;  Lockport  A.  C,  5. 

"        32:  Co.  "  E,"  Jamestown,  0. 
28;  Dunkirk,  0. 


Lancaster,  0;  Co.  "  C,"  Bradford,  40. 
"  0;  Niagara,  G. 

0;  Co.  "  G,"  Tonawanda,  41, 


LEHIGH. 

Lehi 

gh,  0;  Princeton,  21. 

0;  N.  Y.  University,  10. 
0;  Pennsylvania,  40. 
0:  West  Point,  18. 
12;   Rutgers,  0. 

Lehigh,  23; 
6; 
5; 
5; 

Lafayette,  0. 
Annapolis,  6. 
Maryland,  0. 
Lafayette,  11. 

MARIETTA  COLLEGE. 

Sept 
Oct. 
Oct. 
Oct. 

.  24 -Marietta,  0;  W.  &  J.,  23. 
8—         "          0;  Oberlin,  6. 
15-        "          5;  m  Virg.,  6. 
22—        '•        10;  Ohio  State   0. 

Oct.    29— M 
Nov.    5- 
Nov.  19— 

arietta,  0;  W.  Virg. 

5;  O.  M.  U 

"        17;  Musk'm, 

,6. 
,0. 
12. 

NASHVILLE  A.  C. 
Feb.   24— N.  A.  C,  12;  Chattanooga,  6.      I    Mar.  17— N.  A,  C,  8;  Birmingham,  5. 
Mar.    3—        '*  7;  Birmingham,  18.     I    Apr.    8-         "  12;  Chattanooga,  10. 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


151 


NORTH    DAKOTA  AGRICULTURAI.  COLLEGE. 
N.  D.  A.  C,  0;  West  Superior.  ^25.  \    N    D.  A.  C,  0;  N.  Dakota  Univ..  39. 

^>4;  St.  Paul,  0.  | 

NORTH  HIGH  SCHOOL,  COLUMBUS,  OHIO. 


Oct.    8— North,  0;  Kenyon  Md.  A.,  16. 
Oct.  15—      "     33;  East  High,  0. 
Oct.  22—      "     17;  Central  High,  16. 
Oct.  29-      "       22;  Chillicothe  H.  S.,6. 


Nov.  5 — North,  5;  Eastwood  A.  C,  5. 
Nov.  12—  "  12;  Ohio  S.  U.  (2d),  0. 
Nov.  24—       "         0;  Chillicothe  H.S.,U. 


NORTHWESTERN  MILITARY  ACADEMY 


Oct.    3— N.  M.  A.,  26;  Lake  Forest,  0. 
Oct.    7 —         "  0:  Lake  Forest,  4. 

Oct.  14—         "  8;  Waukesan,  4. 

Oct.  16—         "  16;  North  Shore,  0. 

Oct.  24—         "  22;  Kenosha  Ath.,0. 


Oct.   31-N.  M.  A..  0;  N.A.Evanston,12 
Nov.  18—        "       108;  H.  P.  H.  S.,  U. 
Nov.  21—        "         26;  North  Shore,  0. 
N<  /.  24—        "        18-  4th  Battery,  0. 


Oct.  1- 
Oct.  8- 
Oct.  15- 
Oct.  22- 


Oct.    1- 
Oct.  22- 


Oct.  1- 
Oct.  15- 
Oct.  22- 


OBERLIN  COLLEGE 
-Oberlin,  29;  B'ldwin-Wal'ce,  0. 

"  6;  Marietta,  0. 

-       "         48;  Ohio  Wesleyan,  0. 

"  5;  Cincinnati,  U. 


Oct.    29— Oberlin,  0;  Cornell,  6. 
Nov.    5 —       "       11 ;  West.  Reserve,  0. 
Nov.  12—       "       33;  Case,  0. 
Nov.  24—      "       10;  Purdue,  0. 


OHIO   UNIVERSITY. 
-Ohio,  0;  Cincinnati,  12.  I     Nov.  12— Ohio,  0;  O.  M.  U.,  12. 


11;  McKinley  club,  5.  |    Nov.  15- 

OHIO  WESLEYAN. 


0;  W.  Virginia,  16. 


-O.  W.  U.,  6;  Wittenberg,  5. 
0;  Oberlin.  48. 
0;  W.  R.  U.,  29. 


Oct.  29- 
Nov.  12- 
Nov.  24- 


-0.  W.  U.,  5;  O.  M.  U.,  11. 

"  0;  Cincinnati,  57. 

0;  Ohio  State,  24. 


OLYMPIC  A.  C. 


Oct.    1— Olympic,  0;  Univ.  of  Cal.,  17. 
Oct.    8—         "  0;  Stanford,  11. 

Oct.  15—         "         0;  Univ.  of  Cal.,  16. 


Oct.  22— Olympic,  0;  Stanford,  5. 
Nov.  5 —  "  6;  Stanford,  6. 
Nov.  12—        "         5;  Univ.  of  Cal.,  5. 


OTTAWA  (KAN.),  UNIVERSITY. 


Nov.  24—0.  U.,  12;  Washburn  Col.,  12. 
Nov.  26—      "         0;  Glasco  A.  A..  11. 
Nov.  28—      "       17;  State  Agri.  Col.  0. 


Oct.    17—0.  U.,    0;  Ft.  Scott,  17. 
Oct.    29—      "       42;  K.  C.  Lawyers,  0. 
Nov.     3—      "      22;  Ft.  Scott,  0. 
Nov.  16—      "        6;  K.  C.  Medics,  29. 

OTTERBEIN. 

Oct.  29— Otterbein,  0;  Wittenberg,  10.        |     Nov.  12— Otterbein,  0;  AIcKinley,  11. 


Nov.  5 


16;  Denison,  0. 


Nov.  15- 


0;  O.  M.  U.,11. 


OHIO  MEDICAL  UNIVERSITY. 


Sept 

so- 

Oct. 

8- 

Oct. 

15- 

Oct. 

29- 

Nov 

5- 

Oct. 

1- 

Oct. 

8- 

Oct. 

15- 

Oct. 

20. 

Oct. 

29- 

Nov.  15- 
Nov.  19- 
Nov.  24- 


-0.  M.  U.,  10;  Wittenberg,  0. 
10;  Ohio  State,  0. 
6;  Wash.  &  Jeff.,  0, 
11;  O.  W'sl'y'n,  5. 
"  0;  Marietta,  5. 

OHIO  STATE  UNIVERSITY. 
-Ohio  State,  17;  Heidelberg,  0 
0;  Ohio  Med.,  10 
"  34;  Denison,  0. 

"  0;  Marietta,  10. 

0;  West.  Res.,  49. 


Nov.  12—0.  M.  U.,  12;  Ohio  Univ.,0. 


11;  Otterbein,  0. 
11;  Ohio  State,  0. 
12;  McKinley,  6. 


Nov.    .5— Ohio  Stale,  5;  Case,  23. 
Nov.  12—  "  0;  Kenyon,  29. 

Nov.  19—  "  0;  Ohio  Med.,  11. 

Nov.  24—  "         24;  O.  Wesleyan,  0. 


152 


Spalding's  official  foot  ball  guide. 


PANORA  ATHLETICS. 
Panora  Athletics,  0;  Ames,  0.  I    Panora  Athletics,  29;  Sioux  City,  0 


State,  4^ 


311;  Iowa  Cit3%  0. 

PENNSYLVANIA  STATE. 

State,    0;  Princeton,  5. 
"         5;  Duquesne,  18. 
"       16;  Bucknell,  0. 


Gettysburg,  0. 
Lafayette,  0. 
Pennsylvania,  40. 
Susquehanna,  6. 
Annapolis,  10. 


11;  Washington-Jefferson,  6. 
34;  Dickinson,  0. 


PITTSBURG  COLLEGE  OF  THE  HOLY  GHOST. 
Pittsl)urg  College,  23;  Geneva,  5.  I    Pittsburg  College,    0;  Duquesne,  16. 


0;  P.  A.  C,  0. 

0;  Latrobe,  17. 


0;  Greensburg,  11. 
11;  Wheeling  A. C.,0. 


PORTLAND  (ME.),  ATHLETIC  CLUB 


Oct.  24- 
Oct.  29- 
Nov.    2- 


-P.  A.  C 


,.5;  Portsmouth,  0. 
5;  Worcester  A. C,  0. 
C;  Colby  Varsity,  0. 


Nov.    5— P.  A.  C,  27;  Somersworth,  0. 
Nov.  12—        "  0;  Newtowne.  U. 

Nov.  24—        "  0;  Bowdoin  Var.,0. 


Prin 


PRINCETON 

eton,  21;  Lehigh,  0. 
43;  Stevens,  0. 

.58;  Franklin  and  Marshall,  0. 
34;   Lafayette,  0. 
30;  Annapolis,  0. 
G;  Cornell,  0. 


Princeton, 24;  Maryland  A.  C.,0. 
"  5;  Pennsylvania  State,  0. 

23;  Brown,  0. 
"  12;  Virginia,  0. 

"  .5;  West  Point,  5. 

G;  Yale,  0. 


PURDUE  UNIVERSITY. 


Oct.    8— Purdue,  0;  Alumni,  6. 

Oct.  18—       "        5;  Haskell  Indians,  0. 

Oct.  22—       "       16;  Haskell  Indians,  0. 


Nov.    .5 — Purdue.  0;  Chicago,  17. 
Nov.  12—       "       14;  Indian  Univ.,  0. 
Nov.  24—       "         0;  Oberlin,  10. 


REYNOLDS  BUSINESS  SCHOOL,  AMSTERDAM,  N.  Y. 


Oct     1— R.  B.  S.,    .5;  Albany  H.  S.,  0. 
Oct.    8—        "         12;  Canajoharie,  5. 
Oct.  15 —        "         11;  Schenectady,  0. 
Oct.  22—        "  0;  Cohoes  Conti.,  0. 


Oct.   29— R.  B,  S. 
Nov     8— 
Nov.  12— 
Nov.  18— 


11;  Union  Col.  2d,  0. 
6;  Union  Col.  2d,  0. 
5;  Johnstown,  2. 
0;  Johnstown,  0. 


RICHMOND  COLLEGE. 


R.  C,  15;  Randolph-Macon,  0. 
"  6;  Hampden-Sidney,  6. 
"        0;  V.  M.  I.,  1(5. 

0;  Washington  &  Lee  Univ.,  6. 


RUTGERS   UNIVERSITY 
Sept.  28— Rutgers,  0;  Lehigh,  12. 
Oct.     8—        "         0;  Swarthmore,  6. 
Oct.   15—        "       11;  N.  Y.  Univ.,  5. 
Oct.   22—        "         0;  Haverford,  0. 


R.  C,  11;  Washington  &  Lee  Univ.,  0. 
"      15;  William  &  Mary,  0. 
"        0;  Newport  News,  11. 


Oct.  29— Rutgers,  0;  Union,  17. 
Nov.  .5—  "  0;  Stevens,  5. 
Nov.  12—        "         0;  Wesleyan,  59. 


SCHOOL  OF  MINES,  COLORADO. 


Oct.    8-S.  of  M.,  41;  E.  Denver  H.S.,0. 
Oct.  15—         "         29;  Wyoming  U.,0. 
Oct.  22—        "         59;  Littleton  A.  C,  0. 
Oct.  29—        "  5;  Denver  A.  C,  2. 

Nov.  5—        "         50;  Wyoming  U.,0. 


Nov.  8— S.  of  M.,  33;  Denver  Univ.,  0. 
Nov.  12—  •'  12,  Colo.  State  U.,  0. 
Nov.  19—  "  12;  Denver  W.  C.,0. 
Nov.  25—        •'  6;  Colorado  Coll., 2. 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOUT    BALL    C.UIDK 


153 


SETON  HALL  COLLEGE. 

Oct.     I-Seton,  18;  Nutley  A.  C,  0.  I    Oct.    27— Setou,  L2;  Alumni,  0. 

Oct.    8—      "         0;  Knickerbocker,  5L  Nov.     1 —      "        0;  St.   lohn's  Col.,  0. 

Oct.22-      "       34;  Crescent  F.  C,  0.  |     Nov.  ly—      "       l"^';   N.  j.  State  S.,  10. 

SIMPSON  COLLEGE. 

Simpson,  28;  Highland  Park,  0.  I    Simpson,  24;  Knoxville  A.  C,  0. 

83;  Highland  Park,  0.  "  0;  Stale  Univ.  of  Iowa,  l.\ 

0;  Penn  College,  5.  |  "  0;   Penn  College,  32. 


STANFORD 

Sept.  30— Stanford,  21;  1st  Wash. Vol.,  0.     I     Nov, 


Oct.      8- 
Oct.    22- 


11;  Olympic,  0. 
5;  Olympic,  0. 


5 — Stanford,  (J;  Olympic,  (i. 
Nov.  25—         ••  0;  Univ.  of  Cal.,  2:J 


Oct.    1— S.  U.  I.,  0;   Knox,  0. 

Oct.    8-      "         U;  Chicago  Univ.,  39. 

Get   12—       "       10;  Alumni,  0. 

Oct.  15—       "         5;  Drake  Univ.,  18. 

Oct.  22—       "       11;  Rush  Med.  Sch.,  15, 


STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA. 

Oct.   29- -S.  U.  I.,  23;  Upper  la.  Uni.,5 
Nov.    5—       "  5;  State  Nor.  la.,  11. 

Nov.  12—       "  5;  Grinnell  Col.,  5. 

Nov.  19 —       "         12;  Simpson  Col.,  0. 
Nov.  24—       "  0;  Nebraska  Uni.,  5. 


STATE   UNIVERSITY  OF  COLORADO. 


,     Oct.    8  -U.  of  C.  41;  N.  D.  H.  S.,  0. 
1,0.    ^  -        "        42;  E.  D.  H.  S.,  0. 

0;  Col.  Coll.,  22. 

5;  D.  A.  C,  11. 


Nov.    8— U.  of  C,  29;  D.  W.  C,  0. 
Nov.  12—         ''  0;  S.  S    M.,  12. 

Nov.  17—         "         10;   U.  of  Neb.,  2-3. 
Nov.  24—        "         23;  D.  A.  C,  5. 


i,0, 
6. 


ST.  JOHN'S  COLLEGE,  ANNAPOLIS,  MD. 


-St.  John's,  21;  Phy.  &  Sur.,  0. 
"  0;  Delaware.,  0. 

0;  Haverford,  52. 
11;  Western,  Md.,6. 


Oct.    29— St.  John's,  5;  Gallaudet,  0. 
Nov.  12—  "  «;  Md.Agri.Col.,0 

Nov.  12—  "        21;  P>alt.  Md.Col.,2 

Nov.  19—  "  6;  Johns  Hopk.,0 


rn.  ■•>■ 
,23. 
v.,0. 
'is.,0 
;h.,l'i 


ST.  LAWRENCE  UNIVERSITY. 

Nov.    2— St.  L.  U.,  0;  Watertown,  11. 
Nov.    5—         "         12;  ClarksonS.  T.,0. 
Nov.  12—         "  6;  Watertown,  0. 

Nov.  24—         "  0;  Watertown,  12. 


-St.  L.  U.,  18;  Canton,  0. 

G;  Potsdam  S.N.,  0. 
"  (5;  Gouverneur,  0. 

42;  ClarksonS.  T.,  0. 


ST.  MARYS, 
ys,  0;  Haskell  Indians,  5.  |     St.  Marys,  11;  Kansas  University,  0. 


11;  Emporia  College,  0. 


67;  Kansas  City  Medics,  0. 


SWARTHMORE  COLLEGE. 


^— Swarthmore,  6;  Alumni,  0. 
li,  0.  [  -  "  22;  Delaware,  0. 

v.,0.  3—  "  6;  Rutgers,  0. 

111.     i>        i —  "  11;  Georgetown, 6. 

,  13.     '        )—  "  29;  Ursinus,  0. 

I        >—  "  18;  Bucknell,  34. 


Nov.    2— Swarthmore,  22;  P.  M.  C,  0. 
Nov.    5—  "  10;  F.  &  M.,  6. 

Nov.    9 —  "  0;   Delaware,  0. 

Nov.  12 —  "  22;  Columbian, 6. 

Nov.  19—  "  0;  Haverford, 12. 


154 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


SYRACUSE  UNIVERSITY. 


Sept.  21— Syracuse,  0;  Cornell,  28. 

17;  Ogdensburgh,  6. 
36;   Rijchester,  0. 

0;  Cornell,  30. 
47;  Hobart,  5. 
28;  Syracuse  A.  A.,0. 


Sept 

28— 

Oct. 

1- 

Oct. 

5— 

Oct. 

12-        ' 

Oct. 

19— 

Oct.    22— Syracuse,  10;  Case,  0. 
Oct.    29—        "  17;  New  York,  0. 

Nov.    5—         "  11;  Wyomino;,  0. 

Nov.    9—        "  28;  SyracuseA.A.,0. 

Nov.  12—         "  0;  Trinity,  0. 


Trinity,  0;  Cornell,  47. 

0;  Technology,  0. 

"      17;  Worcester,  0. 

"       0;  Amherst,  12. 

"       0;  Yale,  18. 


TRINITY. 

Trinity,  0;  \Villiams,  24. 
0;  Wesleyan,  30. 
"        0;  Syracuse,  0. 
"      18;  Hamilton,  5. 


Dec.   12— T.  U.,  14;  Uni 


TULANE   UNIVERSITY, 
of  Miss.,  9.       I     Dec.    17— T.  U.,  0  ;  La.  State  Univ.,  3? 

UNION  COLLEGE. 


Oct. 

1- 

Oct 

8 

Oct. 

12- 

Oct. 

15- 

Oct. 

22- 

Oct. 

1- 

Oct. 

4- 

Oct. 

8- 

Oct. 

15- 

Oct. 

19- 

-Union,  4.i;  St.  Stephen's,  0.  ' 
"       12;  Laureate,  0. 

-  "         (i;  Williams,  0. 

"       11;  Stephen's  Inst.,  0. 

-  "       22;  Rensselaer  P.  I,,  0. 


Oct.    29— Union,  17;  Rutgsrs,  0. 
Nov.    5—       "       10;  Hamilton,  17. 
Nov.  12—       "       11;  Colgate,  0. 
Nov.  17—       "       21;  Hobart,  6. 


URSINUS   COLLEGE. 


-Ursinus,  50;  N.Y.M.C.A.,  0. 
6;  Lebanon  V.C,  0. 
31;  N.  H.  S.,0. 
40;  D.&D.I.Mt.A.,6. 
"  0;  Swarthmore,  29. 


Oct.  26— Ursinus,  25;  Lebanon  V.  C,  0 
Oct.  29—  "  46;  Delaware  Col.,  0. 
Nov.    5 —        "  6;  Haverforr'    '   '    '" 

Nov.  16—        "        10;  K.  &  M., 


UNIVERSITY  OF  BUFFALO. 


Oct.    1— U.  of  B.,  29;  Tonawanda,  0. 
Oct.    8—         "         'i2\  Rensselaer  P.I.,  5. 
Oct.  15—         "  0;  Cornell  Univ.,  27. 

Oct.  22—         "         23;  Co.  "  C,"  0. 
Oct.  29—        "        29;  Case  Sci.  S.,  0. 


Nov.  8— U.  of  B.,  23;  Colgate  ' 
Nov.  12—  "  28;  Co.  "C,' 
Nov.  19—  "  34;  Cornell  I 
Nov.  24—        •'        36;  Bucknell 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA. 
Oct.    1— U.  of  C,  17;  Olympic,  0.  I     Nov.  12— U.  of  C,  5;  Olympic, 

Oct.    8—        *'  5;  Army  &  Navv,  0.  Nov.  25—        "        22;  Stanford, 

Oct.  15—        "         16;  Olympic,  0.    '  I 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO. 


Sept.  24— Chic 
Sept.  28- 
Oct.  1  — 
Oct.  5— 
Oct.  8— 
Oct.    15— 


ago,  22;  Knox  College,  0. 
8;  Rush  Med.,0. 
24;  Monmouth,  0. 
22;  C.  of  P.  &  S..  0. 
38;  Iowa  St.  Univ.,  0. 
21;  Beloit  College,  0. 


Oct.  22— Chicago,  34;  Northwe 
Oct.  29—  "  11;  Univ.  of 
Nov.  5—  "  17;  Purdue  I 
Nov.  12—         "  6;  Univ.  of 

Nov.  24—         "         11;  Univ.of]\ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CINCINNATI. 


U.  of  C,  12;  Ohio  University,  0. 
"         22;  Miami  University,  0. 
"         12;  Vanderbilt  University,  0. 
"  0;  Olierlin  College,  5. 

'•  0;  Indiana  University,  0. 


U.  of  C,  12;  Univ.  of  Cin.  Alur 

57;  Ohio  Wesleyan  Ui 

"         11;  Indiana  Universitj, 

"         17;  Dartmouth  College 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


155 


UNIVERSITY  OF  GEORGIA. 
Oct.    8— Georgia,  aO;  Clemson,  8.  I     Oct.    29— Georsxia,    4;  Vanderbilt  U.,  G. 

Oct.  15—         '•        14;  Atlanta  A.  C,  0.       I     Nov.   12—         "  0;  Univ.  N.  C.,  44. 

Oct.  22—        "        15;  Ga.  S.  Tech.,0.         |    Nov.  24—        "        17;  Ala.  Poly.  In.,  18. 


UNIVERSITY  MEDICAL  COLLEGE. 


Sept.  24— U.  M.  C,  5;  Ft.  Scott,  6. 
Sept.  28—         "        36;  St.  Jos.  Medics, 0. 
Oct.     1—         "         17;  Jewell  CoL,  0. 
Oct.     5 —         "  0;  Kansas  Univ.,  6. 

Oct.     8—        "         15;  Missouri  Uni.,0. 
Oct.    17 —         "  5;  Missouri  Uni., 15. 


Oct.   29— U.  M.  C.,40;  Haskell  lnd.,0. 
Nov.    2—        "  23;  K.  C.  H    S.,0. 

Nov.    7-         "  24;  Nebraska  U.,  0. 

Nov.  12 — Game  forfeited  to  Kansas  U. 
Nov.  10— U.  M.  C,  29;  Ottawa  Col.,  G. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  MICHIGAN. 


Oct.    1— Michigan,  21;  Ypsilanti,  0. 

29;  Kenyon  Col..  0. 
39;  Mich.  Agri.,  0. 
18;  Western  Res..  0. 
23;  Case  Sci.  S  ,  5. 
23;  Notre  Dame,  0. 


Oct 

8- 

Oct 

12— 

Oct 

1.5- 

Oct 

19— 

Oct 

21— 

Oct.   29— Michigan,  11;  Alumni,  2. 
Nov.    5 —  "  0;  N'western,5. 

Nov.  12—  "  12;  U.  of  111..  5. 

Nov.  10-  "  2i;  Heloit  Coi.,0. 

Nov.  24—  "  12;  Chicago  U.,  11. 


UNIVERSITY  OF.MISSOURI. 


U.  of  M.,  0;  Wentworth,0. 

0;  K.  C.  Medics,  IG. 
15;  K.  C.  Medics,  5. 
0;   Nebraska,  47. 
'•  12;  Washington,  18. 


U.  of  M.,11;  Central,  G. 

28;  Central,  0. 

"  IG;  Central,  0. 

0;  Kansas,  16. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  NASHVILLE. 
Oct.  15— U.  of  N.,  0  ;  U.  of  South,  10.        |     Nov.     6— U,  of  N.,  0  ;  Vanderbilt, 


Oct.      1— U.nfN.,7G;  Hastings  Col.,  0. 
Oct.     8—        "         23;  Iowa  St.  Col.,  10. 
Oct.    15—        "         24;  Tarkis  Col.,0. 
Oct.   22-        "         38;  Wm.  Jewell  Col.,0. 
Oct.    24—        "         47;  Univ.  of  Mo., G. 
Nov.    5 —        "         18;  Univ.  of  Kan.,  G. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  NEBRASKA 
U 


Nov.  7-U.  of  N.,  0;  K.C.Med. Col.,  24. 
Nov.  12—         "  5;  Drake  Univ.,  G. 

Nov.  17—  '■  23;  Univ.  of  Colo.,  10. 
Nov.  19—  "  11;  Denver  A.  C,  10. 
Nov.  24 —         "  5;  Univ.  of  Iowa,  G. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA. 


Oct.    1— U.  N.  C,  11;  Guilford  Col.,  0. 
(;ct.  1.5—         "  34;  A.  &  M.  Col  ,0. 

Oct.  20—         "  18;  Greensboro,  0. 

Get.  29-         "  11;  Oak  Ridge,  0. 

Nov.  4—         "  28;  Va.  Poly  Inst.,  6. 


Nov.    5— U.  N.  C,  11;  Davidson  Col.,0. 
Nov.  12—         "  .53;  Univ.  of  Ga.,0. 

Nov.  14—        "  29;  Ala. Poly  Inst., 0. 

Nov.  24—         "  G;  Univ.  of  Va.,  3. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  OKLAHOMA. 
U.  of  O.,  5;  Arkansas  City,  Kas.,  0.  |     U.  of  O.,  24;   Fort  Worth  Univ.,  0. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  OREGON. 
Nov.    .5— U.  of  O.,  34;  Chemawa  lnd.,0.     I     Dec.    3— U.  of  O.,  0;  N'western,  21. 
Nov.  24—         "         95;  Portland  Uni.,0.     |     Dec.  10— 


38;  Oreg.  Agri. Col. ,G. 


156 


Spalding's  official  foot  ball  guide. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 

Ivania,  17;  Wesleyan,  0. 
'  'i2;  Lafayette,  0. 

'  28;   Chicasfo  Univ. 


Pennsylvania,  41;   Fr'klin&  Marshall,  0.     |     Pennsy 
"  .50;  Gettysburg,  0. 

'■  40;  Pennsylvania  State,  0, 

.50;  Mansfield,  0. 
"  1«;  Brown.  0. 

•'  34;  Virginia,  0. 

40;  Lehigh,  0. 


0;  Harvard,  10. 
3.");  Indians,  5. 
12;  Cornell,  6. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  THE  SOUTH. 
Oct.     15— U.  of  S.,  10  ;  U.  of  Nash.,  0.      I     Nov.   12-U.  of  S.,  23  ;  S.  A.  C,  0. 
Nov.   10— U.  of  S.,  4  ;  U.  of  Tex.,  0.  |     Nov.   24-U.  of  S.,  l'.»  ;  Vnnderbilt,  4. 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TEXAS. 
Oct.    15— U.  of  T.,  13  ;  Add.-Ran.  U.,  0.    I     Nov.     5— U.  of  T.,  24  ;  Add.-Ran.  U.  0. 
Oct.    22-  U.  of  T.,39;  A.&M.C.ofT.,0.         Nov.  10— U.  of  T.,  0  ;  Univ.  of  South,  4. 
Oct.    29— U.  of  T.,  ]4;Galv't'nA.C.,0.    |     Nov.  24— U.  of  T.,  21  ;  Dallas  A.  C.,0. 


VANDERBILT  UNIVERSITY. 


Oct.     IG— V.  U.,  0  ;  Univ.  of  Cin.,  10. 
Oct.    30— V.  U.,  0  ;  Univ.  of  Ga.,  4. 
Nov.     6— V.  U.,  5  ;  Univ.  of  Nash.,  0. 


Nov.  13— V.  U.,  0  ;  Univ.  of  Va.,  15. 
Nov.  20— V.  U.,  0  ;  Central  Univ.,  10. 
Nov.  25— V.  U.,  4  ;  Univ.  of  South,  19. 


VILLANOVA  COLLEGE. 


Oct.  1— Villanova,  0;  Lafayette,  10. 
Oct.  8—  "  36;  Bryn  Mawr,  0. 
Oct.  19—         "  0;  Lawrenceville,  12 

Oct.  26—         "  0;  High  School,  0. 


Oct.    29— Villanova,  16;  Manhattan,  5. 
Nov.    .5 —  "  0;  Georgetown,  12. 

Nov.  12 —  "  0;  Manhattan,  5. 


W.  &  J..  24;  Marietta,  0. 

"         35;  Westminster,  0. 

"         16;  Lafayette,  0. 

"         26;  Jefferson  Academy,  0 

11;  Pittsburg  A.  C.,0. 
"  0;  Ohio  Medic.ll,  0. 


WASHINGTON  AND  JEFFERSON. 

W.  &  J.,  40;  Jefferson  Academy,  1. 
68;  Allegheny,  0. 
"  8;  Western  Reserve,  6. 

"  6;  Pennsylvania  State,  11. 

0;  Duquesne  C.  &  A.  C,  11 


Wesleyan,  0;  Yale,  5. 

8;  West  Point,  27. 
33;  Amherst,  0._ 
"  0;  Pennsylvania,  17. 

12;  Holy  Cross,  0. 


WESLEYAN. 

Wesleyan,  22;  Williams,  0. 
28;  Amherst,  0 
"  23;  Dartmouth,  5. 

30;  Trinity,  0. 
"  59;  Rutgers,  0. 


West  Point,  40;  Tufts,  0. 
"  27;  Wesleyan, 

0;  Harvard,  S 


WEST  POINT. 

West  Point,  18;  Lehigh,  0. 
0;  Yale,^10. 
"    ^         5;  Princeton,  5. 


WESTERN  RESERVE. 
Oct.    8— W.  R.  U.,  6;  Baldwin,  0.  I     Nov.    5— W.  R.  U.,  0;  Oberlin,  11. 

Oct.  15—        "  0;  Michigan.  18.  Nov.  12—        "  0;W.  &f.,8. 

Oct.  22—        "         29;0.  W.  U.,0.  I    Nov.  19—         "  11;  Kenyan,  6. 

Oct.  29—        "         49;  Ohio  State,  0.  .    Nov.  24—        "         29;  Case,  0. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


157 


UEST  SUPERIOR  A.  C 
Oct.    8— W.S.A.C.,22;  Ironwood,  0. 
Oct.  15—  "  0;  Rhinelander,  IT. 

Oct.  21—  "  31;  N.  Da.  A.C.,0. 

Oct.  22—  "  11;  Uni.  N.  Dak.,0. 


Oct.   29— W.S.A.C.,28;  Superior  Gr., 8. 
Nov.  12—  "  40;  Sii.  C.  H.  S.,0. 

Nov.  24 —  "  0;  Ishpeming,  0. 


WESTERN  UNIVERSITY  OF  PA. 


W.  U.  P.,  20;  Pittsburg  H.  S.,  0. 
"  6;  Duquesne  A.  C,  5. 

6;  W.  U.  P.  Freshmen,  0. 
6;  W.  U.  P.  Juniors,  0. 


W.  U.  P.,0;  Apollo  A.  C,  12. 
"  5;  East  Liverpool,  O., 

"  G;  California,  Pa.,  0. 

"  0;  Steubenville,  O.,  0. 


WILLETS  POINT. 


Willets  Point,  34;  Mount  Auburn,  0. 
"  "         6;  St.  Aloysius,  0. 

"  32;  St.  Stephen's,  0. 

"  26;  St.  John's  College,  0. 

"  "  12;  Fort  Adams,  0. 

"  "  24;  Navy,  0. 

"  28;  22d  Reg't,  11. 


Willets  Point,  4G;  Selected  Team,  0. 

18;  St.  Agnes,  0. 

(i;  Pastimes,  0, 

22;  Y.  M.  C.  A.,0. 

12;  St.  Peter's,  6. 

20;  Fort  Slocum,  0. 


Williams,  0;  Harvard,  11. 
0;  Yale,  23. 
0;  Union,  6. 
"         6;  Indians,  17. 
5;  Colgate,  0. 
0;  Wesleyan,  22. 


WILLIAMS. 

Williams,  24;  Trinity,  0. 
0;  Cornell,  12. 
"  G;  Dartmouth,  10. 

"  5;  Amherst,  IG. 

"  G;  Andover,  0. 


WITTENBERG  COLLEGE. 


Sept.  30— Wittenberg,  0;  O.  M.  U.,  10. 
Oct.      1—  "  5;  o- W.  U.,G. 

Oct.     8—  "  0;  Akron  A. C,  18. 

Oct.    15—  "  0;  McKinley,  G. 


Oct.   29— Wittenberg,  10;  Otterbein,0. 
Nov.  14—  "  0;  McKinley,  11. 

Nov.  24  -  "  0;  Kenyon,  24. 


Sept 

24— Yale,  18; 

Trinity,  0. 

Oct. 

3-    "       5; 

Wesleyan,  0. 

Oct. 

5-     "     34; 

Amherst,  0. 

Oct. 

8—    "     23; 

Williams,  0. 

Oct. 

15—    "       G; 

Newton,  0. 

Oct. 

19—    "     22; 

Brown,  6. 

YALE. 

Oct.    22- Yale,  18;  Indians,  5. 
Oct.    29—     "      10;  West  Point,  0. 
Nov.     5-    "      10;  Chicago  A.  A., 
Nov.  12 —     "        0;  Princeton,  G. 
Nov.  19—     "        0;  Harvard,  17. 


GAMES  SINCE  INTRODUCTION  OF 
RUGBY  FOOT  BALL 

Where  two   games   have   been   played   in  one   season,    only   the   champion- 
ship game  is  given. 


HARVARD— YALE. 


1876— Yale,  1  goal;  Harvard,  2  touch- 
downs. 
1877— No  game. 
1878— Yale,  1  goal;   Harvard, 


0. 
safeties;     Yale,     2 

goal,     1     touchdown; 

4    safeties;     Yale;     0 

touchdowns ; 


1879— Harvard, 
safeties. 

1880— Yale,     1 
Harvard,  0. 

1881- Harvard, 
safeties.     ' 

1SS2— Yale,    1    goal,    3 
Harvard,  2  safeties. 

1883— Yale,  4  goals;  Harvard,  1  touch- 
down,  1  safety. 

1884— Yale,  6  goals,  4  touchdowns; 
Harvard,  0. 

HARVARD 

1876— No  game. 

1877 — Harvard,  1  goal,  1  touchdown; 
Princeton,  1  touchdown. 

1878— Princeton,  1  touchdown;  Har- 
vard, 0. 

1879— Princeton,  1  goal,  1  safety; 
Harvard,  5  safeties. 

1880— Princeton,  2  goals,  2  touch- 
downs, 6  safeties;  Harvard,  1  goal, 
1  touchdown,  4  safeties. 

1881— I'rinceton,  1  safety;  Plarvard," 
1  safety. 

1882— Harvard,  1  goal;  1  touchdown; 
I^rinceton,  1  goal. 

1883— l^rinceton,  26  points;  Harvard, 
7  points. 

1884— Princeton,  34  points;  Harvard, 
6  points. 

PRINCETON 


1885— No  game. 

1886— Yale,      5      goals;      Harvard,      1 
touchdown. 

1887— Yale,    3    goals,    1    safety;    Har- 
vard, 1  goal. 

1888— No  game. 

1889— Yale,  1  goal;  Harvard,  0. 

1890— Harvard,  2  goals;  Yale,  1  goal. 

1891 — Yale,     1     goal,     1     touchdown; 
Harvard,  0. 

1892— Yale,  1  goal;  Harvard,  0. 

1893— Yale,  1  goal;  Harvard,  0. 

1894— Yale,  12;  Harvard,  4. 

1895— No  game. 

1896— No  game. 

1897— Yale,  0;   Harvard,   0. 

1898— Harvard,  17;  Yale,  0. 
PRINCETON. 

1885— No  game. 

1886 — Princeton,      12      points;      Har- 
vard, 0. 

1887 — Harvard,     12     points;     Prince- 
ton, 0. 

1888 — Princeton,   18  points;   Harvard, 
6  points. 

1889 — Princeton,  41   points;   Harvard, 
15  points. 

1890— No  game. 

1891— No  game. 

1892— No  game. 

1893— No  game. 

1894— No  game. 

1895— Princeton,  12;  Harvard,  4. 

1896— Princeton,  12;  Harvard,  6. 

1897— No  game. 

1898— No  game. 
YALE.^ 


2  goals;  Princeton,  0. 
2    touchdowns ;     Prince- 


1  goal;  Yale,  0. 
5    safeties ;    Yale, 


1876— Yale, 

1877- Yale, 
ton,  0. 

1878 — Princeton, 

1879— I'rinceton, 
safeties. 

1880— Princeton,   11   safeties;   Yale,    5 
safeties. 

1881— Yale,  0;  Princeton,  0. 

1882— Yale,  2  goals,  1  safety;  Prince- 
ton, 1  goal,  1  safety. 

1883— Yale,  1  goal;  Princeton,  0. 

1884— Yale,     1     goal;     Princeton,      1 
touchdown. 

1885 — Princeton,   1   goal   from   touch- 
down; Yale,  1  goal  from  field. 


1886— Yale,  1  touchdown;  Prince. 
ton,  0. 

1887— Yale,  2  goals;  Princeton,  C. 

1888— Yale,  2  goals;   Princeton,  0. 

1889 — Princeton,  1  goal,  1  touch- 
down; Yale,  0. 

1890— Yale,  32  points;  Princeton,  0. 

1891 — Yale,  2  goals,  2  touchdowns; 
Princeton,  0. 

1892— Yale,  2  goals;  Princeton,  0. 

1893— Princeton,  1  goal;  Yale,  0. 

1894— Yale,  24;  Princeton,  0. 

1895— Yale,   20;   Princeton,  10. 

1896— Princeton,   24;   Yale.  6. 

1897— Yale,  G;  Princeton,  0. 

1898— Princeton,  C;  Yale,  0. 


158 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


T59 


UNIVERSITY  OF   TENNS  YLVANIA-WESLEYAN. 


1S84— U.  of  P.,  14  points;  Wesleyan, 
12  points. 

1885— Wesleyan,  25  points;  U.  of  P., 
18  points. 

1886— U.  of  P.,  14  points;  Wesley- 
an, 0. 

1S87— Wesleyan,  10  points;  U.  of  P., 
4  points. 

1888— U.  of  P.,  18  points;  Wesleyan, 
6  points. 


1889— Wesleyan,  10  points;  U.  of  P., 
2  points. 

1890— U.  of  P.,  16  points;  Wesleyan. 
10  points. 

1891— U.  of  P.,  18  points;  Wesleyan, 
10  points. 

1892— U.  of  P.,  34  ooints;  Wesley- 
an, 0. 

1898— U.  of  P.,  17;  Wesleyan,  0. 


UNIVERSITY   OF   PENNSYLVANIA— HARVARD. 


1883— Harvard,  4;  U.  of  P.,  0. 
1884— U.  of  P.,  4;  Harvard,  0. 
1885— Did  not  play. 
1886— Harvard,  28;  U.  of  P.,  0. 
1890— Har/ard,  35;  U.  of  P.,  0. 


1893— Harvard,  26;  U.  of  P.,  4. 
1894— U.  of  P.,  18;  Harvard,  4. 
1895— U.  of  P.,  17;  Harvard,  14. 
1896— U.  of  P.,  8;  Harvard,  6. 
1897— U.  of  P.,  15;  Harvard.  6. 
1808— Harvard,  10;  U.  of  P.,0. 


UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA- YALE. 


1879 — Yale,    3    goals,    5    touchdowns; 

U.  of  P.,  0. 
1880— Yale,  8  goals,  1  touchdown;  U. 

of  P.,  0. 
1885 — Yale,    4    goals,    7    touchdowns; 

U.  of  P.,  1  goal,  2  safeties. 
1886— Yale,    8    goals,    7    touchdowns; 

U.  of  P.,  0. 
1887— Yale,    6    goals,    3    touchdowns; 

U.  of  P.,  1  safety. 
1888— Yale,  50  points;  U.   of  P.,  0. 


1889- Yale,  20   points;    U.    of   P.,    10 

points. 

1890— Yale,  60  points;  U.  of  P.,  0. 

1891— Yale,  48  points;  U.  of  P.,  0. 


1892— Yale,  28  points;  U.  of  P. 
1893— Yale,    14    poin*-'    U.    of 

points. 
1894- No  game. 
1895— No  game. 
1896— No  game. 
1897 — No  game. 
1898- No  game. 


UNIVERSITY    OF    PENNSYLVANIA— PRINCETON. 


1876— Princeton,  6  goals;  U.  of  P.,  0. 

1878 — Princeton,  2  goals,  4  touch- 
downs; U.  of  P.,  0. 

1879 — Princeton,  6  goals,  4  touch- 
downs; LT.  of  P.,  11  safeties. 

1880 — Princeton,  i  goal,  3  safeties; 
U.  of  P.,  1  safety. 

1881 — Princeton,  4  goals,  6  touch- 
downs; LT.  of  P.,  4  safeties. 

1882— Princeton,  10  goals,  4  touch- 
downs; U.  of  P.,  0. 

1883— Princeton,  39  points;  LT.  of  P., 
6  points. 

1884— Princeton,  30  points;  U.  of 
P.,  0. 

1885— Princeton,  51  points;  U.  of 
P.,  0. 


1886— Princeton,  28  points;  U.  of  P., 

6  points. 
1887— Princeton,     95     points;     U.     of 

P.,  0. 
1888— Princeton,  4  points;  LT.  of  P..  0. 
1889- Princeton,  72  points;   U.  of  P, 

4  points. 
1890— Princeton,  6  points;  U.  of  P.,  0. 
1891— Princeton,     24     ooints;     U.     of 

P.,  0. 
1892— U.  of  P.,  6  points;  Princeton,  4. 
1893 — Princeton,     4     points;      U.     of 

P.,  0. 
1S94— IT.  of  P.,  12:   ^"   ceton,  0. 
189.5— No  game. 
1896— No  game. 
1897— No  game. 
1898— No  game. 


A.  ALONZO  STAGG. 

Associate  Professor  and  Director  of  the   Department  of  Physical  Culture, 
University  of  Chicago. 


FOOT  BALL  IN  THE  WEST 

By  a.  Alonzo  Stagg, 

Associate  Professor  and  Director  of  the  Department  of  Physical  Culture, 

University  of  Chicago. 


THE  season  of  1898  was  one  of  surprises  in  Middle  West  foot 
ball.  The  surprises  began  early  in  October,  and  they  con- 
tinued until  set  of  sun  on  Thanksgiving  day.  The  extremes 
of  latitude  set  our  athletic  compass  vibrating  at  the  beginning  of  the 
season,  and  the  points  of  widest  longitude  knocked  it  completely 
askew  at  the  ending. 

Illinois,  at  the  southern  limit  of  the  big  seven  universities,  started 
the  disturbance  early  in  the  season  by  being  beaten  (10  to  6)  by  the 
College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  and  one  week  later  (5  to  o),  by 
by  Notre  Dame  University.  Minnesota,  at  the  northernmost  limit 
quickly  responded  by  losing  to  Grinnell  (16  to  6),  and  Ames  Agri- 
cultural College  (6  to  o).  On  Thanksgiving  day,  Nebraska,  out  at 
the  extreme  Middle  West,  the  champion  of  the  Trans-Mississippi 
College  League,  fell  down  before  the  University  of  Iowa's  much  de- 
feated team  by  five  points  to  six;  while  Michigan,  at  the  eastern 
limit,  sprung  a  surprise  by  winning  an  unexpected  victory  over 
Chicago  by  the  score  of  12  to  11. 

But  the  surprises  were  not  confined  to  the  extremes  of  season,  nor 
to  the  extremes  of  territory.  The  ones  already  noted  simply  stand  as 
indicative  of  the  whole  fall's  work  in  the  Middle  West. 

Who  would  have  thought  that  Chicago  would  have  beaten  North- 
western 34  to  o,  on  October  22  ?  Nothing  would  have  appeared  more 
ridiculous  than  such  an  idea.  Plenty  of  sizable  material  and  coached 
by  an  expert  from  Princeton,  who  at  that  time  had  aroused  to  a  re- 
markable degree  the  support  and  loyalty  of  the  Purple,  the  North- 
western team  seemed  fit  to  be  the  coming  champions.     On  the  other 

161 


l62  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

hand,  few  believed  after  the  Chicago  defeat  that  Northwestern  could 
so  organize  and  get  together  that  she  could  play  Michigan  practically 
to  a  standstill  (6  to  5),  two  weeks  later. 

Up  in  Minnesota,  the  State  Universit)  had  unexpectedly  been 
beaten  by  two  of  the  smaller  institutions;  had  gone  to  certain  defeat 
(29  to  o),  by  Wisconsin  on  October  29,  and  then,  when  everyone  had 
given  up  hope  of  her  winning  any  games,  she  suddenly  rises  out  of 
her  slough  of  despond  and  snatches  victory  (17  to  6)  from  North- 
western, who  had  journeyed  to  Minneapolis  on  November  12,  ex- 
ultant and  confident  from  the^r  fine  showing  against  Michigan  the 
week  before. 

The  wonder  of  it  is,  how  did  it  all  happen?  How  does  Minnesota 
explain  her  poor  showing  for  the  season?  How  does  Illinois  explain 
her  early  defeats?  How  does  Northwestern  explain  her  ups  and 
downs  ?  How  does  Chicago  explain  her  good  record  up  to  the  time 
of  Thanksgiving  day,  and  then  her  defeat  by  Michigan?  It  would 
make  very  interesting  reading  if  a  compendium  of  the  explanations 
on  these  points  could  be  gathered  from  the  various  universities.  It 
would  also  furnish  valuable  data  as  to  what  to  do  and  what  not  to  do 
under  certain  circumstances.  It  would  give  us  some  idea  as  to  how 
much  luck  entered  into  foot  ball  contes.ts.  It  would  aid  us  in  de- 
termining what  are  the  best  methods  of  training;  what  is  the  best 
system  of  plays;  what  are  successful  strategies;  what  are  winning 
formations;  how  to  get  the  best  use  of  the  kicking  game;  when  to 
follow  one  method  of  attack  or  defence,  and  when  to  pursue  an  en- 
tirely different  one,  and  perhaps  strike  Avith  all  the  might  for  the 
goal;  what  part  good  generalship  plays  in  winning  contests;  how 
\\\\xc\\  esp)'it  de  co7'ps  on  the  field  affects  the  game;  in  fact,  what  are 
the  winning  factors  in  foot  ball.  Out  of  it,  the  wise  coach,  the  one 
who  could  feel  its  content,  would  be  able  to  get  the  secret  for  de- 
veloping successful  teams. 

The  striking  advance  made  in  last  year's  play  in  the  West  was  the 
development  of  the  defensive  game.  No  other  year  has  found  so 
many  teams  with  such  a  strong  defence.  Michigan  and  Chicago 
were  far  in  advance  of  anything  they  had  done  before  in  this  respect, 
while  Wisconsin  seemed  to  be  quite  as  good  as  she  was  last  year. 
In  fact,  the  defence  of  all  three  of  these  teams  on  Thanksgiving  day 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  153 

approached  very  nearly  to  the  best  play  of  the  Eastern  teams.  I 
should  not  at  that  time  have  been  afraid  to  have  risked  any  one  of 
them  against  the  very  best,  not  excluding  Harvard  or  Pennsylvania. 
Up  to  the  first  week  of  November  there  were  still  weak  spots  to  be 
found  in  each  of  their  lines,  but  after  the  middle  of  that  month,  only 
by  the  hardest  kind  of  offensive  play,  was  any  advance  to  be  made 
against  these  teams. 

One  other  feature  characterized  Western  foot  ball  last  season.  It 
was  scarcely  less  noticeable  than  the  improvement  in  the  defence. 
Nearly  all  of  the  teams  developed  a  very  fair  kicking  game.  Chicago 
and  Wisconsin  easily  led  the  others;  however,  Herschberger  and 
O'Dea  being  in  a  class  wholly  by  themselves  among  the  full-backs  of 
the  country. 

The  general  development  of  the  kicking  game  throughout  the  West 
was  unquestionably  due  to  the  fact  that  in  1897  the  two  leading  teams, 
notably  Wisconsin  and  Chicago,  had  secured  a  great  advantage  over 
any  of  their  rivals  in  this  particular,  and  certain  games  were  said  to 
have  been  won  solely  on  the  good  kicking  abilities  of  O'Dea  and 
Herschberger.  In  order  to  remedy  this  weakness,  the  other  teams 
who  were  brought  into  competition  with  these  colleges  early  in  the 
spring  introduced  a  series  of  kicking  contests  in  order  to  bring  out 
and  develop  material  for  that  important  position.  Michigan  and 
Northwestern  gave  the  most  attention  to  this  work,  their  experience 
against  Chicago  making  them  feel  their  need  most  keenly. 

A  summary  of  the  foot  ball  season  of  1898  would  include  something 
of  the  history  and  policy  of  the  various  institutions  of  the  West.  Min- 
nesota, after  two  years'  experience  with  a  Yale  coach,  determined  on 
trying  a  new  man  and  a  new  system.  Minds,  the  captain  and  star  player 
of  the  Pennsylvania  team  of  1897  was  secured,  and  a  complete  change 
in  the  system  of  play  inaugurated.  It  was  thought  in  view  of  the  suc- 
cess of  the  Pennsylvania  play  in  the  East,  that  by  bringing  a  strong 
player  who  had  been  thoroughly  instilled  in  this  system  and  knew  it 
from  A  to  Z,  that  great  results  would  be  accomplished.  It  was, 
therefore,  with  the  greatest  expectation  that  the  foot  ball  players  of 
Minnesota  started  on  the  season  of  1898,  but,  as  the  record  shows, 
the  change  was  not  a  success,  at  least  for  this  year,  and  Minnesota 
failed  to   secure  the   place    which   they  had   expected  and  coveted. 


1 64 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


Her  record  of  the  last  two  years  is  much  inferior  to  that  of  former 
years,  when  Minnesota,  along  with  Purdue,  stood  supreme  in  Western 
foot  ball. 

Northwestern,  after  a  poor  season  in  1897,  concluded  to  abandon 
its  policy  of  using  an  alumnus  as  coach,  and  bent  every  energy  toward 
getting  a  strong  man  from  the  East.  They  secured  Bannard,  Prince- 
ton's former  half-back,  for  their  coach,  and  started  in  with  great 
enthusiasm  and  expectations.  The  result  has  been  a  series  of  ups 
and  downs,  showing  genuine  merit  and  development  in  certain  games 
and  extremely  bad  form  in  others;  though  with  the  exception  of  the 
Michigan  game,  in  which  Northwestern  played  magnificently,  and 
fully  demonstrated  the  team's  possibilities  when  under  the  right  in- 
spiration, she  did  not  play  a  consistently  strong  game. 

Illinois  retained  Smith  of  Princeton  as  an  assistant  to  coach  Huff, 
and  held  to  much  the  same  system  of  play  which  she  had  developed 
in  the  previous  year,  however,  with  less  success,  especially  in  the 
early  part  of  the  season.  Her  misfortune  in  losing  Smith's  help  on 
account  of  sickness,  and  in  being  obliged  to  break  in  a  lot  of  new 
men,  was  partly  accountable  for  her  poor  showing.  Towards  the  last 
of  the  season,  however,  she  got  her  offensive  play  in  good  working 
order  and  played  a  very  fair  game.  But,  like  the  preceding  year, 
her  defensive  work  was  not  sufficiently  strong  to  prevent  her  oppo- 
nents from  scoring. 

After  employing  Eastern  experts  for  several  years,  the  last  two  of 
which  were  disastrous,  Purdue  decided  upon  introducing  a  system  of 
graduate  coaches.  The  result  has  been  sufficiently  satisfactory  to 
warrant  the  innovation.  The  team,  although  composed  of  green 
material,  showed  steady  progress  throughout,  the  season.  The  aim  of 
Mr.  Jamieson  and  his  assistants  w:'s,  so  far  as  possible,  to  select  a 
mass  of  crude  material  from  the  lower  classes  with  the  idea  of  train- 
ing and  developing  them  for  future  years,  a  principle  which  is  bound 
to  show  good  results. 

Wisconsin  retained  King,  of  Princeton  fame,  and  placed  upon  him 
the  hardest  task  which  he  had  yet  had  in  his  career  at  that  institution, 
by  asking  him  to  develop  a  team  out  of  almost  wholly  new  material. 
He  did  his  work  so  well  that  Wisconsin  fairly  earned  its  place  of  stand- 
ing third  in  a  class  composed  of  Michigan,  Chicago  and  Wisconsin. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  j^- 

Chicago,  as  it  proved,  had  three  goals  to  reach  :  to  make  a  good 
showing  against  Pennsylvania;  to  defeat  Wisconsin,  and  to  win  the 
championship  on  Thanksgiving  day.  In  planning  her  season,  these 
three  points  had  to  be  considered;  but  the  last  one  did  not  take  on  at 
first  the  decisive  importance  which  the  accidents  of  the  season  gave 
to  it  eventually.  In  two  of  these  she  accomplished  her  purpose.  In 
the  third  she  was  doomed  to  disappointment,  but  only  after  the  most 
spectacular  and  most  determined  contest  Michigan  and  Chicago  have 
ever  played. 

Michigan  continued  its  policy  of  the  previous  year,  in  using  gradu- 
ate coaches,  securing  Hall,  of  the  '96  team  for  the  rush  line,  and 
Ferbert,  the  head  coach  of  the  season  of  1897,  for  the  backs.  Her 
schedule  was  a  progressive  one,  using  the  smaller  colleges  during  the 
whole  of  October  for  the  purpose  of  threshing  out  her  large  mass  of 
material  before  taking  up  the  harder  games  of  November.  Michigan's 
one  fixed  purpose  was  to  beat  Chicago,  and  her  system  of  play  was 
modelled  from  the  beginning  with  that  end  in  view.  In  this,  she 
accomplished  her  work,  and  with  it  brought  the  Maize  and  Blue  into 
the  foremost  position  of  the  season. 

The  season  of  1898  was  unquestionably  a  championship  season. 
No  one  can  dispute  Michigan's  right  to  first  honors.  It  was  an  acci- 
dent of  the  season  that  the  cleavage  between  the  strong  and  the  weak 
teams  of  the  big  seven  universities  placed  the  superior  teams  in 
minority,  so  that  there  were  fewer  elevens  who  by  their  record  were 
in  the  championship  class.  It  was  also  an  accident  of  the  season 
that  when  the  decisive  game  between  Michigan  and  Chicago  took 
place,  all  of  the  teams  which  might  be  considered  as  having  a  claim 
for  championship  honors  had  either  been  defeated  by  one  or  the  other 
of  these  teams,  or  had  been  put  out  of  the  race  by  some  eleven  which 
had  itself  fallen  before  the  leaders. 

It  is  not  possible  to  give  adequate  comment  on  the  records  of  the 
large  number  of  smaller  colleges  and  universities  of  the  West.  Many 
of  them  are  playing  splendid  foot  ball,  and  are  worthy  of  the  highest 
praise  for  developing  the  game,  oftentimes  under  very  adverse  cir- 
cumstances. The  work  of  Beloit,  Grinnell  and  Ames  College  has 
been  for  the  past  three  years  or  more  of  a  uniformly  high  grade.  Of 
large  institutions  not  already  mentioned,  Oberlin,  has  put  up  a  con- 


l66  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

sistently  strong  game  for  several  years.  Her  team  has  not  met  the 
strongest  Western  teams,  but  her  record  against  Cornell,  Purdue  and 
Cincinnati  entitles  her  to  a  high  position.  Drake  University  and  the 
University  of  Cincinnati  have  also  been  making  a  steady  rise  toward 
first  grade  foot  ball.  The  fact  that  Oberlin  was  beaten  only  6  to  o  by 
Cornell,  and  that  Cincinnati  defeated  Dartmouth  so  handily,  gives 
some  idea  of  the  general  strength  of  the  Western  teams.  Notre 
Dame,  by  defeating  Illinois  in  the  early  part  of  the  season,  gained 
favorable  prominence,  but  her  later  work  would  not  justify  a  high 
ranking.  Nebraska  again  won  the  championship  of  the  league  com- 
posed of  the  State  universitieSi  of  Missouri,  Kansas  and  Nebraska. 
This  league  has  done  a  vast  deal  for  the  development  of  foot  ball 
beyond  the  Mississippi  River.  It  is  worthy  of  comment  that  Cali- 
fornia has  at  last  broken  the  chain  of  tie  games  or  Stanford  victories 
by  decisively  defeating  her  great  rival  (22  to  o)  on  Thanksgiving  day. 
Much  of  the  credit  of  this  accomplishment  seems  to  belong  to  Garrett 
Cochran,  the  ex-Princeton  captain. 


S' 


GRADUATE   MANAGERS 

By  Chas.  Baird, 
Graduate  Director  of  Athletics,  University  of  Michigan. 


T 


HE  rapid  growth  of  interest  in 
college  athletics  all  over  the 
country,  the  large  interests 
involved,  and  the  increased  import- 
ance of  the  departments  of  physical 
culture  at  the  leading  universities,  has 
demanded  that  the  management  of 
college  athletics  be  placed  on  a  more 
firm,  business-like  and  dignified  basis. 
Formerly  at  Eastern,  and  still  at  most 
of  the  Western  universities,  the  control 
of  the  athletic  policy  and  the  manage- 
ment of  the  teams  has  been  in  the 
hands  of  shifting,  irresponsible  per- 
sons, students  of  limited  experience  in  handling  men  and  money,  and 
it  is  due  to  this  fact  more  than  any  other  that  there  has  been  so  much 
wrangling  and  quarrelling  in  college  athletics.  To  remove  these 
troubles,  various  systems  have  been  adopted  by  a  number  of  the 
leading  universities,  most  all  of  which  have  sought  to  place  the  con- 
trolling authority  in  a  concentrated  and  continuous  management. 

Of  the  various  systems  adopted  at  the  larger  universities,  the  most 
popular  seems  to  be  that  of  the  "Graduate  Manager  System." 

Here  the  executive  power  in  business  matters,  and  the  general 
policy  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  some  alumnus,  usually  distinguished 
for  his  loyalty,  interest,  ability  and  experience  as  a  student  manager 
or  athlete.  This  system  has  been  formally  adopted  at  Harvard  and 
practically  exists  at  Yale,  where   Mr.  Walter  Camp  directs  the  ath- 

167 


l58  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

letics  through  the  student  managers.  At  Harvard,  the  graduate 
manager  is  a  salaried  officer,  chosen  for  three  years,  in  charge  of  the 
entire  business  of  the  athletic  association.  At  Princeton  they  have 
a  salaried  Graduate  Treasurer  vi^ho  looks  after  the  funds  of  the  asso- 
ciation. 

In  many  respects  the  Pennsylvania  system  of  athletic  management 
is  the  best  in  the  country.  There  the  leading  ofhcers  of  the  athletic 
association  are  prominent  graduates,  and  each  of  the  different 
branches  of  athletics  is  controlled  by  a  committee  of  five,  directed  by 
a  graduate  chairman.  Mr.  John  Bell,  the  chairman  of  the  foot  ball 
committee,  has  held  that  position  for  years,  and  it  is  largely  due  to  his 
wise  direction  that  Pennsylvania  has  reached  the  high  rank  in  foot 
ball  which  she  now  holds. 

In  the  West,  Chicago  University  first  realized  the  advantages  of 
the  concentration  of  authority  and  a  continuous  policy.  From  the 
foundation  of  the  university,  Mr.  Stagg  has  been  director  of  physical 
culture,  with  complete  control  and  management  of  the  athletic  teams. 
"With  the  knowledge  and  skill  of  experience,  and  by  holding  to  a 
settled  policy,  he  has  had  an  immense  advantage  over  rival  institu- 
tions, where  the  management  of  the  teams  has  been  in  the  hands  of 
shifting  students,  and  by  his  ability  he  has  brought  the  new  univer- 
sity to  the  first  ranK  in  athletics. 

In  1898,  Michigan  formally  placed  the  management  of  her  athletics 
in  the  hands  of  a  graduate  director.  As  an  officer  of  the  athletic  asso- 
ciation, subject  to  the  control  of  the  board  of  directors,  he  has  the 
entire  direction  of  the  management  of  the  teams,  the  making  of 
schedules,  the  selection  of  coaches  and  outlining  of  policy,  etc. 
However,  as  far  as  possible,  the  execution  of  business  is  placed  in  the 
hands  of  students  who  hold  honorary  positions  as  associate  managers 
and  officers  of  the  association.  The  aim  of  the  system  is  to  have 
student  participation  in  the  direction  of  affairs  as  far  as  consistent 
with  sound  business  management. 

At  Illinois,  Mr.  Huff,  the  head  coach  of  athletic  teams,  has  exer- 
cised the  influence  of  a  graduate  manager,  and  has  done  much  to 
strengthen  the  standing  of  his  university  in  athletics.  Northwestern 
has  recognized  the  value  of  concentrated  and  experienced  manage- 
ment,  and    under    Dr.   Hollister's    control,    improvement    is    already 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  I5g 

manifest.  Oberlin  and  Purdue  have  graduate  managers  and  begin- 
ning  this  year,  Wisconsin  athletics  will  be  managed  in  the  same  way. 

At  Madison,  the  athletic  association  has  always  had  able  assistance 
from  local  alumni  and  citizens,  which  has  greatly  strengthened  the 
business  management  of  the  team. 

The  advantages  of  the  graduate  system  are  manifold.  The  manage- 
ment of  college  athletics  requires  ability  and  experience  as  in  other 
lines  of  business.  The  annual  receipts  and  expenditures  for  the  trans- 
action of  the  business  of  the  athletic  association  at  several  of  the 
larger  institutions  approximates  the  sum  of  one  hundred  thousand 
dollars,  and  scores  of  the  smaller  colleges  spend  at  least  ten  thousand 
dollars. 

While  good  financial  management  is  essential  to  the  successful  de- 
velopment of  a  strong  athletic  system,  yet  it  must  be  remembered 
that  finances  are  but  an  incident  and  not  the  end  of  college  athletics. 
Of  greater  importance  is  the  realization  of  the  value  of  a  sound  moral 
and  ethical  policy.  The  value  of  a  reputation  for  honesty,  fairness 
and  courtesy  in  dealing  with  other  universities,  is  much  more  fully 
realized  by  one  who  has  been  in  charge  of  affairs  for  several  years, 
than  by  a  manager  elected  for  one  or  two  seasons  only.  Again  the 
success  on  the  field  of  athletic  teams  depends  chiefly  upon  the  manner 
in  which  they  are  coached,  trained  and  inspired  to  work.  In  other 
words,  athletic  success  is  a  question  of  successful  development,  and 
not  of  natural  ability.  Here  experience  is  the  chief  factor,  and  the 
old  manager  has  an  immense  advantage  in  directing  the  work  of  his 
team. 

These  and  other  apparent  advantages,  and  the  uniform  success 
attending  upon  the  athletic  efforts  of  those  institutions  where  a  con- 
tinuous policy  is  in  effect  will  probably  lead  to  the  adoption  in  the 
near  future  ^f  the  graduate  system  at  those  colleges  where  it  does  not 
now  exi<^*^. 


FOOT  BALL  COACHING  IN  THE 
MIDDLE  WEST 

By  George  A.  Huff,  Jr.,  University  of  Illinois;. 


C 


CACHING  began  in  this  section 
when  foot  ball  developed  from 
a  college  pastime  into  an  inter- 
collegiate sport.     It  is  reasonably  safe 
to  say  this  change  in  general  was  made 
in  the  Fall  of  1891.     In   1892  regular 
schedules    were    prepared.       Through 
'92,   '93,  '94  and  '95,   no  more  than  a 
single  coach  was  employed  at  any  one 
time  at  any  of  the  colleges.    F^ach  year 
witnessed  improvement  in  play,  and  in 
1895   some    really  first-class    foot   ball 
was  played.     In  this  year,  for  the  first 
time,  defence  was  put  on  a  par  with 
offence.     This  was  perhaps  not  so  much  due  to  increased  efficiency  in 
coaching  as  to  the  personnel  of  the  teams  of  that  year,  for  they  were 
largely  composed  of  players  of  at  least  three  years'  experience. 

Previous  to  this  year  no  regular  or  distinct  coaching  systems  could 
be  said  to  have  existed.  True,  Purdue  had  each  year  employed  as 
coaches,  Princeton  graduates;  Minnesota  had  Yale  men  and  Chicago 
had  never  had  any  one  but  Mr.  Stagg,  but  the  other  institutions  had 
employed  men  according  to  the  state  of  their  respective  athletic  asso- 
ciation treasuries,  and  according  to  the  relative  degree  of  success  of 
the  Yale,  Princeton,  Harvard  and  Pennsylvania  teams  in  the  East. 
Thus,  if  in  '93  Yale  had  a  so-called  "champion"  team,  Yale  coaches 
would  be  in  great  demand  in  'g^. 


I7< 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


171 


Beginning  with  1896,  a  season  when  untried  material  took  the 
places  of  the  veteran  teams  of  the  preceding  year,  it  seems  to  have 
been  generally  recognized  that  a  single  coach  could  not  keep  the  ad- 
vancing standard  of  play  to  that  point  where  it  was  necessary  to  bring 
it  in  order  to  insure  success.  Thus,  Michigan  engaged  Ward  as  well 
as  McCauley,  Chicago  had  the  services  of  both  Aliens  and  Illinois  in- 
creased its  force  by  the  addition  of  Fairchild  of  Harvard  and  Randall 
of  Dartmouth,  and  ever  since  this  year  several  coaches  have  done  the 
work  that  one  formerly  did. 

Chicago  has  adhered  to  the  policy  of  having  no  assistant  coaches 
except  those  who  as  players  have  had  training  under  Mr.  Stagg. 
Michigan  retains  now  none  but  former  students.  Wisconsin  for  three 
years  past  has  been  fortunate  in  having  the  services  of  Mr.  King,  the 
noted  Princeton  player,  but  his  assistants  have  been  limited  to  Wis- 
consin alumni.  Illinois  has  had  for  the  past  two  years,  besides  the 
head  coach  and  alumni,  the  benefit  of  the  coaching  of  Mr.  Smith, 
another  Princeton  man.  Minnesota  has  changed  from  a  Yale  to  a 
Pennsylvania  coach,  and  the  Trans-Mississippi  colleges  have  for  the 
past  three  years  inclined  largely  to  the  Pennsylvanians.  Naturally, 
the  "  guards  back  "  play  has  been  a  feature  of  that  game.  North- 
western, from  now  on  apparently,  will  have  Dr.  Hollister,  another 
University  of  Pennsylvania  man,  as  its  head  coach,  and  for  assistants 
will  depend  upon  alumni.  Purdue,  like  Michigan,  has  adopted  the 
alumni  system  in  its  entirety. 

In  general,  then,  we  may  say,  the  trend  has  been  toward  alumni 
coaching.  Where  the  purely  alumni  system  is  not  in  use  the  idea 
seems  to  be  to  obtain  the  permanent  services  of  a  man  of  known 
ability  for  head  coach,  and  employing  alumni  as  his  assistants.  This 
is  tending  to  produce,  and  I  think  will  in  time  produce,  distinct  types 
of  play.  At  present,  a  decided  similarity  of  play,  perhaps  due  to  the 
infusion  of  Princeton  ideas,  is  noticeable  at  Wisconsin  and  Illinois. 
In  passing,  it  may  be  remarked  that  these  teams,  together  with 
Michigan,  lead  the  others  in  strength  of  defence,  according  to  pub- 
lished records.  Michigan,  perhaps,  more  than  any  other  Western 
team,  has  developed  a  distinctive  game,  the  most  noticeable  feature 
possible  being  the  arrangement  of  the  line  of  defence,  where  the  half- 
backs are  played  between   the  guards  and  tackles.     Chicago's  game 


172  SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

has  not  been  regularly  characterized  by  any  distinctive  system. 
Startling  innovations  have  at  times  been  introduced  in  its  game,  but 
have  not  been  incorporated  into  a  regular  system  of  play.  The  kick- 
ing ability  of  Herschberger  has  been  utilized  to  advantage,  and  the 
place-kick  developed  further  than  at  any  other  institution. 

It  cannot  be  said  that  the  Central  West,  as  a  whole,  has  developed 
a  distinctive  game.  The  direct  pass  from  the  snapper-back  to  the 
full-back  originated  here,  and  the  place-kick  for  goal  has  been  more 
developed  here  than  elsewhere. 

In  common  with  all  other  parts  of  the  country  where  the  game  is 
much  played,  we  have  been  affected  by  the  demand  for  a  more  open 
game,  a  game  where  kicking  and  running  shall  take  the  place  of 
mass-playing.  We  have  assisted  in  framing  rules  to  accomplish  this, 
and  the  result  has  been  to  make  the  game  more  enjoyable  from  a 
spectator's  point  of  view,  but  I  seriously  question  whether  the  danger 
of  injury  has  been  thereby  decreased. 

A  step  in  the  right  direction  has  been  made  in  the  employment  of 
regular  trainers,  A  few  years  ago  the  coach  was  also  a  trainer.  The 
separation  of  the  duties  of  the  latter  from  those  of  the  former  will 
undoubtedly  produce  better  results.  We  have  only  just  begun  to 
appreciate  the  value  of  a  good  trainer,  and  whatever  advance  may  be 
made  in  the  future  in  the  standard  of  play  will  be  brought  about,  in 
no  small  deg  ee,  by  the  increased  attention  directed  towards  perfect- 
ing the  physical  condition  of  the  men  that  compose  the  teams. 


e^ 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  1 73 


FOOTBALLRULES 

Copyrighted,  iSgS,  by  American  Sports  Publishing  Co. 

EaUIPMENT,  OFFICIALS,  ETC. 
Rule  L 

{a)  The  game  shall  be  played  upon  a  Field, 
rectangular  field,  330  feet  in  length  and 
160  feet  in  width,  enclosed  by  heavy 
white  lines  marked  in  lime  upon  the 
ground.  The  lines  at  the  two  ends  shall 
be  termed  goal  lines.  The  side  lines 
shall  extend  beyond  their  points  of  in- 
tersection with  the  goal  line.  The  goal 
shall  be  placed  in  the  middle  of  each  goal 
line,  and  shall  consist  of  two  upright 
posts  exceeding  20  feet  in  height  and 
placed  18  feet  6  inches  apart,  with  hori- 
zontal cross-bar  10  feet  from  the  ground. 

{h)   The  game  shall  be  played  by  two   Players, 
teams  of  eleven  men  each. 

{c)  The  officials  of  the  game  shall  be   Officials. 
a  referee,  an  umpire  and  a  linesman. 

NOTE — The  duties  of  each  official  are 
stated  in  Rule  29. 

{d)    The  foot   ball   used    shall   be   of  Ball, 
leather,  enclosing  an  inflated  rubber  blad- 


174 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


der.     The  ball  shall  have  the  shape  of  a  i{ 
prolate  spheroid.  "I 

NOTE — //  is  desirable  to  have  two 
stop-watches  and  two  whistles  for  the 
officials.  It  is  also  desirable  to  have  the 
field  marked  off  with  white  lines  every  m 
five  yards,  parallel  to  the  goal  line,  for 
measuring  the  five  yards  to  be  gained  in 
three  downs,  and  to  provide  two  light 
poles  about  six  feet  in  length  and  con- 
nected at  the  lower  ends  by  a  stout  cord 
or  chain  eocactly  five  yards  long. 

DEFINITION  OF  TERMS. 
Rule  2. 

{a)  A  Drop  Kick  is  made  by  letting 
the  ball  drop  from  the  hands  and  kicking 
it  the  instant  it  rises  from  the  ground. 

{b)  A  Place  Kick  is  made  by  kicking 
the  ball  after  it  has  been  placed  on  the 
ground. 

{c)  A  Punt  is  made  by  letting  the  ball 
drop  from  the  hands  and  kicking  it  before 
it  touches  the  ground. 
Kick  off.  (d)  A  Kick  Off  is  a  place  kick  from 
the  centre  of  the  field  of  play,  and  can- 
not score  a  goal.     (Rule  8.) 

{e)  A  Kick  Out  is  a  drop  kick,  place 
kick  or  punt  made  by  a  player  of  the 


Methods  of 
kicking  the  ball. 

Drop  kick. 

Place  kick. 

Tunt. 


Kick  out. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  T75 

side  which  has  made  a  safety  or  a  touch- 
back. 

(/)  A  Free  Kick  is  a  term  used  to  Free  kick. 
designate  any  kick  when  the  opponents 
are  restrained  by  rule  from   advancing 
beyond  a  c^^rtain  point. 

NOTE — Under  a  Free  Kick  are  in- 
cluded Kick  Off,  Kick  Out,  Punt-out 
{Rules  5  and  25) ;  Kick  from  a  Fair 
Catch  {Rule  y),  and  Place  Kick  for  Goal 
after  a  Touchdown  {Rules  4  a  and  2^). 
Any  player  of  the  side  having  the  Free 
Kick  may  put  the  ball  in  play. 
Rule  3» 

{a)  The  ball  is  Out  of  Bounds  when  Out  of  hounds. 
it  touches  the  ground  on  or  outside  the 
side  line  or  side  line  extended,  or  when 
any  part  of  the  player  who  hu!ds  the  ball 
touches  the  ground  on  or  outside  the 
side  line  or  side  line  extended. 

{b)  If  the  ball  is  kicked  so  that  it  goes 
out  of  bounds  before  crossing  the  oppo- 
nents' goal  line,  it  shall  belong  to  the 
opponents.  If,  however,  it  strikes  any 
player  who  is  on  side  and  then  goes  out 
of  bounds,  it  shall  belong  to  the  player 
who  first  obtains  possession  of  it. 
Rule  4. 

{a)  A  Touchdown  is  made  when  the   Touchdown, 
ball  in  possession  of  a  player  is  declared 


176  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

dead  by  the  Referee,  any  part  of  it  being 
en,  over  or  behind  the  opponents'  goal 
line. 

(b)  The  point  where  the  touchdown 
is  marked,  however,  is  not  where  the 
ball  is  carried  across  the  Hne,  but  where 
the  ball  is  fairly  held  or  called  ''down." 

NO  TE — If  the  ball  is  carried  across 
the  extension  of  the  side  line  it  is  at  once 
dead,  and  the  touchdown  is  marked  at 
the  point  where  the  side  line  crosses  the 
goal  line. 

Touchback.  {c)  A  Touchback  is  made  when  the 
ball  in  possession  of  a  player  guarding  his 
own  goal  is  declared  dead  by  the  Referee, 
any  part  of  it  being  on,  over  or  behind 
the  goal  line,  provided  the  impetus 
which  sent  it  to  or  across  the  line  was 
given  by  an  opponent. 
Safety.  (d)  A  Safety  is  made  when  the  ball  in 
the  possession  of  a  player  guarding  his 
own  goal  is  declared  dead  by  the  Referee, 
any  part  of  it  being  on,  over  or  behind 
the  goal  line,  provided  the  impetus  which 
caused  it  to  pass  from  outside  the  goal 
to  or  behind  the  goal  line  was  given  by 
the  side  defending  the  goal.  Such  im- 
petus could  come:  (i)  from  a  kick, 
pass,  snap-back  or  fumble;  (2)  from  a 
kick  which  bounded  back  from  an  oppo- 


I 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL   FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  1 77 

nent;  (3)  in  case  a  player  carrying  the 
ball  is  forced  back,  provided  the  ball 
was  not  declared  dead  by  the  Referee 
before  the  line  was  reached  or  crossed. 
Rule  5* 
A  Punt  Out  is  a  punt  made  by  a  player  Punt-out. 
of  the  side  which  has  made  a  touchdown 
to  another  of  his  own  side  for  a  fair  catch. 
(Rule  7.)  Rule  6. 

(a)  A   Scrimmage  takes   place   when  Scrimmage. 
the  holder  of  the  ball  places  it  upon  the 

ground  and  puts  it  in  play  by  kicking  it 
forward  or  snapping  it  back.  The  scrim- 
mage does  not  end  until  the  ball  is  again 
declared  dead. 

The  ball  is  always  put  in  play  from  a 
scrimmage,  except  in  cases  where  other 
specific  provision  is  made  by  the  rules. 

NO  TE — Snapping  the  ball  means  put- 
ting it  back  by  means  of  hand  or  foot 
with  one  quicJi  and  continuous  motion 
from  its  position  on  the  ground. 

(b)  If,  after  the  snapper-back  has  taken  Feint  to 

his  position,  he  should  voluntarily  move  Snap  the  ball, 
the  ball  as  if  to  snap  it,  whether  he  with- 
holds it  altogether  or  only  momentarily, 
the  ball  is  in  play,  and  the  scrimmage 
has  begun. 

{c)  When  snapping  the  ball  back,  the    Snapper-back 
player  so  doing  must  be  on  side,  the  off  side. 
hand  or  foot  used  in  snapping  the  ball 
excepted.     (Rule  10.) 


[78  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

Rule  ?♦ 

Fair  catch.  (a)  A  Fair  Catch  consists  in  catching 
the  ball  after  it  has  been  kicked  by  one 
of  the  opponents  and  before  it  touches 
the  ground,  or  in  similarly  catching  a 
punt-out  by  another  of  the  catcher's  own 
side,  provided  the  player,  while  making 
the  catch,  makes  a  mark  with  his  heel 
and  takes  not  more  than  one  step  there- 
after. It  is  not  a  fair  catch  if  the  ball, 
after  the  kick,  was  touched  by  another 
of  his  side  before  the  catch.  Opponents 
who  are  off  side  shall  not  interfere  in 
any  way  with  a  player  attempting  to 
make  a  fair  catch,  nor  shall  he  be  thrown 
to  the  ground  after  such  catch  is  made 
unless  he  has  advanced  beyond  his  mark. 
Putting  hall  in  {b)  If  a  side  obtains  a  fair  catch,  the 
play  after  fair  ball  must  be  put  in  play  by  a  punt,  drop 
catch,  kick  or  place  kick,  and  the  opponents' 
cannot  come  within  ten  yards  of  the  line 
on  which  the  fair  catch  was  made;  the 
ball  must  be  kicked  from  some  point 
directly  behind  the  spot  where  the  catch 
was  made,  on  a  line  parallel  to  the  side 
line. 

Rule  8« 

Goal.       A  Goal  is  made  by  kicking  the  ball  in 

any  way,   except  by  a  punt,   from  the 

field  of  play  over  the  cross-bar  of  the 

opponents'    goal.       If    the    ball    passes 


1 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL   FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  1 79 

directly   over    one    of   the   uprights    it 
counts  a  goal. 

NO  TE—lf  the  ball,  after  being  kicked, 
strikes  an  opponent  and  then  passes  over 
the  cross-bar,  it  still  counts  a  goal. 
Rule  9* 
Charging  is  rushing  forward  to  seize  .  Charging, 
or  block  the  ball  or  to  tackle  a  player. 
Rule  \0, 

(a)  In  a   scrimmage   no    part  of  any   Off  side. 
player  shall  be  ahead  of  the  ball  when 
it  is  put  in  play.     [Exception  under  Rule 
6,  c] 

NOTE — Ahead  of  the  ball  means  be- 
tween the  opponents'  goal  and  a  line  par- 
allel to  the  goal  line  and  passing  through 
the  centre  of  the  ball. 

ip)  A  player  is  put  off-side  if  the  ball   Player  put 
in  play  has  last  been  touched  by  one  of  off  side. 
his  own  side  behind  him.     No  player, 
when  off  side,  shall  touch  the  ball  ex-  Restrictions 
cept  on  a  fumble  or  a  muff,  nor  shall  he  when  off  side. 
interrupt  or  obstruct  an  opponent  with 
his  hands  or  arms  until  again  on  side.    Kicked  ball 
No  player  can,   however,  be  called  off  strikes  player 
side  behind  his  own  goal  line.  off  side. 

NOTE — If  a  player  is  ahead  of  the 
ball  when  it  is  kicked  by  another  of  his 
side,  he  is  off  side,  and  he  shall  not 
allow  the  ball  to  touch  him  until  again 


I^O  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

on  side.     Should  he  break  this  rule,  the 
hall  goes  to  opponents  on  the  spot. 
Player  off  side       {c)  A  player  being  off  side  is  put  on 
put  on  side,   side  when  the  ball  has  touched  an  oppo- 
nent, or  when   one  of  his  own  side  has 
run  in  front  of  him,  either  with  the  ball, 
or  having  been  the  last  player  to  touch 
it  when  behind  him. 
Ball  inside  ten       {d)  If  the  ball,  when  not  in  possession 
yard  line  of  either  side,  is  touched  when  inside 
touched  by  a  the  opponents'  ten  yard  line  by  a  player 
player  who  is  who  is  offside,    it  shall  go  as  a  touch- 
off  side,    back  to  the  defenders  of  that  goal. 

Rule  n» 
Ball  is  dead.       The  ball  is  Dead: 

(a)  Whenever  the  Referee  or  Umpire 
blows  his  whistle  or  declares  a  down. 

(b)  When  the  Referee  has  declared 
that  "a  down,  touchdown,  touchback, 
safety  or  goal  has  been  made. 

(c)  When  a  fair  catch  has  been  heeled. 

(d)  When  it  has  been  downed  after 
going  out  of  bounds. 

NOTE— {a)  Should  the  ball  strike  an 
official  it  is  not  regarded  as  dead,  but 
play  continues  exactly  as  if  the  ball  had 
not  touched  him. 

(b)  No  play  can  be  made  when  the  ball 
is  dead,  except  to  put  it  in  play  accord- 
ing to  rule. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  igl 

Rule  \2. 

(a)  The  length  of  the  game  shall  be  Length  of  game. 
70  minutes,  divided  into  two  halves  of 
35  minutes  each,  exclusive  of  time  taken 
out.     There  shall  be  ten  minutes  inter- 
mission between  the  two  halves. 

NOTE — The  game  may  be  of  shorter 
duration  by  mutual  agreement  between 
the  captains  of  the  contesting  teams. 

Whenever  the  commencement  of  a  game  Darkness, 
is  so  late  that,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Referee,  there  is  any  likelihood  of  the 
game  being  interfered  with  by  darkness, 
he  shall,  before  play  begins,  arbitrarily 
shorten  the  two  halves  to  such  length  as 
shall  insure  two  equal  halves  being  com- 
pleted, and  shall  notify  both  captains  of 
the  exact  time  thus  set.  Either  side  re- 
fusing to  abide  by  the  opinion  of  the 
Referee  on  this  point  shall  forfeit  the 
game. 

{b)  The  game  shall  be  decided  by  the  Final  score. 
final  score  at  the  end  of  the  two  halves. 

(c)  Time   shall   not  be  called  for  the   Time  called  at 
end  of  a  half  until  the  ball  is  dead,  and  end  of  a  half. 
in  case  of  a  touchdown,  the  try-at-goal 
shall  be  allowed. 

{d)  Time  shall  be  taken  out  whenever    Time  taken  out. 
the   game   is   unnecessarily   delayed  or 
while  the  ball  is  being  brought  out  for  a 


l82  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

try-at-goal,    kick    out   or  kick    off,    or 
when  play  is  for  any  reason  suspended 
by  the  Referee  or  Umpire.     Time  shall 
begin  again  when  the  ball  is  actually  put 
in  play. 
Time  not  taken       NOTE— Time  is  not  to  be  taken  out 
out  zvhen  ball  when  the  ball  goes  out  of  bounds',  except 
out  of  bounds,   in  case  of  unreasonable  delay  in  return- 
ing the  ball  to  play. 
No  delay       (e)  No  delay  arising  from  any  cause 
longer  than  whatsoever  shall    continue   more    than 
two  minutes,   two  minutes. 

Rule  \Z* 
Beginning  of       (^)  The  captains  shall  ''toss  up"  be- 
game  and  of  fore  the  beginning  of  the  game,  and  the 
second  half,    winner  of  the  toss  shall  have  his  choice 
of  goal  or  kick  off.     The  ball  shall  be 
kicked  off  at  the  beginning  of  each  half. 
Whenever  a  goal,    following   a  touch- 
down, has  been  tried  (Rules  24  and  25), 
or  a  goal  from  the  field  has  been  kicked 
(Rules  8  and  26),  the  side  defending  that 
goal   shall   kick   off.      The   teams   shall 
change   goals   at   the  beginning  of  the 
second  half.     The  same  side  shall  not 
kick  off  at  the  beginning  of  two  succes- 
sive halves. 
Ball  kicked  out       (b)  At  kick  off,  if  the  ball  goes  out  of 
of  bounds  at  bounds  before  it  is  touched  by  an  oppo- 
kick  off.   nent,  it  shall  be  brought  back  and  kicked 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL   FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  I83 

off  again.  If  it  is  kicked  out  of  bounds 
a  second  time  it  shall  go  as  a  kick  off  to 
the  opponents.  If  either  side  thus  for- 
feits the  ball  twice,  it  shall  go  to  the 
opponents  who  shall  put  it  in  play  by  a 
scrimmage  at  the  centre  of  the  field. 

(c)  At  kick  off,  if  the  ball  is  kicked  Ball  kicked 
across  the  goal  line  and  is  there  declared  across  goal  line 
dead  when  in  the  possession  of  one  of  at  kick  off. 
the  side  defending  the  goal,  it  is  a  touch- 
back.     If  it  is  declared  dead  thus  in  pos- 
session  of  the   attacking  side,    it   is   a 
touchdown. 

{d)  At  kick  off  and  on  a  kick  from  a  Position  of 
fair  catch,  the  opposite  side  must  stand  opponents  at 
at  least  ten  yards  in  front  of  the  ball  until  kick  out  and 
it  is  kicked.     On  a  kick-out,  the  oppo-  kick  from  fair 
site  side  cannot  stand  nearer  the  goal  catcli. 
than  the  25-yard  line,  except  on  a  kick 
out  made  after  a  drop  kick  upon  the  first 
down  inside  the  25-yard  line,  when  the 
10-yard    line   is  the  restraining  mark. 
[See  Rule  23,  exception.] 

Rule  J4. 
{a)  The  side  which  has  a  free   kick  Position  on 
must  be  behind  the  ball  when    it    is  free  kick, 

kicked. 

j^OTE— Otherwise,  the  kick  must  be 
made  again  under  conditions  laid  down 
in  Penalties — E, 


I8^  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL   GUIDE. 

Must  hick  ball  (b)  In  the  case  of  a  kick  off,  kick  out, 
ten  yards,  or  kick  from  a  fair  catch,  the  bail  must 
be  kicked  a  distance  of  at  least  ten  yards 
towards  the  opponents'  goal  from  the 
line  restraining  the  player  making  the 
kick,  unless  it  is  stopped  by  an  oppo- 
nent; otherwise  the  ball  is  not  in  play. 

Rule  \S* 
Lawful       (a)  Charging  is  lawful,  in  case  of  a 
charging,   punt  out  or  kick  off,  as  soon  as  the  ball 
is  kicked;  and  the  opponents  must  not 
charge  until  the  ball  is  kicked. 
Ball  touching       (b)     In  case  of  any  other  free   kick, 
the  ground  by  charging  is  lawful  :  (i)  When  the  player 
accident,   of  the  side  having  the  free  kick  advances 
beyond  his  restraining  line  or  mark  with 
the   ball  in  his  possession;     (2)   When 
he  has   allowed   the  ball  to   touch    the 
ground  by  accident  or  otherwise. 
After  lawful       {c)  If  such  lawful  charging  takes  place, 
charging  ball  and  if  the  side  having  the  free  kick  fails 
must  be  kicked,   to  kick    the   ball,  then   the   opponents 
may  line  up  five  yards  ahead  of  the  line 
which  restrained  them  before  charging. 
In  that  case,   the  side  having   the   free 
kick  must  kick  the  ball  from  some  point 
directly    behind    its    mark,    if   the  free 
kick  resulted  from  a  fair  catch,  and  in 
other  cases   from   behind   the   new   re- 
straining line. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  I85 

EXCEPTION— If,  in  case  of  a  try-at- 
goal,  after  a  touchdown,  the  hall  is  not 
kicked,  after  having  been  allowed  to  touch 
the  ground  once,  no  second  attempt  shall 
be  permitted,  and  the  ball  shall  be  kicked 
off  at  the  centre  of  the  field.      {Rule  ij.) 


Rule  t6* 

(a)  The   snapper-back   is   entitled   to  No  interference 

full  and  undisturbed  possession  of  the  with  snapper- 

ball.  The  opponents  must  neither  inter-  back. 
fere  with  the  snapper-back   nor  touch 
the  ball  until  it  is  actually  put  in  play. 

{b)  In  snapping  the  ball  back,  if  the  Snapper-back 

player  so  doing  is  off  side,  the  ball  must  off  side. 
be   snapped   again,    and   if  this  occurs 
once  more  on  the  same  down  the  ball 
shall  go  to  the  opponents. 

{c)  The  man  who  snaps  back  and  the  Snapper-back 

man   opposite   him   in    the    scrimmage  and  player  oppo- 

cannot  afterward  touch  the  ball  until  it  site  restrained 

has    touched    some   player  other  than  from  touching 

these  two.  the  ball. 

(d)  If  the  man  who  puts  the  ball  in  Restrictions 

play  in  a  scrimmage  kicks  it  forward,  when  ball  is  put 

no  player  of  his  side  can  touch  it  until  it  in  play  by  kick 

has  gone  ten  yards  into  the  opponents'  forward. 
territory,   unless   it   be   touched   by   an 
opponent. 


l86  SPALDING'S  'OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

Advance  of  ball       (e)  The  man  who  first   receives  the 

by  player  first  ball  when  it  is  snapped  back  shall  not 

receiving  it  carry  the  ball  forward  beyond  the  line  of 

from  snapper-  scrimmage   unless   he   has    regained    it 

bach,   after   it   has   been    passed    to    and   has 

touched  another  player. 

Rule  M. 

No  interference       {a)  Before  the  ball  is  put  in  play  no 

with  opponents  player  shall  lay  his  hands  upon,  or  by 

before  ball  the  use  of  his  hands  or  arms,  interfere 

is  in  play,   with  an  opponent  in  such  a  way  as  to 

delay  putting  the  ball  in  play. 

No  use  of  hands       (b)  After  the  ball  is  put  in  play,  the 

or  arms  by  players  of  the  side  that  has  possession  of 

attacking  side,   the   ball   may   obstruct   the    opponents 

with  the  body  only,  except  the  player 

running  with  the  ball,  who  may  use  his 

hands  and  arms. 

Defending  side       (c)  The  players  of  the  side  not  having 

may  use  hands  the  ball  may  use  their  hands  and  arms, 

and  arms,   but  only  to  get  their  opponents  out  of 

the  way  in  order  to  reach  the  ball   or 

stop  the  player  carrying  it. 

Rule  \Z. 

Movement      (a)  Before  the  ball  is  put  in  play  in  a 

allowed  before  scrimmage,    if  any   player  of  the   side 

ball  put  in  play,   which  has  the  ball  takes  more  than  one 

step  in  any  direction,  he  must  come  to 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  187 

a  full  stop  before  the  ball  is  put  in  play. 

EXCEPTION— One  man  of  the  side 
having  the  ball  may  be  in  motion  towards 
his  own  goal  without  coming  to  a  stop 
before  the  ball  is  put  in  play'. 

When  the  ball  is  put  in  play  by  a 
scrimmage: 

(^)  At  least   five  players  of  the  side  Five  players  on 
having  the  ball  must  be  on  the  line  of  line  of 
scrimmage.  scrimmage. 

{c)  If  five  players,  not  including  the  Position  of  other 
quarter  back,  are  behind  the  line  of  scrim-  players. 
mage  and  inside  of  the  positions  occu- 
pied by  the  players  at  the  ends  of  said 
line,  then  two  of  these  players  must  be 
at  least  five  yards  back  of  this  line,  but 
all  of  these  players  may  be  nearer  than 
five  yards  to  the  line  of  scrimmage  if 
two  of  them  are  outside  (and  this  means 
both  feet  outside  the  outside  foot  of  the 
next  player)  the  positions  occupied  by 
the  players  at  the  ends  of  said  line. 

Rule  \9. 

A  player  may  throw,  pass  or  bat  the    Throwing,  pass- 
ball  in  any  direction  except  toward  his  ing  or  batting 
opponents'  goal.  the  ball. 

Rule  20, 

(a)  If   a    player    having  the    ball   is  A  down. 
tackled,  and  the  movement  of  the  ball 


i88 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


No  piling  up 
on  player. 


Necessary  gain 

or  loss  in 

three  downs. 


'Consecutive'' 
downs. 


Kicked  ball 
must  go  beyond 
line  of  scrim- 
mage. 


stopped,  or  if  the  player  cries  "down," 
the  Referee  shall  blow  his  whistle,  and 
the  side  holding  the  ball  shall  put  it 
down  for  a  scrimmage. 

(b)  As  soon  as  a  runner  attempting  to 
go  through  is  tackled  and  goes  down., 
being  held  by  an  opponent,  or  when- 
ever a  runner  having  the  ball  in  his  pos- 
session cries  ''down,"  or  if  he  goes  out 
of  bounds,  the  Referee  shall  blow  his 
whistle  and  the  ball  shall  be  considered 
down  at  that  spot. 

{c)  There  shall  be  no  piling  up  on  the 
player  after  the  Referee  has  declared  the 
ball  dead. 

Rule  2\. 

(a)  If,  in  three  consecutive  downs 
(unless  the  ball  crosses  the  goal  line),  a 
team  has  neither  advanced  the  ball  five 
yards  nor  taken  it  back  twenty  yards,  it 
shall  go  to  the  opponents  on  the  spot  of 
the  fourth  down. 

NOTE — '"Consecutive"  means  with- 
out going  out  of  the  possession  of  the  side 
holding  it,  except  that  by  having  kicked 
the  ball  they  have  given  their  opponeiits 
fair  and  equal  chance  of  gaining  posses- 
sion of  it.  No  kick,  however,  provided 
it  is  not  stopped  by  an  opponent,  is  re- 
garded as  giving  the  opponents  fair  and 


[ 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL   GUIDE.  189 

equal  chance  of  possession  unless  the  ball 
goes  beyond  the  line  of  scrimmage. 

(b)  When  a  distance  penalty  is  given,  First  down  after 
the  ensuing  down  shall  be  counted  the  distance  penalty. 
first  down. 

Rule  22. 

If  the  ball  goes  out  of  bounds,  whether  Putting  ball  in 
it  bounds  back  or  not,  a  player  of  the  play  from  out  of 
side  which  secures  it  must  bring  it  to  bounds. 
the  spot  where  the  line  was  crossed,  and 
there  either: 

{a)  Touch  it  in  with  both  hands  at 
right  angles  to  the  side  line  and  then 
kick  it;  or 

{b)  Walk  out  with  it  at  right  angles 
to  the  side  line,  any  distance  not  less 
than  five  nor  more  than  fifteen  yards, 
and  there  put  it  down  for  a  scrimmage, 
first  declaring  how  far  he  intends  walk- 
ing. 

Rule  23. 

A  side  which  has  made  a  touchback  Kick  out  after 
or  a  safety  must  kick  out,  from  not  more  safety  or 
than    twenty -five    yards     outside    the  touchback. 
kicker's  goal.     If  the  ball  goes  out  of 
bounds    before    striking    a     player,    it 
must  be  kicked  out  again,   and  if  this 
occurs  twice  in  succession,   it  shall  be 
given  to  the  opponents  as  out  of  bounds 
on  the  twenty-five  yard  line  on  the  side 


IQO  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

Positions  of  where  it  went  out.     At  kick  out,   the 
opponents  at  opponents  must  be  on  the  twenty-five 
kick  out.   yard  Hne  or  nearer  their  own  goal,  and 
the  kicker's  side  must  be  behind  the  ball 
when   it   is   kicked.     Should   a   second 
If  second  touch-  touchback  occur  before  four  downs  have 
back  before  four  been  played,  the  side  defending  the  goal 
downs,   may  have  the  choice  of  a  down  at  the 
twenty-tlve  yard  line,  or  a  kick  out. 
After  drop  kick       EXCEPTION — Whenever  a  side  lias 
at  goal  on  first  tried  a  drop  kick  at  the  goal  upon  a  first 
down  inside  down  inside  the  twenty -five  yard  line  and 
twenty-five  the  result  has  heen  a  touchback,  the  ten 
yards,  kick  off  yard,  instead  of  the  twenty -five  yard  line 
from  ten  shall  determine  the  position  of  the  oppo- 
yard  line,  nents,  and  the  kicker's  side  must  be  be- 
hind the  ball  when  it  is  kicked. 

Rule  24. 

Try-at-goal       i^)  ^  side  which  has  made  a  touch- 
after  touch-  down  must  try  at  goal,  either  by  a  place 
down,   kick  or  a  punt-out. 

{b)  After  the  try-at-goal,  whether  the 
After  touch-  goal  be  made  or  missed,  the  ball  shall  go 
down,  defenders  as  a  kick  off  at  the  centre  of  the  field  to 
kick  off.  the  defenders  of  the  goal. 

Rule  25* 

Try-at-goal  by       {a)  If  the  try  be  by  a  place  kick,  a 

place  kick,   player  of  the  side  which  has  made  the 

touchdown  shall  hold  the  ball  for  another 


I 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL  FOOT    BALL   GUIDE.  jgi 

of  his  side  to  kick  at  some  point  outside 
the  goal  on  a  line  parallel  to  the  side  line 
passing  through  the  point  where  the 
touchdown  was  declared.  The  oppo- 
nents must  remain  behind  their  goal 
line  until  the  ball  has  been  placed  upon 
the  ground. 

(b)  If  the  try-at-goal  is  to  be  preceded  Punt  out  preced- 
by  a  punt-out,  the  punter  shall  kick  the  ing  tiy-at-goal. 
ball  from  the  point  at  which  the  line 
parallel  to  the  side  line,  and  passing 
through  the  spot  of  the  touchdown,  in- 
tersects the  goal  line.  The  players  of 
his  side  must  stand  in  the  field  of  play 
not  less  than  five  yards  from  the  goal 
line. 

{c)  The  opponents  may  line  up  any-  "Positions  of 
where  on  the  goal  line  except  within  the  players  at 
space  of  ten  feet   on  each  side   of  the  punt  out. 
punter's  mark,  but  they  cannot  interfere 
with  the  punter.     If  a  fair  catch  be  made 
from  a  punt-out,  the  mark  shall  serve  to 
determine  the  positions  as  the  mark  of 
any  fair  catch,  and  the  try-at-goal  shall 
then  be  made  by  a  place  kick  from  this 
spot,  or  any  point  directly  behind  it.     If 
a  fair   catch   be   not  made  on  the  first 
attempt  the  ball  shall  go  as  a  kick  off  at 
the  centre  of  the  field  to  the  defenders 
of  the  goal. 


192 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


Defending  side 
may  charge. 


Holder  of  ball 
may  be  off  side. 


NOTE — Since  the  defending  team  is 
on  side,  they  may,  of  course,  charge  as 
soon  as  the  ball  is  kicked  and  try  to  get 
the  ball  or  interfere  with  the  catch. 

(d)  The  holder  of  the  ball  in  any  place 
kick  may  be  off  side  or  out  of  bounds 
without  vitiating  the  kick. 


'J^&i 


Rule  26. 

Scoring.  The  following  shall  be  the  values  of 
plays  in  scoring:  Goal  obtained  by 
touchdown,  6  points;  goal  from  field 
kick,  5  points;  touchdown  failing  goal, 
5  points;  safety  by  opponents,  2  points. 
NOTE — The  6  points  is  inclusive  of 
the  5  points  for  touchdown ;  that  is, 
kicking  the  goal  adds  but  1  point. 

Rule  27. 

No  metallic  sub-       i^a)  No  one  having  projecting  nails  or 

stances  may  be  iron  plates  on  his  shoes  or  wearing  upon 

worn,   his  person  any  metallic  or  hard  substance 

that  in  the  judgrnent  of  the  umpire  is 

liable  to  injure  another  player,  shall  be 

allowed  to  play  in  a  match.     No  sticky 

or  greasy  substance  shall  be  used  on  the 

persons  of  the  players. 

Substitutes.       (b)  A  player  may  be  substituted  for 

another  at  any  time  at  the  discretion  of 

the  captain  of  his  team. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL   FOOT   BALL    GUIDE.  103 

(c)  There    shall    be    no   unnecessary   No  striking  or 
roughness,  throttling,  hacking  or  striking  unnecessary 
with  the  closed  fist,  roughness. 

(d)  A  player  who  has  been  replaced  by 
a  substitute  cannot  return  to  further  par- 
ticipation in  the  game. 

(e)  There  shall  be  no  unnecessary  de-   No  ttunecessary 
lay  of  the  game  by  either  team.  delay. 

(/)  There  shall  be  no  coaching,  either  No  coaching. 
by  substitutes  or  by  any  other  persons 
not  participating  in  the  game.  In  case 
of  an  accident  to  a  player,  but  one  official 
representative  shall  be  allowed  on  the 
field  of  play. 

{g)  There    shall    be    no  tripping    or  No  tripping  or 
tackling  below  the  knees.  tackling  below 


^ 


the  knees. 


PENALTIES. 
Rule  28. 
A  foul  is  any  violation  of  a  rule. 
The  penalties  for  fouls  shall  be  as  fol- 
lows: 

A.   (i)  For  holding  an  opponent  who   Holding. 
has  not  the  ball.     (Rule  17.) 

(2)  For  unlawful  use  of  hands  or  arms.    Use  hands 
(Rule  17,  b  and  c.)  and  arms. 

(3)  For  violation  of  the  rules  governing   Off  side 
offside  play  given  under  Rule  10. 

(4)  For  violation  of  Rule  16  {b,  c,  d,  e).   Scrimmage. 


ig4  SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT   BALL    GUIDE. 

Gripping  or       (5)  For  tripping  an  opponent  or  tack- 
tackling  below  ling  him  below  the  knees.    (Rule  27,  g.) 
the  knees.       The   penalty  shall  be  the  loss  of  ten 
yards  if  the  side  not  in  possession  of  the 
ball  is  the  offender;  or,  if  the  offending 
side  had  the  ball,  the  immediate  sur- 
render of  it  to  the  opponents. 
Foul  when  ball       NOTE — In   case  neither  side  was  in 
is  in  possession  possession  of  the  ball  when  the  foul  was 
of  neither  side,   committed^or  example,  if  the  ball  was 
in  the  air  from  a  kick  or  was  free  upon 
the  ground  after  a  fumble,  kick  or  pass 
— //  shall  go  to  the  offended  side. 

The  penalties  above  named  shall  be 

given  from  the  spot  where  the  foul  was 

committed. 

Forward  pass       B.  If  the   ball   is  thrown,  passed    or 

and  batted  ball,   batted  towards  the  opponents' goal  {Rule 

19,)  it  shall  go  to  the  offended  side,  who 

shall   put  it  in  play  by  a  scrimmage  at 

the  spot  where  the  foul  was  committed. 

Interference       C.   In  the  case  of  interference  of  any 

with  snapper-  kind  with  putting  the  ball  in  play  (Rules 

back  and  unnec-    16,  a,  and  17,  a),  or  unnecessary  delay 

essary  delay,   of  the  game  (Rule   27,  e),   the  offended 

side  shall  be  advanced  five  yards. 

Piling  up.       D.   (i)  In  case  of  piling  upon  a  player 

after  the  Referee  has    declared  the   ball 

dead  (Rule  20,  c),  the  offended  side  shall 

receive  fifteen  yards. 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE.  i95 

(2)  If  a  player   who    is  atlempihig  to   Interference 
make  a  fair  catch  (Rule  7,  a)  is  unlaw-  with  fair  catch, 
fully  obstructed,  the  offended  side  shall 

receive  fifteen  yards  and  the  choice  of 
putting  the  ball  in  play  by  a  free  kick  or 
by  a  scrimmage. 

(3)  If  a  player  who  has  heeled  a  fair  Catcher  thrown, 
catch    (Rule    7,    a)    is    thrown   to  the 

ground,  unless  he  has  advanced  beyond 
his  mark,  his  side  shall  receive  fifteen 
yards  and  be  obliged  to  take  a  free  kick. 

E.   (i)  In  any  case  oi  free  kick  (Rule  Advancing  he- 
2,  /),  if  the  kicker  advances  beyond  his  yond  the  mark 
mark,  before  kicking  the  ball  (Rules  7,  a,   on  free  kick. 
and  IS,  b),  no  matter  whether  he  then 
kicks  or  not,   the    opponents    shall   be 
allowed   to   line   up  five   yards    nearer 
the  kicker's  mark,    and  the   kick   shall 
then  be  made  from  some  point  back  of 
tne  first  mark,  and  at  the  same  distance 
from  the  side  line. 

This  shall  also  apply  when  the  side  Ball  touching 
having  a  free  kick  allows  the  ball  to  the  ground. 
touch  the  ground  (Rule  i^,  b),  and  then 
fails  to  kick  it  (kick  oft  and  try-at-goal 
after  touchdown  excepted).  The  same 
ruling  shall  be  given  in  case  any  player 
of  the  side  making  a  free  kick  is  ahead 
of  the  ball  when  it  is  kicked  (Rule  14,  a). 

(2)  In   the  case  of  a  free  kick,  if  the   Charging  before 
opponents  charge  (Rule  9)  before  the  ball  ball  is  put  in 
is  put  in  play  (Rule  1 5,  a),  they  shall  be  play. 


196  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

put   back    five    yards    for    every    such 
offence  and  the  ball  shall  be  put  in  play 
again  from  the  original  mark. 
Starting  before       F.   In  the  case  of  unlawful  starting  he- 
hall  is  put  fore  the  hall  has  heenpvit  in  play  for  a 
in  play,   scrimmage  {Rule   18,   a),  provided  there 
is  no  infraction  of  Rule  10,  the  ball  shall 
be  brought  back  and  put  in  play  again. 
If  this  occurs  again  in  the  same  down, 
the  ball  shall  be  given  to  the  opponents. 
If  again  during  the  game  that  side  in- 
fringes the  rule  bearing  upon  this  act, 
the   ball  shall  immediately  be  given  to 
the  opponents. 

The  same  ruling  shall  be  made  in  cases 
of  infraction  of  Rule  18,  h  and  c. 

Refttsing       G.  If  either  side  refuses  to  play  within 

to  play,    two  minutes  after  having  been  ordered  to 

do  so  by  the  Referee,  it  shall  forfeit  the 

game.     This  shall  also  apply  to  refusing 

to  begin  a  game  when  ordered  to  do  so 

by  the  Referee.     (Rule  12,  e.) 

Distance  pen-       H-  Whenever  the  rules  provide  for  a 

altv  near  distance    penalty,   if    the   distance    pre- 

goal  line,    scribed  would  carry  the  ball  nearer  to 

the  goal  line  than  the  five  yard  line,  the 

hall  shall  he  down  07i  the  five  yard  line. 

If,  however,  the  foul  is  committed  ifiside 

the  ten  yard  line,  half  the  distance  to  the 

goal  shall  he  given. 

Repeated  fouls       I.  If  a  team  on  the  defence  commits 

near  goal  line,   fouls  when  so  near  its  own  goal  that 

these  fouls  are  punishable  only  by  the 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL   GUIDE.  igy 

halving  of  the  distance  to  the  line  (Rule 
28,  H),  the  object  being,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  Referee,  to  delay  the  game,  the 
offending  side  shall  be  regarded  as  refus- 
ing to  allow  the  game  to  proceed.  The 
Referee  shall,  in  such  case,  warn  the 
offending  side  once,  and  if  the  offence 
is  repeated  he  shall  declare  the  game  for- 
feited to  the  opponents. 

J.  If  a  player  is  guilty  of  timiecessary  Striking  and 
roughness,  throttling,  hacliing  or  stritiing  unnecessary 
with  closed  fist  (Rule  27,  c),  he  shall  be  roughness. 
at  once  disqualified. 

NO  TE — Whenever  a  foul  is  committed  Right  to  decline 
which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Umpire,  did  penalty, 
not  affect  the  play,  the  offended  side  may 
decline  the  penalty.  In  case  of  a  run 
being  made  from  this  play,  not  more  than 
fifteen  yards  from  the  spot  where  the 
foul  was  committed  shall  be  allowed. 


DUTIES  OF  OFFICIALS. 

I. — The  Referee. 
Rule  29. 
The  Referee  is  responsible  for  the  en-  Rules  in  which 
forcement  of  Rules  i,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6  {a  and  Referee  has 
b)\  7  (except  as  relates  to  interference,  jurisdiction. 
throwing  catcher,  and  positions  of  play- 
ers);  8,    II,   12,   13  (except  d)\  14,  b; 


1^9  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

i6,  e]    19,   20  (aandZ?);  21,  22,  2}  (ex- 
cept as  relates  to  positions  of  players) 
24,  25  (except  as  relates  to  positions  of 
players  and  interference) ;   26,  27,  c. 
T^recedence       In  making  his  decisions  the  Referee 
to  fouls,   must  recognize  and  allow  precedence  to 
any  penalty  inflicted  by  the  Umpire  for 
a  foul. 
Points  not      The  Referee's  decisions  are  final  upon 
covered  by  all  points  not  specified  in  the  duties  of 
Umpire,  the  Umpire. 
Putting  ball  in       The  Referee  shall  see  that  the  ball  is 
play  and  properly  put  in  play,  and  he  is  judge  of 
progress,   its  position  and  progress. 
Forward  pass-       He  is  judge  of  forward  passes  and  of 
ino-  and  snap-  the  advance  of  the  ball   by  the  player 
ping  back,   who  first  receives  it  from  the  snapper- 
back  when  the  ball  is  put  in  play  from  a 
scrimmage  (Rule  16,  e). 
Notice  to  cap-       At  the  beginning  of  a  game  and  in 
tains  when  com-  every  case  after  time  has  been  taken  out, 
mencino- play,   he  shall  ascertain  from  each  captain  that 
his  team  is  ready,  before  ordering  play 
to  begin. 
Score  and       He  is  sole  authority  for  the  score  of  the 
forfeiture,   game  and  is  judge  of  forfeiture  of  the 
game  under  the  rules. 
Appeal  to  other      The  Referee  may  appeal  to  both  the 
officials.   Umpire   and    Linesman    for  testimony 
upon  all  points  within  his  jurisdiction. 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL   FOOT    BALL   GUIDE.  I99 

The  Referee  must  volunteer  testimony  Must  volunteer 

to  the  Umpire  concerning  infringement  testimony  in  case 

of  Rule  27  (/).  of  unlawful 

II.— The  Umpire.  coaching. 

The  Umpire  is  responsible  for  the  en-  Duties  of 
forcement  of  all  rules  whose  infringe-  Umpire, 
ment  is  punishable  by  a  distance  penalty 
or  by  the  surrender  of  the  ball  by  one 
team  to  the  opponents,  except  13,  h;  16,  e; 
19,  and  23,  viz:  Rules 6,  c;  9,  10,  13,  d; 
14,  a;   15,  16  (except  ^^);  17,  18,20,^/27. 

The  umpire  is  judge  of  the  conduct  of  Fouls. 
the  players,  and  his  decision  is  final  re- 
garding such  fouls  as  are  not  specifically 
placed   within   the  jurisdiction    of   the 
Referee. 

The  Umpire  is  judge  of  charging,  and   Charging  and 
of  the  positions  of  players  whenever  the  position. 
ball  is  put  in  play. 

He  may  appeal  to  both   the  Referee  Appeal  for 
and  Linesman  for  testimony  in  cases  of  testimony, 
fouls  seen  by  them,  and  it  shall  be  their 
duty  to  volunteer  testimony  concerning 
violations  of  Rule  27  {c  and/). 

NOTE — Captains  and  players,  bow- 
ever ,  may  not  appeal  to  the  Referee  or 
Linesman  for  their  testimony  upon  the 
points  just  mentioned. 

The  Umpire  shall  not  blow  his  whistle 
nor  declare  the  ball  dead,  nor  call  time. 


200  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

except  to  grant  a  penalty  for  a  foul  com- 
mitted. 
Prevention  ami       Whenever  the  Umpire  notices   or  is 
punishment  of  informed  by  the   Referee   or   Linesman 
coaching,   that  a  substitute  or  any  other  person  not 
participating  in  the  game  is  coaching, 
he  shall  warn  the   offender,    and  upon 
repetition  of  the  offence,  shall  exclude 
him  for  the  remainder  of  the  game  from 
the  neighborhood  of  the  field  of  play; 
i.e.,  send  the  offender  behind  the  ropes 
or  fence  surrounding  the  field  of  play. 
Use  of  whistles.       NOTE — The    Referee    and    Umpire 
should  use  whistles  to  indicate  cessation 
of  play  on  downs  or  fouls. 

III. — The  Linesman. 

Duties  of      The  Linesman  shall,  under  the  super- 
Linesman.   vision  of  the   Referee,    mark  the    dis- 
tances gained  or  lost  in  the  progress  of 
the  play. 
Assistants'       He  shall  be  provided  with  two  assis- 
implements.   tants,  who  shall  remain  outside  the  field 
of  play  and  who  shall  use,  in  measuring 
distance,  the  rope  or  chain  mentioned 
in  Note  under  Rule  i  {d). 
Stop-watch.       The  Linesman  shall,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Referee,  also  keep  the  time, 
and  he  should  use  a  stop-watch  in  so 
doing. 


SPALDING'S   OFFICIAL   FOOT   BALL   GUIDE.  20] 

The  Linesman   must   give   testimony   Giving  and 
when     requested     so     to     do    by    the  volunteering 
Referee  or  Umpire  (seel,  and  II.),  and  he  testimony  re- 
must    volunteer  testimony   concerning  garding  tinner-' 
infringment  of  Rule  27  (c  and/).  essary  rough- 

The  Linesman  shall  notify  the  captains  nessand 
of  the  time  remaining  for  play,  not  more  coaching. 
than  ten  nor  less  than  five  minutes  before 
the  end  of  each  half. 


202 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


INDEX  TO  RULES 


EQUIPMENT,    OFFICIALS,    ETC. 

Field 

Players,        ..... 
Officials,  .... 

Ball, 

DEFINITION    OF    TERMS. 

Methods  of  Kicking  the  Ball— Drop  kick, 

Place  kick. 

Punt, 

Kick  off,       . 

Kick  out, 

Free  kick,     . 

Out  of  bounds. 

Touchdown, 

Touchback, 

Safety, 

Punt  out. 

Scrimmage, 

Feint  to  snap  the  ball, 

Snapper-back  off  side, 

Fair  catch, 

Putting  ball  in  play  after  fair  catch 

Goal,        .... 

Charging,     .... 

Offside, 

Player  put  off  side, 

Restrictions  when  off  side,     . 

Kicked  ball  strikes  player  off  side. 

Player  off  side  put  on  side,     . 

r>all  inside  ten  yard  line  touched  by 

Ball  is  dead, 

Length  of  game,     .   ' 

Darkness, 

Final  score, 

Time  called  at  end  of  a  half 

Time  taken  out,      .... 

Time  not  taken  out  when  ball  goes  out  of  bou 

No  delay  longer  than  two  minutes. 

Beginning  of  game  and  of  second  half. 

Ball  kicked  out  of  bounds  at  kick  off. 


a  player  who 


nds 


off  side 


!ULE 

PAGE 

1 

129 

1 

129 

1 

129 

1 

129 

2 

130 

2 

130 

2 

130 

2 

130 

2 

130 

2 

131 

3 

131 

4 

131 

4 

132 

4 

132 

5 

133 

6 

133 

6 

133 

6 

133 

r 

134 

7 

134 

8 

134 

9 

135 

10 

135 

10 

135 

10 

135 

10 

135 

10 

136 

10 

136 

11 

136 

12 

137 

12 

137 

12 

13? 

12 

137 

12 

137 

12 

138 

12 

138 

13 

138 

13 

138 

Spalding's  official  foot  ball  guide. 


203 


Ball  kicked  across  goal  line  at  liick  off, 

Position  of  opponents  at  kick  out  and  kick  from  fair  catch 

Position  on  free  kick,  ..... 

Must  kick  ball  ten  yards,  .... 

Lawful  charging,  ...  ... 

Ball  touching  the  ground  by  accident, 

After  lawful  charging  ball  must  be  kicked, 

No  interference  with  snapper  back, 

Snapper-back  off  side,  ...... 

Snapper-back  and  player  opposite  restrained  from  touching  the  ball 

Restrictions  when  ball  is  put  in  play  by  kick  forward,     . 

Advance  of  ball  by  player  first  receiving  it  from  snapper-back 

No  interference  with  opponents  before  ball  is  in  play 

No  use  of  hands  or  arms  by  attacking  side,     . 

Defending  side  may  use  hands  and  arms. 

Movement  allowed  before  ball  is  put  in  play, 

Five  players  on  line  of  scrimmage. 

Position  of  other  players. 

Throwing,  passing  or  baiting  the  ball, 

A  down,        ...... 

No  piling  up  on  player, 

Necessary  gain  or  loss  in  three  downs, 

*'  Consecutive  "  downs, 

Kicked  ball  must  go  beyond  line  of  scrimmage 

First  down  after  distance  penalty,     . 

Putting  ball  in  play  from  out  of  bounds 

Kick  out  after  safety  or  touchback. 

Positions  of  opponents  at  kick  out, 

If  second  touchback  occur  before  four  downs. 

After  drop  kick  at  goal  on  first  down  inside  of  twenty-five  yards 

kick  off  from  ten  yard  line, 
Try-at-goal  after  touchdown, 
After  touchdown,  defenders  kick  oft',     . 
Try-at-goal  by  place  kick. 
Punt  out  preceding  try-at-goal. 
Positions  of  players  at  punt  out, 
Defending  side  may  charge. 
Holder  of  ball  may  be  off  side, 
Scoring,         .  . 

No  metallic  substances  may  be  worn, 
Substitutes,  .... 

No  striking  or  unnecessary  roughness, 

No  unnecessary  delay. 

No  coaching,     .... 

No  tripping  or  tackling  below  the  knees 


RULE 

13 

13 
14 
14 
15 
15 
15 
16 
16 
16 
16 
16 

ir 

17 
17 
18 
18 
18 
19 
20 
20 
21 
21 
21 
21 
22 
23 
23 
23 

23 
24 
24 
25 
25 


PAGE 

139 
139 
139 
140 
140 
140 
140 
141 
141 
141 
141 
142 
142 
142 
142 
142 
143 
143 
143 
143 
144 
144 
144 
144 
145 
145 
145 
146 
146 

146 
146 
146 
146 
147 
147 
148 
148 
148 
148 
148 
149 
149 
149 
149 


204 


SPALDING  S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 


PENALTIES. 

Holding,  ..... 

Unlawful  use  of  hands  and  arms, 

Offside, 

Scrimmage,  ..... 

Tripping  or  tackling  below  the  knees, 

Foul  when  ball  is  in  possession  of  neither  side, 

Forward  pass  and  batted  ball. 

Interference  with  snapper-back  and  unnecessary  delay, 

Piling  up,  ..... 

Interference  with  fair  catch, 

Catcher  thrown,  .... 

Advancing  beyond  the  mark  on  free  kick, 

Ball  touching  the  ground,       .  . 

Charging  before  ball  is  put  in  play,       '. 

Starting  before  ball  is  put  in  play, 

Refusing  to  play,  .... 

Distance  penaltj'  near  goal  line, 

Repeated  fouls  near  goal  line,     . 

Striking  and  unnecessary  roughness. 

Right  to  decline  penalty,  .... 

DUTIES    OF   OFFICIALS.       I.— THE    REFEREE. 

Rules  in  which  Referee  has  jurisdiction,     . 

Precedence  to  fouls,  ..... 

Points  not  covered  by  Umpire, 

Putting  ball  in  play  and  progress. 

Forward  passing  and  snapping  back, 

Notice  to  captains  when  commencing  play,      . 

Score  and  forfeiture,     ..... 

Appeal  to  other  officials,  .... 

Must  volunteer  testimony  in  case  of  unlawful  coaching 

II. — THE   UMPIRE. 

Duties  of  Umpire,  .  ... 

Fouls, 

Charging  and  position,      ..... 

Appeal  for  testimony,  .... 

Prevention  and  punishment  of  coaching. 

Use  of  whistles,  ..... 

III. — THE   LINESMAN. 

Duties  of  Linesman,  ..... 

Assistants'  implements,  .... 

Stop-watch,  ...... 

Giving  and  volunteering  testimony  regarding  unnecessary  rough 
ness  and  coaching, 


RULE 

PAGE 

28 

149 

.   28 

149 

28 

149 

.   28 

149 

28 

?50 

.   28 

150 

28 

150 

.   28 

150 

28 

150 

.   28 

151 

28 

151 

.   28 

151 

28 

151 

.   28 

151 

28 

152 

.   28 

152 

28 

152 

.   28 

152 

28 

1.53 

.   28 

153 

29 

153 

.   29 

154 

29 

154 

.   29 

154 

29 

154 

.   29 

154 

29 

154 

.   29 

154 

29 

155 

.   29 

155 

29 

156 

.   29 

155 

29 

1.5 

.   29 

156 

29 

156 

.   29 

156 

29 

156 

.   29 

156 

jgh- 

29 

157 

CANADIAN  RUGBY 

By  Jno.  G.  Inkster, 
President  Canadian  Inter-colleoiate  Rugby  Foot  Ball  Union. 

THE  Canadian  game  of  Rugby  is  unique.  In  a  process  of  evolu- 
tion it  may  be  described  as  an  intermediary  stage  between 
the  English  and  American  games.  It  has  the  same  number 
of  men  as  the  English  game,  and  the  remnants  of  its  scrimmage;  while 
the  line-up  and  mass  plays  are  similar  to  formations  in  the  game  as 
played  in  America.  The  fifteen  (15)  men,  who  play  in  the  Canadian 
game,  are  lined  up  as  follows  :  full-back,  three  half-backs,  quarter- 
back, three  scrimmage-men,  two  outside-wings,  two  inside-wings, 
two  centre-wings  and  a  flying-wing.  In  ordinary  plays,  such  as 
running  with  the  ball,  passing,  kicking  and  so  forth,  the  English, 
Canadian  and  American  games  are  very  much  alike.  Here,  however, 
the  similarity  is  at  an  end.  In  the  English  game  nine  men  are  in 
scrimmage,  in  the  Canadian,  three,  and  in  the  American,  one.  The 
remark  may  be  ventured  quite  safely  that  the  ball  comes  out  of  each 
scrimmage  clean  and  certain  just  in  the  inverse  ratio  to  the  number 
of  men.  In  the  English  game  the  uncertainty  is  painful,  in  the 
Canadian,  annoying,  and  in  the  American,  eliminated.  But  it  is 
only  fair  to  say  we  must  reverse  the  application  of  these  terms  when 
we  come  to  speak  of  "  interference,"  which  in  the  American  game  is 
painful,  in  the  Canadian,  annoying,  and  in  the  English,  eliminated. 
By  reducing  the  number  of  men  in  scrimmage  to  three,  Canadian 
players  found  they  could  get  the  ball  out  with  greater  certainty, 
hence  the  departure  from  the  English  style  of  play  and  toivards  the 
American.  Speaking  generally,  one  may  say  that  American  Rugby, 
minus  interference,  or  Canadian  Rugby,  minus  loose-play,  would  be 
the  ideal  game.  These,  perhaps,  are  the  two  most  objectionable 
features  in  the  games  themselves,  and  the  most  uninteresting  ones  in 

205 


206  SPALDING'S  OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL   GUIDE. 

the  eye  of  the  spectator.     ..  Holding  on  the  wings  "-a  direct  conse 

quence  of  loose  scrimmage  work-is  another  equally  annoyinge    ' 

men.  ,n  the  Canadian  game.     Year  after  year 'severe  penaUies  I.d 

elaborate  rules  have  been  adopted  in  order  to  stop  this;  but  year  after 

year  the  officials  found  the  enforcement  of  these'eithe    impo  sibl    " 

.mpract.cable.     During  the  seasons  of  -,5.  '96  and  'gy,  this  evil,    om 

bmed  wuh  a  certain  kind  of  semi-legal  mass  play,  was  carried  t;    u^h 

an  extent  that  brute  force  virtually  won  the  game      These  mass  plays 

.n  a  measure  resemble  the  American  interference,  which,  accordingTo 

the  stnct  interpretation  of  Canadian  rules  is  unlawful.     Here  agfi^ 

however,  the  officials  seemed  unable  to  overcome  the  difficutyumi 

some  of    he  teams  themselves  discovered  and  demonstrated, 'to  te 

dehght  of  spectators,  that  a  fast,  light  team,  using  a  moderate  ^moun' 

of  skill  and  science,  could  win  byplaying  the  open  running  and  pass 

"ig  game.     This  style  of  play  was  very  generally  adopted  by  the 

senior  teams  during  the  past  season.  ^         ^ 

Almost  ever  since  the  inception  of  Rugby  in  Canada-from  1883  to 

Provincial    Unions.      These  included   representatives   from   all   the 

fe  t  that  It  would  be  in  the  interest  of  amateur  foot  ball,  as  well  as 
or  their  own  mutual  benefit,  to  withdraw  their  teams  from  the  Pro 
vincia    Unions      This  feeling  found   expression  in  something  more 
a   la     year  when  the  ..Canadian  Inter-collegiate  Rugby  Foot  Ball 
?o  o  to  T  TT'-    '"""'"^   ""    '°"    great    universities   o 
h  Ui      Un^o'"  tb  *2"«-.  McGill  and  the  Royal  Military  College, 
team        The"         ",  ""       ."  ^'*   ^™'°^  """^  '""  (4)  intermediL 
lu    homi        ;        ''    r""  ""'  ''""^"'"^  S^™"'  """P'-d  'he  home 
and  home  system,  and  in  this   way  avoided  the  old  cut-throat  tye 
system  which  existed  in  the  Provincial  Unions.     It  inav  be  sa  d  L 
pas.„g  that  fears,  even  on  the  part  of  those  who  were  i      avor    / 
oil  ge  union,  were  entertained  regarding  the  success  of  this  affair 
It  was  considered  a  venture  that  would  neither  pay  nor  be  popula 
This  cloud  of  doubt  has  been  completely  swept  away  by  the  Z        ! 
fied  success  of  everything  connected  with  the  new  organLtion   'bo  h 
hamp,on.sh,p  cups  were  won  this  year  by  the  senior  Ld  intermedia  e 
teams  of  the  University  of  Toronto.     The-senior  team,  whose  pete 


SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL   FOOT   BALL    GUIDE.  20? 

appears  on  another  page,  was  only  beaten  once,  and  that  by  a  score 
of  4  to  3.  They  won  three  exhibition  and  three  championship 
matches.  This  team's  play  may  be  described  as  the  most  spectacular 
ev&f  seen  on  a  Canadian  campus.  Of  the  games  played  under  the 
auspices  of  this  union  it  may  be  said  they  were  hard  played,  closely 
contested,  exceedingly  clean  and  sportsmanlike.  Taken  as  a  whole, 
the  series  gives  promise  of  more  scientific  foot  ball,  the  very  keenest 
rivalry  untinged  with  any  suspicion  of  ill-feeling  and  totally  free 
from  ringers  and  professionals. 

At  present  there  is  existing  in  the  College  Union  a  strong  feeling 
in  favor  of  considerable  change  in  the  rules  and  regulations  that 
govern  the  game.  As  stated  above,  the  most  objectionable  features 
of  Canadian  Rugby  are  the  scrimmage  and  "holding  on  the  wings" 
— the  latter  being  a  direct  consequence  of  the  former.  The  tendency, 
which  in  all  probability  will  materialize  by  the  beginning  of  next 
season,  is  to  do  away  with  "heeling  the  ball  out"  of  scrimmage,  and 
instead,  "  snap  it  out."  This  will  obviate  the  former  evil.  Another 
change  proposed  is  to  reduce  the  number  of  players.  In  this  way, 
the  umpire,  having  fewer  men  to  look  after,  and  by  imposing  the 
proper  penalties  on  the  offending  side — not  player — the  latter  evil 
will  at  least  be  minimized.  Of  course  the  very  fact  that  the  scrim- 
mage work  will  be  made  cleaner  by  "  snapping  out,"  the  tendency  to 
hold  on  the  wings  will  be  greatly  reduced.  Should  these  changes, 
together  with  other  minor  ones  which  will  necessarily  follow,  be 
adopted,  the  game  will  inevitably  become  one  where  brute  force  will 
be  at  a  discount — as  it  should  be — and  one  where  skill  and  speed, 
which  both  delight  the  onlooker,  and  are  worthy  in  themselves,  will 
be  at  an  enormous  premium.  Another  consequence  of  the  adoption 
of  these  changes  will  be  to  confine  Rugby  to  colleges.  The  reasons 
for  thi«  are  apparent.  Even  now  quite  an  elaborate  code  of  signals  is 
very  successfully  used  by  some  teams.  If  the  changes  sketched  above 
go  through,  signals  of  necessity  will  increase,  hence  so  much  time 
and  attention  will  be  necessary  to  study  and  carry  them  out  that  city 
teams  will  neither  have  the  time  nor  the  attention  to  devote  to  such  a 
game.  Another  idea  kept  in  view  in  proposing  these  changes  is  the 
possibility  of  making  more  similar  the  styles  of  the  American  and 
Canadian  games.     In  fact,  the  game  will  be  much  the  same  as  the 


208  SPALDING'S    OFFICIAL    FOOT    BALL    GUIDE. 

American,  minus  the  interference,  which  unseemly  feature  all 
Canadian  Rugby  men  hope  to  see  their  neighbors  across  the  line 
eliminate.  There  would  then  be  a  possibility  that  the  universities 
of  the  two  great  countries  would  be  able  to  meet  each  other  on  the 
gridiron.  It  is  sincerely  hoped  that  this  day  is  not  far  distant  when 
the  friendly  relations  now  developing  between  the  United  States  of 
America  and  Canada  will  receive  a  stronger  impetus  when  the  edu- 
cated gentlemen  of  each  land  meet  to  exchange  compliments  and 
encourage  pure  amateur  sport  in  the  grand  old  game  of  Rugby  foot 
bail. 


^ 


A.G.6PALDING  ^  5R05 


,,  NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING'S  FOOT  BALL  GOODS 


Tntcr= 
Collegiate 
Toot  Ball 


No.  J.     COMPLETE  $4*00 


77  IE  have  spared  no  expense  in  making:  this  tall  perfect 
^1^  in  every  detail,  and  oHer  it  as  the  finest  Foot  Ball 
ever  produced.  Each  ball  is  thoroughly  tested 
packed  in  a  separate  box  and  sealed,  so  that  our  customers 
are  guarantees  a  perfect  ball  iittide  when  same  is  received 
,  with  seal  unbroken,  A  polished  brass  Foot  Ball  Inflater 
and  Lacing  Needle  will  be  packed  with  each  Intercol- 
legiate Foot  Ball  without  extra  charge.  Used  exclusively 
in  all  match  games  between  the  leading  CoUegcs^>^> 


m^ 


USED 

EXCLUSIVELY 

BY.... 

CornclU** 
DartttioutI)  ^ 
Rarijard  '^^ 


Pcnttsvlpanla 
Princctoit**" 
aiilliants^^- 
Vale--- 

And  All  Older  Leidia;  llalveraltle*. 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS, 


NEW  YORK 


CHICAGO 


DENVER 


Foot  Ball  Training  and 
Cooling  Robes  e^^e^e^ 


COLLARS  AND  CUFFS 

2  Collars,  25c.  1   Pair  Cuffs,  25c. 

White,  Fancy  and  Neglige 
Shirts,  Night  Robes,  Pa= 
jamas,    Bath    and    Athletic 


Robes 


BEST  VALUE 

FULLY  GUARANTEED 


LION  BRAND 

TRADE  MARK 


MANUFACTURED  BY 

United  Shirt  and  Collar  Co, 

TROY,  N.   Y. 

...FOR  SALE  EVERYWHERE... 


AC  6PALDING  (I  BROS 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING^S  OFFICIAL  FOOT  BALLS 


the  Spalding  ••Official"  Qslic  Ball 


The  Spaldlog  " Official"  Association  Bail 


No.K. 


The  material  and  workmanship  are  of  the 
highest  quality,  and  every  ball  is  thoroughly 
tested  before  leaving  our  factory.  Each  ball  is 
packed  in  a  separate  box  and  sealed,  and  a  per- 
fect ball  guaranteed  inside  if  seal  is  unbroken. 

The  cover  on  our  No.  L  ball  is  made  in  eight 
sections,  with  capless  ends,  making  the  ball 
perfectly  round,  neater  in  appearance,  stronger 
in  every  way  and  more  serviceable. 

A  Foot  Ball  Indater  and  Lacing  Needle  will  be 
packed  with  each  "Official"  ball  without  any 
No.  K  additional  charge. 

■•OITicial"  Ciclic  Foot  Ball,  $3.00  No.  L. 


OfTicial"  Association  Foot  Ball  SS.OQ 


^^^^S^^^-^^T^g^^^ 


Rugby  Foot  Balls 


Highest  Trade  Mark  duality.    Guaranteed.     Each  -ball 

packed  complete  in  separate  box  and  sealed. 

No.  d.    Regulation  size,  $2.00 

Rugby  Foot  Balls 


Association  Foot  Balls 


Standard  Trade  Mark  Quality.     Each  ball,  complete  in 
separate  box. 

No.  C.    Regulation  size.  SI. OO 


Highest  Trade  Mark  Quality.    Guaranteed.     Each  ball 

p.uktd  complete  jn  separate  box  and  sealed. 

No.  O.    Regulation  size,  $2.50 

Association  Foot  Balls 


Standard  Trade  Mark  Qu.ility.     I  .ich  ball  complete  lO 

separate  box. 

No.  N.    Regulation  size.  $1.25 


ILLUSTRATED  CATALOGUE  OF  SPORTS  MAILED  FREE 

A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS 


NEW  YORK        CHICAGO 
DENVER 


AG  5PALDIN0  U  BROS. 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING^S  FOOT  BALL  GOODS 


Spalding's 
Foot  Ball  Bladders 

Trade.Marked.      Guaranteed 

ii 


Morrill's  Nose  Mask 


No.  OA.    For  Officijl  Ball.  No.  L.  Each,  SI.OO 

No.  OB.    For  Official  B;.ll,  No.  K,  "    '   I  .CO 

No^R.    For  Official  Ball,  No.J,  "        I.OO. 

Foot  Ball  Bladders 

Not  Ouaranteed 

Na  R      For  Rugby  Foot  Balls,      .  ,       Each,  50c. 

No.  A.    For  Association  Foot  Balls,  .          "     50c. 


guarantee  en  Bladders 

J  J  |E  GUARANTEE  absolutely  the  bladders 
f  i  I  used  in  our  Official  balls  Nos.  J,  K  and 
^^r  L,  and  will  replace  same  within  a 
reasonable  time  if  defective.  The  bladder 
numbers  for  above  balls  are  OR,  O A,  and 
OB..  A  puncture -within  two  inches  of  tfie  stem 
indicates  carelessness  in  lacing;,  and  bUdders  so 
punctured  will  not  be  replaced. 

All.  other  bladders  are  carefully  tested  before 
they  arc  sent  out  and  will  not  be'  replaced  under 
any  circumstances  j»o»otj».j*j«j»^j'.^ 


Spalding's  Official  Foot  Ball  Guide 

Edited  by  Walter  Camp.  Contains 
new  rules  as  adopted  by  Harvard.  Yale, 
Princeton.  University  of  Pennsylvania 
and  Cornell;  records  of  all  the  teams,, 
and  profusely  illustrated  with  portraits 
of  all  the  leading  pl.iyers. 
Price,  lOc. 


Morrill's  Nose  Mask  is  made  of  the  finest  rubber,  and 

no  wire  or  metal  is  used  in  its  construction.     It  has 

become  a  necessity  on  every  foot  bail  team,  and  affords 

absolute  protection  to  the  nose  and  teeth.  ' 

No.  I.      Nose  Mask,  regulation  size,  Each,$l.50 

No.  I B.  Nose  Mask,  Youths' size.      •    "       1.50 


Spalding's  Rubber  Mouthpiece 


This  Mouthpieceis  made  of  best  quality  Para,  rubber. 
Gives  perfect  protection  to  the  mouth  and  teeth. 
No.  2.    Mouthpiece.  Each,  25c.. 


Spalding  "Ctub"  Brass  Foot  Ball  Inflater 


Made  of  polished  brass.     Extreme  length  closed,  I^J^ 
inchesi  cylinder  lo  inches  long  and  diameter  ij^  inch. 
No.  2.    Club  Brass  Inflater,.  Each,  50c, 


Pocket  Foot  Ball  Inflater 

Made  of  aluminum,  convenient  in  -ize  and  quick  ii\ 
action.    The  cylinder  is  5K  inches  long,  and  diametef 
5^  inch;  extreme  length  closed,  ■}]4.  inches. 
No.  3.    Brass  Inflater.  Each,  25c. 


ILLUSTRATED  CATALQGUE  OF  SPORTS  MAILED  FREE 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 


NEW  YORK        CHICAGO 
DENVER 


AC  5PALDING  &bR05 


NEW  YORKAJND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING'S  FOOT  BALL  GOODS 


Spalding's  Special  New  Head  Harness 


Heavy  sole  leather  crown,  filled 
with  air  holes  and  lihed  with  lamb's 
wool  p^ding.  Ear  protectors  heavily 
padded  with  felt.  Used  by  the  lead- 
ing colleges,  and  is  the  best  and  most 
practical  head  harness  yet  made. 

No.  50.    Each,  $4.00 


5palding's  Head .  Harness 

(rATENTED. 

,  This  Style  head  harness  is  the 
Tightest  and  most  comfortable 
to  wear  of  any  head  guard  yet 
devised.  It  is  made  of  tan 
leather  and  thoroughly  padded 
.  with  wool  felt  a  half-inch  thick, 
with  an  elastic  to  go  under  the 
chin,  and  is  adjustable  to  any 
size  head.  It  is  a  thorough  pro- 
tection to  the  crown  and  back 
of  -the  head,  also  to  the  ears. 

No.  35.    Each,  $2:25 

Spalding's  Elastic  Bandage 

Composed  of  threads  of  j-ubbef  com- 
>^^  pletely    covered.       Light,    porous   jnd 

— :^W7 '^^^^^  easily  applied.    The 

^^-"  -^-''^j^  pressure  can  be  ap- 
'g^  ~ ijit(^x^..J^  plied  wherever  nec- 
essary, followmg  all  depressions  or  swellings  with  fold- 
ing and  unvarying  uniformity.  Qjiickly  secured  by 
inserting  end  under  last  fojd. 

No.  25.  Width  2)^  in.,  5  yards  long  (stretched),  $  .75 
No.  30.  Width  3  in.,  j  yards  long  (stretched),        1 .00 

Foot  Ball.  Belts 


Spalding's  Foot  Ball  Shin  Guards 


vyi  in.,  heavy  leather.      New  style   nickeled    harness 

buckle.     Colors:  Tan,  Orange  or  Black. 

No.  728.    Each,  50c. 

i}4  in..  Nickel  Harness  Buckle..  Colors:  Tan,  Ofange  or 

Black. 

No.  735.    Each,  25c. 


PROVF.O   FATTER.N 


No.    8.  Canvas,  IJVigih  9  inches.         Per  p.iir.  $  ,50 

No.     9.  Canvas,  length  12  inches,  "  .75 

No.  10.  Canvas,,  length  12  inches, 

No.  20.  Moleskin,  length  12  inches. 

No.  30.'.  Leather,  length  12  incb^s. 


.90 
1.15 
1.39 


Spalding's  Elastic  Foot  Ball  Be«t 


Our  elastic  belts  stretch  with  the  length  of  body  and! 
may  be  attached  to  jacket  and  pants,  thus  forming  one 
continuous  suit.  By  closely  fitting  the  body  the  oppos- 
ing player  has  less  chances  for  tackling.  They  allow 
perfect  freedom  in  all  positions. 

No.  I .    Width  6  inches.  Each,  $2.50 

Spalding's  Elastic  Supporter 


No.  2 

No.  2.  With  elastic  pieces  on  Side  Each. 

No.  f .  Made  of  best  Canton  (lannel.  one  in  box.    25c. 
No.  X.  Same  style  as  No.  1,  not  boxed.  15c. 

Bike  Jockey  Strap  Suspensory 

For  cyclists,  atlfletes,  base  ball,  foot 
ball,  tennis  pl.iyers,  etc.  All  elastic, 
no  buckles.  Clean,  comfortable  and 
porous.  Three  sizes :  small,  to  fit 
waist  22  to  28  inches;  medium,  jo 
to  18  inches;  large.  40  to  48  inches. 
No.  6.    Each,  75c. 


ILLUSTRATED  CATALOGUE  OF  SPORTS  MAILED  FREE 


A.  a  SPALDING  &  BROS. 


NEW  YORK        CHICAOQ 
DENVER 


AG  6PALDING  ^  BROS 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING'S  FOOT  BALL  GOODS 


FOOT  BALL  JACKETS 

Jacket,  extra  quality,  made  of  special  heavy  «/hite 
duck,  sewed  with  the  best  and  strongest  linen,  hand- 
made eyelets,  with  sleeves. 

No.  O.    Each.  $1.00 

Jacket,  same  as  our  No.  O,  without  sleeves. 

No.  OS.     Each,  90c. 

J.icket,  standard  quality,  made  of  good  white  c.nnvas, 

substantially  made,  with  sleeves. 

No.  1.     Each.  75c. 

Jacket,  same  as  our  No.  1.  without  sleeves. 

No.  IS.    Each,  60c. 

No.  X.    Foot  Ball  Jackets.     Each,  50c. 

No.  XS.    Foot  Ball  Jackets,  sleeveless.     Each.  40c. 


FOOT  BALL  PANTS 

CANVAS 

Foot  Ball  Pants."  extra  quality,  lacc 
'front,  made  of  special  heavy  white  duck, 
padded  both    in  front -and    rear,   and 
heavily  padded  on  hips  and  knees. 
No.  OP.    Per  pair.  $1.50 

Fool  Ball  Pants,  standard  quality,  lace 
front,  made  of  good  weight  of  white 
■canvas,  and  well  padded  throughout. 
Mo.  IP..  Per  pair.  $1.25 

foot  Ball  Pants,  heavy  drill,  well 

padded. 

No.  XP.    Per  pair,  75c. 


FOOT  BALL  PANTS 

MOLESKIN 

Intercollegiate  Foot  Ball  Pants,  lace 
front,  made  of  the  finest  and  most  ser- 
viceable drab  moleskin,  manufactured 
expressly  for  the  purpose.  The  hips  and 
knees  are  heavily  padded  with  fine  curled 
haij,  and  the  thighs  with  light  wadding. 
No.  00.    Per  pair,  $4.50 

Foot  Bali  Pants,  lace  front,  made  of 
good  grade  and  weight  of  moleskin, 
padded  throughout  and  extra  padding 
at  hips  and  knees. 

No.  OWI.    Per  pain^SS.OO 


Spalding's 
f;oot  Ball   Tackling  Machine 

Spalding's  New  Foot  Ball  Tackling 
Machine  was  invented  by  Captain  Gar- 
ret Cochran,  of  the  Princeton  University 
■foot  ball  team. 

It  instructs  players  how  to  tackle 
properly  and  develops  quickness  of  the 
eye,  which  enables  them  to  tackle  with 
accuracy. 

Complete,  $40.00 


ILLUSTRATED  CATALOGUE  OF  SPORTS  MAILED  FREE 

A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 


NEW  YORK        CHICAGO 
DENVER 


AG.  6PALDING  ^  BR05. 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING'S  FOOT  BALL  GOODS 


THE  SPALDING  FOOT  BALL  SHOE 


Finest  Kangaroo'Leather, 
extra  high  lace,  with  cir- 
.cular  reinforce  on  sides, 
Princeton  cleats  -on  heel 
and  sole,  and  hand-made 
throughout.  Our  highest 
quality  shoe,  and  every  pa 
warranted. 


No.  A2-0.  Pair,  $7.50 


THE 

CLUB  SPECIAL 

SHOE 

Russet  leather,  machine- 
sewed,  with  Princeton 
cleats  on'  heel  and  sole. 

No.  A-2.    Pair.  S4.00 


THE  UNIVERSITY  SHOE 


University  Shoe.  Finest 
Russet  Calfskin,  Prince- 
toi}  cleats  on  sole  and 
hfeel,  high  cut  and  hand- 
de  throughout. 


No.  A-O.  Pair,  $5.50 


THE 

AMATEUR 
SPECIAL 
SHOE 

TTCUsset  leather,  machjne- 
sewed,  Princeton  cleats.. 

No.  A-3.  P.-iir,  $3.00 


The  Spalding  Foot  Ball  Stocking 

Our  Highest  Quality  stockings  are  all  wool, 
^^avy  ribbed,  full  fashioned,  hug  the  leg  closely 
but  comfortably,  and  are  very  durable.  Colors: 
Black,  Navy.  Maroon  and  Scarlet,  and  any  spe. 
•cial  colors  to  order. 

No.  3"0..  Plain  colors.  Per  pair,  $1 .50 
No.  3-0«  Striped,  any  colors,  to  order 
_on.ly,.     ...    ».        .      Per  pair,  $1.75 

RIBBED  STOCKINtlS 

Colof4;El&ck,Navy,-JHarooD,  Koyal  Blue  and  Scarlet. 

WriR.    Heavy,     .     .     Per  pair,  $1  .OO 

No.  2R.  Medium  weight,  "  ".75 
No.  3R.    Good  weight,         " 

No.  4R.    Cotton,                   "  ,25 

STRIPED  STOCKINGS- 

No.  IRS.  Heavyweight,   Per  pair,  $1.25 

No.  2RS.  Medium  weight,     ''  I.OO 

Colors:  Scarlet  and  Black.  Maroon  and 
White,  Royal  Blue  and  White,  Royal  Blue 
aud  Black,  Orange  and  Black,  Navy  Blue 
uid  Red.  Black  and  White. 


The  Rackey  Patent  AnkleSupport 

A.  G.  Spalding  &  Bpos.,  Sole  Licensees. 


Paleited  May  1?,  1897 


The  No.  H  supporters  are  made  of  soft 
tanned  leather  and  are  worn  over  stocking. 
They  relieve  pain  immediately  and  cure  a 
sprain  in  a  remarkably  short  time. 

No.  H.    Per  pair,  $1.00 

TheNo.  J  supporters  are  made  of  sols 
leather  and  now  used  by  foot  ball  players. 
Used  by  all  the  leading  colleges. 

No.  -J.     Per  pair,  $2.0O 


ILLUSTRATED   CATALOGUE   OF  SPOKTS   MAILED  FREE 

A.  jG.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 


NEW  YORK        CHICAGO 
DENVER 


A.g  iSPALDlNG  .^  BROS: 


JVEW  YORKAND  CHICAGO 


PECK  &  SNYDER'S  AMERICAN  CLUB  SKATES 


.^jeel  and  toe  plates  of  highest  quality  cold  rolled  steel. 
•^ith-  bevel  edges.  Runners  of  best  welded  tool  steel 
'tempered  and  edges  beveled.  Toe  and  heel  plates  hand- 
w'^  /  f1^?.  The  whole  skate  highly  polished, 
tnickel-plated  and  buffed.  Each  pair  in  paper  box. 
Sizes  8  to  12  inches.  '^ 

No.- 4'.    Per  pair,  $4.00 


JHeel  and  toe  plates  of  best  quality  cold  rolled  steeL 
edees  b^ver^H"''^""  tool  steelluhne^rs,  tempe  ed  and 
skffe   i,lrv,    ,  Engraved  toe  and  heel  plat^.    Entire 

No.  2.    Per. pair,  $2.50 


Welded  tool  steel  runners  hardened,  and  tempered 
No.  4-0.    Per  pair.  $1.75 


n,)Jl^i^?^  f«I  runners  hardened  and  tempered.    Other 
No.  3K).    Perpair,  $I.S 


^ur°A   "■^^'  *^"*^  *'^'  «?<■  <•"««  sted,  highly  nickel 

^Dli-    1*"^^?^^  of  besi  cold  rolled  s  ee^r^S  n  eke  ■ 

plated.    Each  pair  paper  wrapped.    Sizes  3  to  12  inchw. 

No.  00.    Per  pair.  75c, 

I>eck  &  Snyder's 
Professional  Racing  Skate 


«.«*"iI'*L  7'^^°?^"y  tops,  highest  tempered  5teel  run- 
teS^j^'V"'^'!"*  ""^  handsomely- ^lished,ru^t 
^t^^ll^lV.''''"^'-     Madei/thTeelength^"^* 


No.  5.  .Rer  pair,  $5.Q0 


1 


b^s^tWedS^e?  '^ri'  ^''^'''  ^"'"^'^-  ^""^rsol 
ITo  I2  inch«-        ^    ^'"'  ^"'  ^'^"  ^'^PP^<I-    Sizes 

No.  o.    Per  pair.  50c. 

..  Peck  &  Snyder's 
New  Racing  and  Speed  Skate 


No.  6 

Screw  Heel,  with  Toe  Straps. 

<6and  18  inch  bUdes,  in  sizes  10,  loj^,  n,  and  iiK 

hiL'i^i=   M  '^'^  '"P"  *"  *P''"«  or  give  way.     Tool  sted 

bades  highly  tempered,   ,-,6  incT;  wifle'   Ali  nickel- 

plated  anlpohshej.    The  strongest  and  speed^t  racer 

Nq^C..   Per.pai!>  $3.00 


YORK 


-AG.SPALDI1HG&BR0& 

CHICAGO 


DENVER 


AG.  5PALDIN0  U  BR05. 


NEW  YORK"  AND  CHICAGO 


PECK  &  SNYDER'S  AMERICAN  CLUB  SKATES 


No.  4L 

.  Highest  quality  welded  and  tempered  bevel  edged 
«feel  runilers.  >  The  entire  skate  highly  polished,  nickel- 
plated  and  neatly  engraved.  Green  straps  and  extra  fine 
finish  throughour;  Each  pair  in  paper  box.  Sizes?  to 
1 1  inches. 

No.  4t.  '  Per  pair,  $5.00 


No.  4  OL 

Welded  steel  runners,  tempeied,  nickel-plated  and 
buffed  throughout.  Russet  straps.  Each  pair  in  paper 
box.    Sizes  8  to  1 1  inches. 

No.  4-OL.    Per  pair,  $2.50 


No    OL 

Best  rolled  steel  runners,  highly  polished.  Other 
parts  of  cold  rolled"  steel.  Russet  straps.  Each  pair 
paper  wrapped.     Sizes  8  to  ii  inches. 

No.  Ot.    Pel  pah-,  $1.00 


Best  welded  stee!  runners,  tempered  and  beveled 
edges..  Other  parts  of  highest  quality?  cold  rolled  steel. 
All  parts  nickel-plated  and  buffed.  New  style  foot  plate. 
Neatly  engraved.  Maroon  -straps.  Each  pair-  in  paper 
box.,  Sizes  8  to  11  inches. 

No.  2t.    Per  pair,  $3.25 


No.  2  OL 

Best  cold  rolled  steel  runners.  All  parts  are  nickel- 
plated  and  buffed.  Russet  leather  straps,  ^ach  pair 
paper  wrapped.    Sizes  8  to  it  inches. 

No.  2-OL.    Per  pair,  $1.50 


Made  With  bright  finished  cold  rolled  jteel  foot  plates 
polished  rolled  ca-st  steel  runners,  russet  leather  strapS) 
Each  pair  paper  wrapped.    Sizes  8  to  1 1  inches. 
No.  19.    Per  pair,  75c. 


NEW  YORK 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 

CHICAGO 


Denver 


A.C.  5PALDING  6  5R05 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


TJie  bnckets  oa^  ot  oy/  Hocke^' 
Skate*  an  o{  extn  quality  cted 
and  warranted  not  to  breakj* J* J*  > 


Canadian  Hockey  Pattern.     Designed  after  models  submitted  by  the  leading  hockey  players,    pinest  quality 
d  V    "      ■ 


hardened  and  tempered  welded  swel  runners,  extra  heavy  ejectro-nicksl-plated  and  highly  polished, 
box.    Sizes  10  to  1 1^;^  inches. 

No.  8J.    Per  pair,  $5.0Q 


'Each  pair  in 


^— ossa^^^'oai*''"^ - 


— «^^ 

Canadian  Hockey  Pattern.  Finest  quality  welded  steel 
runners,  carefully  hardened  and  tempered-  Each  pair- 
in  paper  box.  .Sizes  lo  to  ii^i  inches. 


No.  5H.    Nickel-pjated  and  buffed, 
Mo.  4H. .  polished  and  blued  top. 


■$3.00 
2.0O 


Half  cLimp  f.istenings,  button  heels,  highly-  tempered 
and  hardened,  welded  steel  runners,  handsomely  nickel- 
pl.ited  and  buffed  throughout.  Each  pair  in  paper  box. 
Sizes  10  to  uj^  inches. 

No-  6H.    Per  pair  34.50 


Full  clamp  fastenings,  highly  tempered  and  harderved, 
welded  steel  runners,  flrtely  nickel-plated  throughout 
and'-JjufTed. '  Each  pair  in  paper  box. 

>o,7H.  .Per  pair.  $4.5a' 


American  Club  Lever  fastenings,  highly  tempered  and 
hardened.,  welded  iteel  runners.      Entire,  skate  hand- 


somely, nickel-phited  and  buffed, 
box  •  Sizes  lo  to  ii}4  inches. 

Vo.  3H.    Per  pair,  S4.50 


Each  pair  in  jjaper 


''American  Club  Lever  ..Fastenings,  best  cold  rolled  steel 
runners,  nickel-plated  throughout.  Each,  pair  in  pape» 
box.     Sizes  lo  to  _i  iK  inches. 

No.  2H.    Per  pair,  «2.80 


Americ.in  Club  Lever  F.istenings,  best  cold  rolled  steel 
ninners,  highly  polished.  Bright  finish.  Each-  pair  in 
paper  box.     Sizes  lo  to  1 1 J^  inches. 

No.  IH.    Per  pair.  $l.50 


NEW  YORK 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 

CHICAGO 


DENVER 


AG  5PALDING  &3R05. 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING'S  ATHLETIC  SWEATERS 


^^m 


/•  HIGHEST  QUALITY"    SWEATERS 

ire  in;ide  of  the  very  finest  Austnliin 
l;imb's  wool  ;ind  are  exceedingly  soft  and 
pleiisiint  to  we;ir.  They  are  full  fashioned 
to  body  and  arms  and  without  seams  of 
any  kind.  The  various  grades  in  our 
'•  Highest  Qiialily"  Sweaters  are  id enticil 
in  quality  and  finish,  the  difference  in 
price  being  du?  entirely  to  variations  in 
weight. 


We  call  special  attention  to  the  "Inter- 
collegiate "  grade,  which  was  originally 
made  by  special  order  for  the  Yale  foot 
ball  eleven  and  are  now  exalusively  used 
by  all  Intercollegiate  players.  They  are 
considerably  heavier  than  the  heaviest 
sweater  ever  knitted  and  Cannot  be  fur- 
nished by  any  other  maker,  as  we  have 
exclusive  control  of  this  special  weight 


PTo.  A.    "Intercollegiate,  sp<cial  wet jftt,.      -       $6X0 

No.  B.    Heavyweight, 5.00. 

No.,C    Standard  Weight,    ...       -         4XX) 
Colors:  White,  Navy  Blue,  Black  and  Maroon. 


R!BBED  SWEATERS 


Colors:  White,  Maroon,  Navy  Blue  and  Black. 
Our  No.  9  Swe.iter  is  made  of  pure  wool,  full  shaped  to 
body  and  arms.     It  is  guaranteed  superior  to  any  sweater 
of  equal  price.     Guaranteed  absolutely  all  wool. 
No.  9.    Medium  weight,  SI  .50 

Our  No.  1 1  is  not  all  wool,  but  contains  more  of  it  than 
most  sweaters  usu.illy  sold  as  all  wool  sweaters  at  a  high 

^"^**  No.  II.    Medi'-mweight.  »1.00 


SHAKER  SWEATERS 


We  introduce  this  season  a  line  of  sweaters  to  fill  > 
demand  for  as  heavy  a  weight  as  our  '•  Highest  Quality  " 
grade,  but  at  a  lower  price,  and  after  much  experimenting, 
we  are  in  a  position  to  offer  this  line  in  Black,  Navy  Blue, 
Maroon  or  White,  as  follows  : 

No.  I.     Same  weight  as  No.  A.  $4.50 

No.'  2.     Same  weight  as  No.  B.      3.50 

No.  3.     Same  weight  as  No.  C.     2.75 

These  sweaters  are  the  celebrated  "Shaker"  weave, 

which  we  control,  and  at  the  above  prices  are  absolutely 

the  best  value  for  fine,  heavy  weight  sweaters  ever  offered. 


Complete  Catalogue  of  A  thletic  Goods  Free. 

A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS, 

NEW  YORK  CHICAGO 


DENVER 


/ 


The 


Spalding: 
League 

IS  THE  ONLY  J^^ 

OFFICIAL   BALL 


Of  the 
National  League 


And  MUST  Be  Used  in  All  Games 


7a/c 


^ceA/  /'^^f^f 


/2/u^(2-' 


y^^Aj 


A.  Q.  SPALDING  &   BROS. 

NEW  YORK  DhNVeR  CHICAQO 


One  Standard  of  Quality 
in  Athletic  Goods 

•'THE  SPALDING" 

Our  Exclusive 
Trade-Mark 


%? 


Spalding's 

/"AiX!      •     1     Athletic 

OiTicial  Goods 


Are  standard  of  quality,  and  are 
recognized  as  such  by  all  the 
leading  organizations  control- 
ling sports,  who  invarialy  adopt 
Spalding's  goods  as  the  best 
that  can  be  made. 


03 
Oh 
CO 


"  Official  League  Base  Ball 
Official 
Official 
Official 
Official 
Official 
Official 
Official 


cofleiTate    FoOt    Ball 

^^^  Foot  Ball 
Basket  Ball 
Indoor  Base  Ball 
Polo  Ball 
Athletic  Imple'ts 
Boxing  Gloves 


If  a  dealer  does  not  carry  Spalding's 
athletic  goods  in  stock,  send  your  name 
and  address  to  us  (and  his,  too)  for  a 
copy  of  our  handsome  illustrated  catalogue. 

A.  Q.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 


NEW  YORK 


DENVER 


CHICAGO 


A  O  5PALDIN0  U  5R05 


.THE  "SPALDING"  No.  M^ 


THE   "SPALDING"-Cane  Handle 

New  Model.  Frame,  finest  quality. white  ash,  handsomely  polished;  stringing,  finest  quality  imported  g[ut,- 
rosewood  throat-piece;  spliced  cane  handle  extending  through  throat-piece,  giving  additional  strength  and  driving 
power.  Hand-made  throughout,  of  finest  possible  workmanship,  as  indicated  by  our  special  trade-mark,  indicating 
highest.quality.  No.    13.    Each,  $7.00 

THE  "SPALDING^'— Combed  Mahogany  Handle 

New  Model.  Frame,  finest  quality  white  ash,  handsomely  polished,  stringing,  finest  quality  imported  gut 
This  racket  is  hand-made  throughout;  all  work,  material  and  finish  of  highest  quality  obtainable,  as  indicate4  by 
our  special  trade-mark,  indicating  highest  quality. 

No.  14.    Each,  $6.00- 

THE  "SLOCUM  TOURNAMENT" 

Finest  white  ash  frame;  stringing  of  best  oriental  white  gut;  oak  throat-piece,  antique  finish;  polished  maKogahy 

.handle,  finely  checkered,  leather  capped-  ^' 

No.   I  I .    Each,  $5.0O  . 

THE  "SLOCUM" 

Frame  of  selected  white  ash;  white  oriental  "B"  main  strings  and  red  cross  strings;  bafc  throat-piece,  antique 

finish;    cedar  or  cork  handle,  polished  and  check^ed,  leather  capped. 

'  No.  9.       Cedar  Handle,  EacH.  $4.00 

No.  9C.    Cork  Handle,  4.60 

THE  "SLOCUM  JUNIOR" 

Frameoffinewhiteash;  polished  walnut  throat-piece;  checkered  cedar  handle,  and  strung  with  all  white  orientalgut 
No.  8.    The  "Slocum  lunior'  Racket.  Each,  $3.00 

A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 

NEW  YORK  CHICAGO  DENVER 


A.G.5PALDIN0  6  5R05 


THE  WHITELY  EXERCISER^ 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


-.^^^, 


An  ideal  gymnnsium  for  home  use.  Weighs  less  than  two  pounds.  Has  no  weights.  Can  t>e  put  up 
permanently  in  two  minutes  without  tools  of  any  kind.  With  a  fe.w  extra  hooks,  can  be  used  in  any  room 
in  the  house.  The  hooks  are  of  steel  wire  and  do  not  injure  the  woodwork.  No  straps  to  buckle.  No 
weights  to  change;  self-.idjustmg  resistance.  No  de^cf'weights— you'll  think  it's  alive.  Exercises  all  the 
muscles,  not  the  upper  limbs  only. 


Whitely  ^'Special 


and  "Anderson's  Physical  Education** 
Complete,  in  box,  with  charts, 
foot  attachment,  door  hinge  at-  ^—  f^f\ 
tachment  and  package  of  hooks.  jjS  Ijll 
Choice  of  heavy,  medium  or  light  Hr>^*^y^ 
'.able. 


Whitely  ^'Olympian" 


and  "Anderson's  Physical  EJwatiOft*' 

•'Complete,  in  box,  with  foot  at- 
tacTiment,  door-hinge  attachment   ^   ,    j-<^ 
and  package  of- hooks.     Choice  xA  ilLf 
of  either  extra  heavy,  heavy,  me-"^  *»v\/ 
dium,  light  or  child's  cable. 

Wliitely  "'standard^' 

and  "Anderson's  Physical  Education'* 

Complete,  in  box,  with  foot  at- 
tachment, door-hinge  attachment  "^^  *\/v 
and  package  of  hooks.    Choice  X3iOO 
of  either  heavy,  medium,  lighter  S'^^/W/ 

chiid's  cable. 


Whitely  ^^  Vim''  and  chart. 


Complete,  in  bo){,  with  foot 
attachment,  door-hinge  attach- 
ment and  package  of  hooks.. 
Choice  of  either  heavy,  me- 
dium, light  or  child's  cable. 
With  "Anderson's  Physical 
Education,"  25  Cents  extra.    I 


$2.00 


CovipleU  Catalogue  of  Athletic  Goods  Free. 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS, 


NEW  YORK 


CHICAGO 


DENVER 


A.C.5PALDING&BROS 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


THE  SPALDING  GOLF  CLUBS 


ALL  STYLES.  EACH,  $1.50 


fl 


RE  made  by  Scotch  and  Eng;tish  club  makers  and  are  entirely  hand- 
made. The  heads  are  made  from  the  very  best  selected  and  seasoned 
dogwood,  persimmon  and  compressed  hickory.  The  compressed  c^bs  are 
faced  with  or  wrthoot  the  very  best  English  leather,  as  preferred.  TbV  shafts 
are  made  from  the  very  best  selected  A  J  white,  second-growth  hickory,  well 
seasoned.  These  clubs  are  guaranteed  perfect  as  to  shape,  lie  and  weigfhts, 
while  the  finish  is  the  best. 


BRASSIE  BULGERS 
BRASSIE  DRIVERS 
STRAIGHT  FACED 

BRASSE  BULGERS 
BRASSIE  BAPS 
BRASSIE  NIBLICKS 
BRASSIE  SPOONS 
BAITY  SPOONS 

I  variety  of  patUrps  of  either  wood  or 


BULGERS 

DRIVERS 

STRAIGHT  FACED  BULGERS 

BAPS 

LONG  SPOONS 

MEDIUM  SPOONS 

SHORT  SPOONS 

PUTTERS 

IE    SPALDINO-    »r.de    wc    make    , 
•pMlal  pMtlcrns  In  any  quantity  witbin  Un  day*. 

Cbc  "Spaldind"  One-Piccc  €iub$ 

No.  J.     Driver,  Each,  $2.00 
No.  2.     Brassie,      "        2.00 

UNBREAKABLE  FEATURE  OF  SPALDING  CLUBS 

WE  wish  to  draw  particular  attention  to  the  unbreakable  quality  of  our 
clubs.  It  is  an  impossibility  to  break  them  at  the  neck.  We  have 
been  experimenting  for  a  long  time  and  have  discovered  a  process  which, 
.illhough  it  increases 'the  cost  of  making  a  head  nearly  50  per  cent.,  leaves 
It  prjcfically  unbreakable.  If  placed  in  a  vise  and  repeatedly  struck  with 
:i  hiimmer  the  neck  can  be  bent  over,  and  by  twisting  back  and  forth  can 
be  separated  from  the  head,  but  it  is  imposs^ible  to  break  one  with  ;inv 
kind  of  a  direct  blow  In  a  recent  lest  made  by  a  well-known  professionaC 
it  required  all  his  strength  with  a  large  hammer  to  bend  the  neck  sufficient 
to  separate  it  from  the  head. 


Complete  Catalogue  of  all  Athletic  Sports  mailed  free. 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS, 


NEW  YORK 


CHICAGO 


A.C.5PALDING  6  BR05 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


Il^NOobt(L^^ 


ALL  STYLES.  EACH.  $1.50 


THB^'SPALDINQ"  MIQ  IRONS 

No.    «     Mia  Iron,  with  straight  face-ind  back,  (toe. 

No,    ±    Cenlraject  Mid  Iron,  has  back  cenvexed  to  a  point  Trom  top  To  sole  and  Iromliccl  tb 
No.    3     Forrester's  Mid  Iron,  has  back  coavexed  (roiD  too  ta  sole  ami  from  bed  (9  IQe.  and 

face  slightly  bulged. 
No.    4     Findlay's  Model  No.  I,  long  nlTrow  liead,  with  'Straight  Tace-as?  back. 
No.    $     Findlty'i^  Model  No.  3,  has  sboit  narrow  head,  straight  face  *ad  back. 

THE^SPALDINQ"  DRIVINQ  IRUrf 

Na.    t     Oriving  TTon,  with  straight  face  and  back. 

No.   «     iDriving  Iron,  has  straight  face  and  back,  loBg  iockel'lBd  long^  (^  tud  U^.t  ififfle 

more  loft  than  ordinary  Driving  Iron. 
^9'    %     Ocivihg  Iron,  similar  to  JCq.  i,  but  narrower  head  and  UgKleb 

THE  USPALDINO"  LOFTERS 

iR^    t)    (.ofter,  wTfh  coireave. ace  and 'Convex  back. 

Noi    81    Centraject  Lofler,  with  back  convcxed  to  a  point  rroilitopG3I^e4>^tiSffltIqSd!S£EL 

No.    iSi    Lofter.  made  nlra  narrow  with  a  heavy  lole  (0tpla}in£(Iiiaii^tilIIg|^(t6 

'NO!t    «     Lofter,  with  straight  face  aodbacV. 

t(7>  9    Jigger«  ;>i»nari0«1iead,  straight  fac« 

THE  wspAioiNo*  PurreRs 

No.  «  P)nttr,«rTfh'94w'iiteda«e1t. 

No,    9  Cun  Metal  Putter,  wiih«nra broad,  face. 

No.   3  Sent  llecl  Patter,  with  straight  face  and  back. 

Nut   4  DiamOnd'^BacV  Putter,  straight  face,  narrow  bltlS  CSd  SStSSSlAt^  Bitk 

Sa.  S  Pullin^Cleek.  with  stni£l)t  (ace  and  back. 

Cbe  'Xrait"  Patent  Bfa$$ie  CleeK* 

Thtpee  of  this  Geek  is  hollowed  out  and  filled  ibith  wood,  and  a  battpas 
as  "sweet"  off  tbe  Cleek  face  as  it  does  off  9  Drrver, 
U  is  unquestionably  the  longest  Driving  QC/Aitade. 


Price.  $2.0^ 


Complete  Catglogue  of  all  Athletic  Sports  mailed  free. 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 


NEW  YORK 


CHICAGO 


AG  5PALDIN0  U  BROS 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


fft*  Sptldlnf -No.  A  M«rUO(^ 

Complete  Catalogue  of  all  Athletic  Sports  vi  ailed  free . 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS, 


NEW  YORK 


CHICAGO 


AC  5PALDIN0  6  5R05. 


S)f .  NEW- YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING'S  MOUNE  PLATFORM 


ENDORSED  BV' 

THE 

LEADING 

PROFESSIONAL 

BAG 

PUNCHERS 


No.  I,       Flatform  complete,  without  Bag,  SIO.0O 


THE  ffiost  delightfully  exhilarating  indoor  exercise  is  unquestionably  that  of  vigorously  punching  a  \\ff!% 
air-inflated  bag  against  a  reliable  responsive  disc.     It  has,  unfortunately,  been  deterred  from  occupying 
its  proper  place  as  a  home  exerciser  by  the  unwieldy  size,  weight  and  general 
unsuitabiiity  of  the. ordinary  gymnasium  disc  and  its  many  useless  substitutes. 

Our  Moline  Platform,  is  adjustable  in  height,  readily  attached  to  any  wajl,  and  the 
Side  bracket  so  arranged  that  it  touches  three  rows  of  studding. 

Neat  in  design  and  handsomely  finished,  it  in  no  way  detracts  from  the  appearance 
of  the  room,  does' not  obstruct  the  light,  and  overcomes  many  other  objectionable  features 
«fthe"cld  style  disc  usually  costing  double  the  priced  The. arrangement  of  the  face  of 
lherim>  permits  of  two  speeds,  slow  and  fast.  The  part  designed  for  fast  work  is 
jnuch  quicker  than  the  fastest  work  obtainable  in  any  other  platform. 

The  changing  of  speeds  is  an  entirely  new  and  exclusive  feature,  and  offers  a  wide 
range  of  clever  combinations  and  scientific  work.  Each  platform  is  supplied  with 
♦verything  necessary  for  attaching  to  wall,  and  crated  ready  for  shipment. 

o 
Cotnplete  Catalogue  of  Athletic  Goods  Free. 

A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 

NEW  YORK  CHICAGO  DENVER 


AG  5PALDING  U  BROS 


_NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING'S  BOXING  GLOVES 


Spaldiitd's  Special 


PATENTED 


r-§^' 


''mr  Glove 


T'HE  "CLUB"  BOXING  GLOVES  are  m'.\de  after  the  same  genenil  design  as  our 
"Championship"  glove,  with  the  addition  of  an  entirely  new  idea  (which  has 
been  patented  and  is  controlled  by  us)  for  the  protection  of  the  thumb,  consisting 
of  an  open  pocket  in  the  end  of  the  glove  where  the  thumb  naturally  rests  when 
the  hand  is  closed  in  the  glove,  thus  giving  absolute  protection  to  the  thumb  when 
boxing.  Xhe  wrists  are  padded,  and  the  glove  is  made  in  such  a -way  that  a  per- 
fect pad  for  the  heel  of  the  hand  is  provided.  Each  glove  has  the  celebrated  Graham 
grip.  The  leather  is  very  fine  and  of  superior  quality.  The  filling  is  of  the  best 
curled  hair  obtainable  and  the  workmanship  of  the  highest  grade.  We  commend 
this  glove  as  one  that  can  be  used  without  any  chance  of  injury  to  the  thumbs, 
hands  or  wrists.  Each  glove  is  thoroughly  examined,  and  they  are  packed  one  set 
of  four  gloves  in  a  box. 

The  "Club"  Boxing  Glove,  8  oz.,  very  soft.     The  glove  for  Instructors 

and  Amateurs. 

No.  1 20.    Per  set  of  four,  $7.00 

The  •'Club."  frofcssiona!  Size.  Laced  Wristband,  s  oz. 
No.  122.    Per  set  of  four.  $7.0O 


ILLUSTRATED   CATALOGUE  OF  SPORTS*  MAILED  FREE 

A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS 


NEW  YORK        CHICAGO 
DENVER 


A.G.  5PALDING  ^  E)R06 


m  NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING'S  BOXING  GLOVES 


Corbett  P.ittern,   5  oz.   regulation   gambia   tan   leather, 

padded  with  best  curled  hair,  laced  wristband. 

No.  9. .   Per  set.  $3.75 


Coibett  Pattern,  gambin  tan  leather,   well  padded  with 
hair,  laced  wfistband. 

No.  M  .     Per  set.  $3.75 


Corbett  Pattern,  soft  olive  tanned  leather,  well  padded 
with  hair,  laced  wristband. 
No.  13.     Per  set,  $3.00 


ho.  9.    Corbett  Pattern 


Corbett    Pattern,    soft  olive 

tanned  leather,  well  padded 

with  hair,  laced  wristband. 

No.  15.     Per  set,  $2.50 


Corbett  Pattern,  soft  craven 
tan-  leather,    well    padded 
with  hair 
No.  1.9.    Per  set,  $2.00 


Corbett   P.ittern,    light   col- 
ored  soft   tanned    leather; 
nicely  padded   with    hair, 
laced  wristband. 
No  21.     Per  set.  $l.50 


Regular  Pattern,   light  col- 
ored soft  tanned  leather,  well 
padded    with    hair,    laced 
wristband 
No.  23.    Per  set.  $1.25 


No.  tS.    Corbett  Pattern  No.  23.     Regular  Pattern 

YOUTHS'  GLOVES 

All  Styles  Padded  with  Hall 

Youths'  size,  Corbett   Pattern,  soft   craverf  tin   leather,    well   paddea, 

laced  wristband. 

No.  35.     Perset.  $l.50 

Youths'   size.    Corbett   Pattern,    soft    tanned  leather,  laced   wristband. 
No.  30.     Perset.  $1.25 


Youths'  size,  regular  pattern,  soft  tanned  leather.  laced  wristband. 
No.  25.    Perset.  $1.00 


No.  2S.» 
Regular  Pattern 


ILLUSTRATED   CATALOGUE  OF  SPORTS   MAILED   FREE 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 


NEW  YORK        CHICAGO 
DENVER 


AG.  6PALDING  6  BR05 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING'S  POLO  GOODS 


SPALDING'S  POLO  STICKS 

"Highest  auality"  Polo  Stick,  made  of  the  finest  second 
growth  hickory  and  modeled  after  the  latest  and  most 
approved  patterns.     Handle  wrapped  with  electric  t?pe. 
No.  AA.    Each,  75c. 
"League"  Polo  Slick,  selected  second  growth  hickory,  handsomely 
••       finished. 
No.  A.    Each,  50c. 
'Standard"  Polo  Stick,  selected  second  growth  ash  and  nicely  finished. 
*  No.  B.    Each,  25c. 


No.  C.     "Junior"  Polo  Stick. 
No.  D.     Boys'  Polo  Stick, 


lOc. 
5c. 


The  Spalding  Official  Polo  Ball 


IT  Certify  That  the  SpaWin^  League 
Polo  Ball  is  the  Official  Ball .  of  the 
National  Polo  Association,  and  is  used 
in  all  match  games  o»j»o'j»,j'Jtjt>^ 


Spalding's 

New  Model  Hockey 

Sticks 


3pllced  Handle 


Made  of  the  very  best  matefial,  according  to  the  latest 
Polo  regulations.  None  genuine  without  our  trade-mark 
on  each  ball  and  box.  ,Each  ball  wrapped  in  tin  foil  and 
put  in  a  separate  box  and  sealed  in  accordance  with  the 
League'regulations. 

No.  I.    OfTicial  Polo  Ball.    Each,  $1.00 


Each,  25c. 


Practice  Balls 

No.  2.    Regulatipn  Polo  Ball. 
No.  3.    Amateur  Polo  Ball. 


] 

niHll     No.  4. 

Sbin  duard    No.  6. 


Polo  Leg  and  Shin  Guards 

Shin  auards 

Canvas.    .      .    Per  pair.  $  .75 

Canvas.    ,      .         "  .90 

Moleskin.               "  1.15 

Leather.                  '•  1.35 

Lee  Ouards 

Leathei".    .      ,     Per  pair,  $2.50 

Canvas.     .      .          •«  2.00 


No.  9. 
No.  10. 
No.  20. 
No.  30. 


Spalding  s  "Expert"  HocKey  Sticks,  new'  model 
Finest  selected  ash,  with  handle  spliced  on  in  same  style 
as  used  in  our  highest  grade  golf  sticks.  This  gives 
lar  greater  resiliency  and  driving  power  than  possible  in 
any  one-piece  stick;  Highly  commended  by  expert 
P^^y"^-  No.  4X.  ^-^ach,  75c. 

Spalding's  Regulation  One-piece  Hockey  Stick,  selected 

material  and  well  finished. 

No.  3X.    Each.  50c. 


Puck 

Regulation  size  and  weight. 
Nq.  13.    Each.  50c. 

Books  of.  Rules 

\a%'  S"'''"^'  "°'u''7  ^"^  Po'°-  <:ontaining  Rules 
and  R^egulations.  with  diagram  of  field  of  play;  alstf 
valuable  hints  on  the  management  of  teams.  lOc.' 
^°-/^'OJf"^^''^  'ce  Hockey  Guide,  cont.iining  Rules 
ofthediflerent  associations,       "  lOc. 


ILLUSTRATED   CATALOGUE   OF  SPORTS  MAILED  FREE 

A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 


NEW  YORK        GHICAGO 
DENVER  ^ 


5PALDIN0  ^  E)R05_^^3fe  JVIEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 
SPALDING^S  DOUBLE  END  BAGS  )P 


•'5<=i==^3£i=:i5^ 


THE  SPALDING  "EXPERT"  BAG 

Made  of  finest  selected  Napa  tan  leather,  and  workmanship 
Of  same  quality  as  in  our  "  Fitzsimmons  "  Special  Bag.  Double 
stitched,  welted  seams,  reinforced  one-piece  top.  Best  quality 
P.ira  'rubber  bladder.  An  extremely  durable  and  lively  bag. 
Complete  in  box  and  carefully  inspected  before  packing. 

No.  7.    Complete  in  box.     Each.  S5.00 
No.  6.    Extra  fine  olive  tanned  leather  cover.     Double  stitched, 
welted  seams,  and  reinforced  one-piece  top.     Extra  well  m.nde 
throughout.  '  Complete,  $4.00 

No.  5.  Regulation  size,  specially  tanned  glove  leather  cover, 
one-piece  top.  welted  seams,  double  stitched  and  substantially 
made.      ...  Complete.  $3.25 

Ns>  4.  Regulation  size,  fine. grain  leather  cover.and  well  made 
'throughout,  one-piece  top  reinforced.  Complete.  $2.00 

No,  3.  Medium  size,  substantial  leather  cover,  one-piece  top. 
reinforced  and  welted  seams.  Complete.  $1 .50 

No.  2.  Medium  size,  good  quality  soft  tanned  leather,  sub- 
stantially made,  two-piece  top.  double  stitched.  SI.OO 

Each  bag  complete  in  box,  with  bladder,  rubber  cord  for  floor 
and  rope  for  ceiling  attachment. 


The  one-i^tece  top  greatly 
irenjjlhens  the  bag  where  ni(»!| 
'1  the  strain,  comes,  and  is  used 

ept  where  otherwise  noted.  • 


STRIKING  BAG  GLOVES 


Made  of  tanned   kid  and  extra  well  padded.     Will 

protect  the  hands,  and  recommended  for  use  with  all 
striking  bags. 

No.  I.  Per  pair.  SI. 50 

Made  of  soft   tanned   leather,    properly  shaped  and 
padded,  substanti.illy  put  together. 

No  2.    Per  pair.  $1.00 

Made  of  soil  tanned  leather,  padded  and  well  made. 
'  No.  3.     Per  pair.  50c. 


EXTRA   BLADDERS 

No.  B.       Bladders  for  Nos.  j  and  }. 

No.  25.     Bladders  for  No.  4. 

No.  27.     Bladders  for  Nos.  5  and  6. 


Above  bladders  are  carefully  inspected  and  tested  be 
fofe  packing  but  otherwise  not  guaranteed  in  any  way. 


-BAG    PUNCHINO" 

Tells  how  to  use  the  Stri 
Bag.     Illustrated. 

Price.  lOc. 


Each.  50c, 
•■  50c, 
■•     70c, 


No.  OS.    Bladder  for  No. 
teed. 


pure  gum  and  fully  guaran 
Each.  $1.25 


No.  D.    Elastic  floor  attachment  for   all    styles,   best 


quality  cord. 


No.  2. 
No.  3. 


BRASS  INFLATERS 


Club  size,  cylinder  to  inches. 
Pocket  size,  cylinder  ^yi  inches 


Each.  50c. 


Each.  50c. 
25c. 


ILLUSTRATED   CATALOGUE   OF  SPORTS  MAILED   FREE 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 


NEW  YORK         CHICAGO 
DENVER 


AG. 6PALDING  (i  BR05. 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


SPALDING'S  SWINGING  BAGS 


An 


THE  SPALDING 
^♦CHAMPIONSHIP"  BAG 

Made  in  regulation  si2e  of  the  finest  satin  Kangaroo 
leather.  Sewed  with  silk,  double  stitched  and  rein- 
forced throughout,  especially  at  loop.  Originally 
designed  by  the  famous  "Kid"  McCoy,  and  exclusively 
used  by  him  in  all  exhibitions  and  for  training,  *- 
ideal  bag  for  fast  work. 

No.  19.    Complete  in  box,  $6.00 

u  .     J"P  "FITZSIMMONS  SPECIAL"   BAG 

Made  of  the  finest  selected  Napa  tanned  leather,  extra  well  made,  and 

SIMMONS  In  training  and  for  exhibition  purposes.    Very  light  and  ex- 
spectfd  before  packing.  ' 

Ko.  18.    Complete,  in  b6x,  $5.00 

eSreS;;^;^'"^""^:?^;^"^! i^"!^^-"-  "L!'"-"^  y^i^-r:  in- 


The  one-piece  tap  greatly  sltengtheoj 
the  bag  at  fie  point  where  most  of  the 
strain  comes,  and  is  vied  in  all  ttylta 
of  out  swlogiog  bjgs  lot  thl»  jcilon. 


tended  Ibr  very  speedy  work. 

Regulation  size,  olive  tanned  leather  cover,  double 
Stitched,  one-piece  top  artd  welted  seams.    Reinforced 
loop.    This  bag  is  particularly  adapted  for  quick  work. 
No.  12.    Complete.  In  box.  $3.50 


Regulation  size,  ttiade  of  specially  tanned  glove  leather, 
substantially  put  together;  one-piece  top  and  welted 
seams.    Double  stitched  and  reinforced  throughout. 
No.  1 0.    Complete,  in  box,  $3.00 


Striking  Bgg  Swivels 

Ball  and  Socket  Artlon 


The  part  containing  socket  and 
to  which  Vope  is  att.nched  (Fig.  2) 
unscrews  from  base,  permitting 
the  bag  to  be  quickly  suspended 
•Without  readjusting  iht  height, 
and  as  readilj  removed  when  not 
in  use. 

No?©.    Nickel-plated,  $1.00 


Ball  Bearing 

Ball  Bearing  Swivel,  same  style  as  No.  9,  with  add 
tion  of  ball  bearings. 

No,  10.    Nickel-plated.  $a,0O 


T 

PI,.  3  s 


No.  188.    Complete,  in  box.  $5.00 

wnt^fllifJ^.I  ^'"'  """^^  °^  '^"^  '^='f°°"  ••''""«d  'eSMier. 
well  iii.isned.  one-piece  top  and  welted  seams. 

No.  1 7.    Complete,  in  box.  $2.00 

tni^^.^n!!""  M^^'  7*'t  ""^  grain  leather  coyer,  one-piece 
top  and  well  made  throughout. 

No.  16.    Complete,  in  box  $1.56 

Medium  size,  soft  tanned  leather  cover,  one-piece  top 

and  welted  seams.  "^  "^ 

No.  14.    Complete,  in  box,  $1.00 

£xtra  Bladders  for  Swinging 
StiJking  Bags 

No.  B.      Bladders  for  No.  14  bae.  Each  50c 

No.  25.    Bladders  for  No.  16  baf  ■<  '  ho^'. 

No.  27.    Bladders  for  Nos.  12,  10,  17  bags,      "     70c. 
The  .-ibove  bladders  are  car&fuiiy  tested  before  packing 
but  not  otherwise  guaranteed  In  any  way. 
Cuaranteed 

No.  OS.  Pure  gum  bladder  for  Nos.  iS,  18S,  i9,Each,$l  .25 


ittSUStRATnaj^iaTAro^DiroF-spoRfs^  mailed'free 

A,  a  SPALDING  &  BROS 


iron  Swivel 

Swivel   action,    japanned    iron, 
fastens  permanently   to  disc,   and 
rope  is  attached  to  ring. 
No.  II.    Complete,  50c. 


NEW  YORK        CHICAGO 
DENVER 


AG.  5PALDJNG  6  BROvS. 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


CHEST  WEIGHTS  FOR  HOME  EXERCISE 


No  apparatus  for  home  exercising  covers  the  field  'so  thoroughlj  as 
our  Chest  Weights  listed  onjhis  page.  No  instructions  are  nee- 
?ssary,  and  by  siiiiply  following  the  charf  furnished  with  each 
Hiachi.ne  all  the  muscles  of  the,  body  rruiy  be  easily  and  pleasantly  exer- 
cised and. with  suflficienl,. variations  in  the  movements  to  relieve  it  of 
monotony. 


No.  7 
CHEST  WEIGHT 

Single  Spalding  Chest 
WeigJit  with  Cross 
Bar  and  Double  Han- 
dles for  2-handed  ex- 
ercises, 
iidapted 
rooms. 

No.  7.    Japan  Finish. 
Each.  $7.50 


Especially 
laJI 


SPALDINQ  No.  7 
4«.lk.  Welghu 


No.  6 
CHEST  WEIGHT 

Our  No.  6.jehesi 
Weight  is  the  same  as 
our. No.  5  without  the 
Centre  Arm  Adjust- 
ment 

No.  6.    iapan  Finish'. 
Eachj  $10,00 


No.  5 
CHEST  WEIGHT 

The  No.  ^  Machine  ,, 
has  the  Centre  Arm  \ 
Adjustment,  which 
permits  of  all  the 
lower  as  well  as  the 
direct  and  upper  chest 
movements.  The  va- 
rious changes  are 
(inade  by  raising  oi 
lowering  the  centre 
lu-m,  requiring  but  a 
few  seconds  to  do  it, 
and  practically  com- 
bines in  one  machine 
a  complete  gymna- 
sium. 
No.  5.    Japan  Finisll 

Each.  $  1 5.00 
No.    5A.      Nickel- 
plated  Trimmings. 
Each,  $18.00 


SPALDING  No 
a«-lt>.  Welghte 


ATTACHMENTS  FOR  THE  SPALDING  WALL  MACHINES 


FOOT.  GEAR.  WITH  ATTACHMENT 

Can  be  worn  either  with  or  withi 
out  shoe.  The  inside,  .outside,  front 
or  back  leg  exercises  can  be  obtained 
by  changing  the  snap-hcJok  from  one 
ling  to  another. 

No.  2.    Price",  $i.OO 
MEAD  ATTACHHENT 


SPALDING'S  ROWING  ATTACHMENT 


The  Head  Atiachmeni  ^iin  be  use'd  by  simply  sn.ip- 
ping  to  one  of  the.:*'iindles.  If  helps  to  develop  the 
muscles  in  the  neck  and  b.ick. 

No.  3,     Each.  Sl.OO 


For" use  in  connection  with  the  Spalding  Wall  Machin* 
No   5.  No.  I .     Complete.  $8.00 

SPECIAL  BOOKS  ON. PHYSICAL  TRAINING. 


on -the  Cliesi   Machine/  67  Frot  tL  &  Mtiam^ 


Complete  Catalogue  of  Athletic  Goods  Free. 

k.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS, 

NEW  YORK  CHICAGO 


DENVER 


A.G.5PALDING  6  BROS. 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


\       KERNS'  CELEBRATED  ROWING  MACHINES 


Kerns'  Patent  Single  Scull  and  Individual  Sweep  Rowing  Machine 


TfieTdeal  boat  for  gymnasium,  home  and  training  purposes,  and  is  used  by  the  leading  athletic  clubs,  colleges 
and  prominent  oarsmen  of  the  world,  it  is  pronounced  by  experienced  oarsmen  to  be  the  most  perfect  machine 
ever  produced.  The  cuts  herewith  presented  will  give  a  general  idea  of  the  form  in  which  the  machines  are  built. 
They  are  fitted  with  the  Kerns'  Patent  Roller  Seat  and  Shoes,  the  Shoes  h:>ving  a  three-inch  adjustment,  to  suit  a 
tall  or  short  person.  By  a  thumb-nut  a  belt  can  be  tightened  to  any  desired  degree,  and  more  or  less  friction  can 
be  thrown  into  the  running  parts,  so  that  the  resistance  during  the  stroke  is  the  same  as  that  which  exists  when 
forcing  a  shell-boat  through  the  water.  As  the  machines  are  intended  .for  general  use,  .the  pull  can  be  regulated  :it 
will  by  turning  one  screw  so  that  the  weaker  sex  can  use  the  machine  with  very  little  resistance;  while  on  the' 
Other  hand,  the  resistance  can  be  so  increased  that  the  strongest  athlete  can  have  the  desired  resistance. 


Single  Scull 
Rowing  Machine 


The  oars  are  pivoted  in  ';uch  a  way  that  the  operator  can  handle  and 
turn    them   the  same  as  he  would  durmg  the  return  and  feathenng 
motion     The  machines  are  built  for  single  scull  rowing,  oair  oared,  four,  six  or  eight.     The  machines  for  crew 
rowing  are  rigged  so  as  to  place  the  men  in  the  same  position  as  they  would  be  in  a  boat     Every  machine 


is  warranted. 


No.  700.    Kemr'  Patent  Individual  Sweep  Rowing  Machine,  Each,  $35.00 
No.  600.    Kerns'  Patent  SingU  Scull  Rowing  Machine,  "     $25.00 


Send  for 
Gymnasium  Catalogue 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS.   ^X^.,. 

GYMNASIUM  SALES  DEPARTMENT  AND  FACTORY:  CHICOPEE  FALLS,  MASS. 
NEW  YORK  CHICAGO  DENVER 


Special  Outfitters  to  all 

the  leading  school  and 

college   teams    in 

new  €n9land«« 


every  Toot  Ball 

Player  should  have 

a  copy  of  our 

Catalogue 


WRIGHT  & 
DITSON 


NEW  ENGLAND  HEADQUAR- 
TERS for  FOOT  BALL  SUPPLIES 

Wright  &  Ditson   Intercollegiate  Foot 
Ball        -         -         -         Each,  $4.00 
Boys' Foot  Ball,     -         -         "     $1.75 
Morrill  Nose  Mask,  "     $1.50 

Canvas  Jackets,  75c.  and  $1.00 

Canvas  Pants,padded.$l ,  $  1 .50, 2.00 
Moleskin  Pants,  padded,  $3.00,  4.00 
Jerseys,  -  -  -  $2.00,3.00 
Jerseys,  striped,  -  $2.50,  3.50 
Sweaters,  $2.75,  3.50,  4.50,  5.50 
Shin  Guards,         -         75c.  and  $1.00 

Special  Price  to   Clubs. 


WRIGHT    &    DITSON 

344  Washington  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 


II 


REACH 


tf^gt>5.==^^r      FOOT    BALLS 

The  only  make  of  Foot  Balls 
that  is  perfect  in  shape — the 
outcome  of 

Highest  Quality  Material  and 
Perfect  Workmanship. 

A.  J.  REACH   CO. 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 


AG  6PALDING  6  BR05 


NEW  YORK  AND  CHICAGO 


THE  SPALDING  GYMNASIUM  APPARATUS 


THE  SPALDING  Line  of  Floor  Apparatus  is  conceded  by  all  who  have  worked  on 
it  to  be. by  all  odds  the  vciy  Ivit,  not  only  in  general  design,  hot  in  finish,  durability 
and  utility  This  is  particularly  the  case  in  our  No.  O yaulting  Horse.  No.  OB  Buck, 
Parallel  Bars,  and  Horizontal  and  faulting  T^ars. 

THE  SPALDING  Line  of  Suspended  Apparatus  is  made  with  the  same  degree  of 
excellence  as  are  our  Chest  Weights  and  Floor  Apparatus,  and  contain  all  the  latest 
improved  ideas.  The  Climbing  and  Swinging  Apparatus  are  all  tested  to  at  least  four 
times  the  degree  of  strength   that  will  be  required  of  them  or  can   be   put  on  them. 

THE  SPALDING  Gymnasium  JVlattresses  are  made  of  No.  8  Duck,  and  sewn  by 
hand  None  but  the  most  e.\perienced  workmen  are  employed  oti  this  line  of  goods  (as 
upon  all  others).  The  manner  in  which  they  are  made  precludes  the  possibility  of  their 
getting  out  of  shape  or  "balling  up." 

THE  SPALDING  Hiscellaneous  Line,  which  includes  Athletic  Implements  of  all 
kinds,  Boxing  Gloves,  Fencing  Goods,  Indian  Clubs,  Dumb  Bells,  Wands,  etc.,  are  so 
thoroughly  well  known  they  need  no  commept,  except  to  say  that  the  same  care'  and 
attention  is  exercised  in  their  manuficture  as  heretofore,  and  which  has  given  them  the 
World-wide  reputation  that  they  possess  for  excellence,  Jiiiish  and  correctness. 

Jn  this  connection  we  w.mt  to  state  in  the  beginning  that  Gymnasium  Outfitting  is 
not  an  adjunct  to  our  sporting  goods  business,  as  some  of  our  competitors  claim,  but  an 
important  branch  of  it.  The  fact  that  the  name  "Spalding"  is  put  on  each  piece  of 
apparatus  is  evicence  concl.isive  that  they  are  all  they  should  be  in  every  particular.  In 
Gymnasium   Outfltin.fj  wc  include  1{unning  Tracks,  Boi^'ling  Alleys  and  Shuffle  Boards. 

We  could,  if  we  so  desired,  fill  pages"  with  tht  names  of  gymnasiums  fitted,  up  by  us,  ^>ut  do  not  think  thai 
necessary.     Instead  we  enumerate  a  few  of  the  largest  in  the  country  that  were  fitted  entirely  by  us,  viz. : 


FLOOR 
APPARATUS. 


SUSPENDED 
APPARATUS. 


GYMNASIUM 
MATTRESSES. 


niSCELLA^EOUS 
EQUIPriENTS.; 


GYMNASIUM 
OUTFITTERS. 


YALE   UN1\  ERSITV,  New  Haven,  Conn. 
Y.  M.  C.  A.  TRAINING  SCHOOL,  Springfield,  Mass. 
UNINERSITV  OF  MICHIGAN,  Ann  Arbor,  Mkh 
ANDERSON  NORMAL  SCHOOL,  New  Hiiven,  Conn. 
DR.  SAVAGES  PHYSICAL  INSTITUTE.  New  York  City. 
SCHUYLKILL  NAVY  ATHLETIC  CLUB,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


Send  for  A      (Z     SPAT  DTMG  ^    RROS        Estimates 

Gymnasium  Catalogue    ^*  ^*  Ori\l^UlL^\J  OC  DI\WO,  on  Application 

GYMNASIUM  SALES  DEPARTMENT  AND  FACTORY:  CHICOPEE  FALLS,  MASS. 

NEW  YORK  CHICAGO  DENVER 


f'i&l 


$500  GYMNASIUM  PLAN 

FROM 

A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 

Gymnasium  Sales  Department,  Chieopee  Falls,  Mass. 


No.  6  Chest  Weights 
No.  5  Chest  Weights 
No.  9-R  Rowing  Weight 
No.  701  Wrist  Roll 
No.  700  Sculling  Machine 
No-V-C  Chest  Weight 
Pair  No.  125  Flying  Rings 
No.  126  Traveling  Rings 
No.  82  Suspended  Parallel  Bar 
Mo.  76-A  Suspended   Ho'ri- 
.  zontal  Bar 
Spalding  Striking  Bag 


1  No.  98  Cliriibing'  Rope 
1  Ladin  Rowing  Machine 
I  No.  1  Vaulting  Horse 
I  No.  101  Parallel  Bar 
r  No.  72  Horizontal  Bar 

1  No.  104  Chest  Bar 

2  No.  101 -B  Mats,  4x6  feet 
2  No.  100  B  Mats,  3x5  feet 
1  No.  .103-B  Mat,  jx  10  feet 
1  No.  109  Vaulting  Standard 
I.  No.  50  Quarter  Circle 


23.  I  No.  25  Jumping  Board. 

24.  I  No.  S4)j  Hitch  and  Kick 

25.  I  No.  29  Batteau  Board 

26.  1  No.  28  Incline -Board 
'  I  No.  I  Medicine  Balll 

1  Head  Harness 

25  Pairs  i-lb.  Dumb   Bells  and 

Hangers 
24  Pairs  2-lb.  Indian  Clubs  and 

Hangers 

2  Dozen  4;.'-foot  WandS 


Send  for 
Gymnasium  Catalogue 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS.   =--,..,», 

GYMNASIUM  SALES  DEPARTMENT  AND  FACTORY:  CHJCOPEE  FALLS,  MASS, 
HEW  YORK  CHICAGIi  DENVER 


$200  GYMNASIUM  PLAN 


A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROb. 

Gymnasium  Sales  Department,  Chicopee  Falls,  Mass, 


-1      looooooool       I 


o 
/a      o 

OO 000 o  o 


I. 

2  No.  6  Chest  Weights 

9- 

I  No.  (02  Parallel  Bar 

16. 

I  Dozen  4,'.'<-foot  W.inds 

2. 

I  No.  5  Chest  Weic;ht    , 

10. 

1  No.  75  Horizontal  Bar 

'7- 

12  Pairs  i-ib.  Dumb  Bells  and 

J- 

1  No.  90-C  Chest  Weight 

II. 

1  No.  1 11  Vaulting  Standard 

Hangers 

4- 

I  N0..9-R.  Rowing  Weight 

12. 

1  No.  101-B  Mat,  4x6  feet 

18. 

12  Pairs  2-lb.  Indian  Clubs  and 

■)■ 

5  No.  126  Traveling  Rings 

I). 

1  No. '103-B  Mat,  5.\io  feet 

Hangers 

6. 

1  Pair  No.  \2<y  Flying  Rings 

14. 

1  No.  105  Chest  Bar 

I  No.  }  Medicine  Bali 

7-- 

I  No.  98  Climbing  Rope 

13- 

I  Laflin  Rowing  Machine 

I  Head  Harness 

8. 

,1  No.  96  Climbing  Pole 

l;™'^"„.a.,ro^e  A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS. 


Estimates 

on  Application 

GYMNASIUM  SALES  DEPARTMENT  AND  FACTORY:  CHICOPEE  FALLS,  MASS. 
NEW  YORK  CHICAGO  DENVER 


SPALDING'S 

Athletic  Library 

No.  Published  Monthly 

2.  Indian  Clubs  and  Dumb  Bells. 

4.  How  to  Become  a  Boxer.  [Campbell. 

6.  How   to   Phy   Lawn   Tennis.        By   Champion 

9.  The   Athlete's   Guide.      How   to   Run,   Sprint, 
Jump,  Walk,  and  Throw  Weights. 

12.  Association  Foot  Ball. 

13.  Hand  Ball. 

14.  Curling,  Hockey  and  Polo. 

16.  Skating.    A  very  practical  book.    By  Champion 

18.  Fencing.  [Geo.  D.  Phillips. 

20.  Cricket  Guide.     By  Geo.  Wright. 

21.  Rowing.   By  E.  J.  Giannini,  Champion  Amateur 
23.  Canoeing.     By  C.  Bowyer  Vaux.  [Oarsman. 

25.  Swimming.     By  Walter  G.  Douglas. 

26.  How  to  Play  Foot  Ball.     By  Walter  Camp. 

27.  College  Athletics.     By  M.  C.  Murphy.        [son. 

29.  Exercising   with  Pulley  Weights.     H.  S.  Ander- 

30.  How  to  Play  Lacrosse.     By  W.  H.   Corbett, 
32.  Practical  Ball   Playing.     By  Arthur  A.  Irwin. 
37.  All  Around  Athletics 

39.  Lawn  Bowls.      By  Henry  Chadwick. 

40.  Archery.     By  James  S.  Mitchel, 
42.     How  to  Use  the  Punching  Bag. 

5.5.  Sporting  Rules  ;  for  discus  throwing,  etc. 

58.  Bowling.      Latest  rules  and  regulations. 

62.  Military  Cycling  in  the  Rocky  Mountains.     By 

Lieut.  James  A.  Moss,  U.  S.  A. 

66.  Technical  Terms  of  Base  Ball. 

72.  Physical  Training  Simplified.     No  Apparatus. 

74.  Official  Ice  Hockey  Rules;  portraits  and  records. 

77.  Wrestling. 

82.  How  to  Train  Properly. 

84.  The  Care  of  the  Body. 

87.  Athletic  Primer.     How  to  make  athletic  tracks. 

88.  Official  Roller  Polo  Guide. 

89.  Indoor  Base  Ball. 

90.  Official  Golf  Guide. 

91.  Warman's  Indian  Club  Exercises. 

92.  Official  A.  A.  U.  Rules. 

93.  Athletic  Almanac  for  1899. 

95.  Spalding's  Official  Base  Ball  Guide. 

96.  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Official  Handbook  for  1899. 

97.  Spalding's  Lawn  Tennis  Annual. 

98.  Official  Rowing  Guide. 

100.  Official  Bicycle  Guide. 

101.  Official  Croquet  Guide. 

1)2.     Ground  T    umbling.  [Walter  Camp. 

103.     Official  F_ot  Ball  Guide   for  1899.     Edited  by 
04.     The    Grading    of    Gymnastic    Exercisers.     By 

Geo.  M.   Martin. 
105.     Official  Basket  Ball  Guide  for  1899-1900 

PRICE,  10  CENTS  PER  COPY,  POSTPAID. 

AMERICAN  SPORTS  PUB.  CO. 

16  &  18  PARK  PLACE,  NEW  YORK. 


Numbers  omitted  on  above  list  are   back  numbers  of  books  which  have  been 
republi.<;hed  and  brought  up  to  date. 


^^'  \V 


\  %  c^   ^  ,^?13» 


o  v> 

^*~^  '^•t                           ,  -' 

f^    -^'K 

% 

■^^ 

^A  v*^ 

*^v*     .<?■'* 

s          ,0 

■^  0  < 

\     S                                                                     ,y.            '     4    ir     '               ♦>*                 \      1     f      ,            -^ 

•N^ 

■  I.     '  r-,                 A     .                ,     <r.;^^ 

,-0'         X 

'  ^j 

. '  ^V 

"-"J. 

<^^" 

'.^x 

-'  .0' 

'O. 

v^ 

'/^ 

■!«^,."    .<!>■■ 

\^ 

"^^'-^       -'"  ,.  -/' 

^      -o 

^ 

.    r,    ,       '/>                                    --          „  V    1    B    #       -->, 

■^            \ 

IN, 

0  ^' 

,.s    -r^ 

1^^^ 


r,»' 


k 


<f 


-OO" 


&^    ■^^..  \ 


•/'. 
'^C^ 


.^\^       c  «  ^    '   ^ 


'^^  \^' 


^# 


^v.  '^^• 


^.  .o\^  ■ 


\^^*'.--.> 


LIBRARY  OF  CONGRESS 


0  006  010  807  9